Public Disclosure Authorized

MI, Public Disclosure Authorized

i -- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ...... t. Public Disclosure Authorized Public Disclosure Authorized ELECTRICITY GENRERATING AtTTHORITr F TO lND

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT OF LAM TA KHONG PUMPED STORAGE PROJECT

FINAL REPORT VOLUME I I: Environmental Impact Assessment

Prepared by:

E\cologyand EnvirsonmentDivis,or

1~~~~~ QAT LKO( KNON KAEN uNZvI [IVERSg/TI- 06 M areh 1992 r

17CX I!I-TTSE- -

1-1 : Summary Report (in Thal)

1-2 : Summary Report (in English)

II : Environmental Impact Assessment

1II-1 : Recommended Environmental Impa.ctMitigation Plan and Monitoring Program (in Thai)

III-2 : Recommended EnvironmentalImpact Mitigation Plan and Monitoring Program (in English)

IV : Environmental Economics Analysis

V Appendices

-ii- Our Ref.: 0504.7/ 1787 Khon Kaen University Khon Kaen 40002. March 9, 1992 General Manager Electricity Generating Authority of Thailand Nonthaburl 11000

Dear Sir: 4*, It Is our pleasure to submit with this letter the final report of the Environmental Impact Assessment of Lam Ta Kho-g Pumped Storage Project. The report was prepared In seven volumes: Volume I-1 : Summary Report (in Thai) Volume 1-2 : Summary Report (in English) Volume II : Environmental Impact Assessment Volume III-1: RecommendedEnvironmental Impact Mitigation Plan and Monitoring Program (in Thai) Volume III-2: RecommendedEnvironmental Impact Mitigation Plan and Monitoring Program (in English) Volume IV : EnvironmentalEconomics Analysis (in English) Volume V : Appendices (in English) We would like to again, express our gratltude for your selection of Khon Kaen Unlversityto conduct this study. We can ascertain that our expertise in the various disciplines had been utilized to the fullest extent in the course of 'the study. And we do hope the results of the work would be satisfactory and provide sufficient data for the continuing scheme on your part.

Yours Sincerely,

Nopadol Tongsopit President

-iii- Throughout the elthteen-monthstudy period of this project multidisciplinarydata and information have been collected from various sources, both in the project vicinity and in Bangkok offices, by the various members of thls study team. Cooperation and hospitality rendered by all of the following concerned offices to the study team are hereby gratefully acknowledged.

- The Royal Irrigation Department - Lam Ta Khong Irrigation Office - Regional Irrigation Office 6 - Climatology Division, The MeteorologicalDepartment - Nakhon Ratchasima Highway District - Nakhon Ratchasima Provincial Health Office - Si Khiu District Health Office - Pak Chong District Health Office

We also owe deep appreciationto the EGAT's staff, without which the study would have been inadequate.

-iv- -A-

tdLtW11nItCUVIUtILLUItLLUUWULLUULLII

fp

_~~~~......

.inbfle@*s..a....s...... a...... _...... _...... n__.....n_....e.n...... n4...... _ _.. ...-f4nflIq*.**fl ~~~... (U) ......

~~~...... *

...... _..____ m rncTewnBwr -runc,&u--trgrY M%j-SU)CUiiw1t9ur-sr unb u f ILUO UVb1*un

MLlunOmnBlurrLnwntLws n:wnnutnL*OU"nLLu LrWILRUZUNU' ¶UIlLML>LtLflWIUflN1LLatWI1BM1

p BW LA n LtiLtlrWr LLtwtBBwbiltiLLUnLLU:U P3q iiILI1 I~ ~ ~~~(r' '1 -g-' b"a"^g I .%. a~~~~~~~~~~~~11a%

NBDUItPULUU"LRl31lN:wpthIbnLLz:MnnMLIblikeP autu"LULBLu ueUUrWLILLLuGIIsULB I p

.~~~~~J.f ...... Outu- - OhUJALAlM1Ln------...

... I1. bLUIII - 1------1 rL1L..... twx p...... -----...nkuiae Au Qturinun b~~~~ ...... @----*-...... notu26nmh rudr;snrLn ...... - M---- ...lbrtnLnn o;Xn

p ^. -

...... * ...... mrs I4 *L sLtnu rLLn

~~..IIUIflLC1LtI6lbr flLLI tNnrZLLLA[ L

LLUIbLnNMi|;wL nu nniLRLfnlrWULUALf 6W

-L43LLUCtLUt flWLILlllUmUBWIllU2LUSNM 1 UIftUI'BrLLUL6LI2IaILMU$LLUflU

S£5Z IWL?U~ unLLCa

-i ~ ~ niLBMIWNnlmnQnLILIMLDLz&rrioti -L%R.LUP; l L. l Lu r L.UEN Grn ZWL fLK2 p -mO STAFF-

Project Management

Vanaerl Bunyarstpan,M.Eng. Project Director - Supachai Suetrong, M.Agri,Econ. Deputy Project Director Jirasak Jindarojana,M.S.C.E. Project Manager Suparerk Sinsupan, M.Eng. Project Coordinator

Technical Core Teem

Jirasak Jindarojana,M.S.C.E. Environmental Engineer/ Task Leader Varasri Bunyaratpan,M.Eng. Sanitary Engineer Suparerk Simsupan, N.Eng. Environmental Engineer Supachai Suetrong, M.Agri.Econ. Agricultural Economist Kitti Akamphon, N.Sc. Environmental Biologist Aik Vathana, M.Sc. Ecologist (Preliminary Stage)

Surface Water Hydrology

Wirote Chaiyadhuma, Ph.D. Water Resources Engineer/Task Leader

Groundwater Hydrology

Chalong Buaphan, M.Sc. Scientist/Task Leader 7

Surface and Ground Water Quality

Vanasri Bunyaratpan, M.Eng. Sanitary Engineer/Task Leader Samran Ruangsri, N.Sc. Public Health Scientist Palbool Bunyakanjana,Dip.in Sanitary Engineer San.Eng. Chutima Kukusanmude,H.Sc. Scientist

-vii- Meteorology

Wirote Chatyadhuma, Ph.D. Water Resources EngIneer/7ask Leader

Ataospheric Quality

Jlrasak Jindarojana, H.S.C.E. Environmental Engineer/ Task Leader Suparerk Sinsupan, M.Eng. Environmental Englneer

Boil Pertility Erosion and Bedimentatlon

Charat Mongkolsavat, Dr.Eng. Soil Scientist/Task Leader

Geology Seismology and NLneral Resources

Winit Youngme, M.Sc. Geologist/Task Leader

Aquatic Biology

Kitti Akamphon, H.Sc. Environmental Biologist/ Task Leader Aik Vathana, M.Sc. EcologA-t Sam-ang Homchuen, M.Sc. Biologist

Fisheries

Prapast Chalorkpunrut,M.Sc. Fishery Specialist/Task Leader Pornchai Jaruratjamorn,H.Sc. Flshery Specialist

Parasitology

Smarn Tesana, M.Sc. Parasitologist/Task Leader

-viii- Forext Wildlife and Rare Speoies

Aik Vathana, M.Sc. Ecologist/Task Leader Kitti Akamphon, M.Sc. Environmental Biologlst Sam-ang Honchuen, M.Sc. Biologist

Irrigation

Maltree Juangpanich, M.Sc. Water Resources EngLneer/Task Leader

Water Supply

Suparerk Sinsupan, M.Eng. Environmental Engineer/ Task Leader Paibool Bunyakanjana, Dip.in Sanitary Engineer San.Eng. Samran Ruansri, H.Sc. Public Health Scientist

Water Pollution and Control

Jirasak Jindarojana, M.S.C.E. Environmental Engineer/ Task Leader

Flood Control

Wirote Chaiyadhuma, Ph.D. Water Resources Engineer/Task Leader

Water Balances

Wirote Chalyadhuma, Ph.D. Water Resources Engineer/Task Leader

Landuses and Dedicated Area Uses

Charat Hongkolsawat, Dr.Eng. Soil Scientist/Task Leader

-ilx- Aquaculturm

Pornchal Jaruratjamorn,M.Sc. Fishery Specialist/ Task L[ader Prapast Chalorkpunrut,M.Sc. Fishery Specialist

Reforestation

Alk Vathana, M.Sc. Ecologist/Task Leader

Agriculture

Kanha Bunproma, M.SC. Agronomist/Task Leader

Highway Railway and Navigatlon

Pongrid Klungboonkrong,M.Eng. Civil Engineer/Task Leader

Electricity Goneration and Transuission

Supawadee Swatdiponphallop,I.Sc. Electrical Engineer/ Task Leader Phongsak Binsomprasong, H.Sc. Electrical Engineer

Recreation Davelopuent

Thada Sutthltham, N.Arch. Architect/Task Leader Weerawan Sitisara, I.Areb. Architect

Soclo-Eoonou-is mad Xnstitution

Supachai Suetrong, H Agri. Agricultural Economist/ Econ. Task Leader Paitoon Kachmart, M.Sc. Agricultural Economist Juckrlt HorLehan, Ph.D. Soil Scientist Piansak Pakdee, H.Sc. Agricultural Economist Resettlement Relocation and Coapenuatlon

Supachal Suetrong, M.Agri. AgriculturalEconomist/ Econ. Task Leader Paltoon Kachmart, M.Sc. AgriculturalEconomist Plensak Pakdee, N.Sc. Agricultural Economist

Publia Health and Public Safety

Theera Ruttaworn, M.P.H. Public Health Specialist/ Task Leader Thirapong Thiramanus, H.S. Publlc Health Speclallst

HLetorical and ArahaeologicalValues

Surapol Nataplntu, M.Sc. Archaeologist/TaskLeader Thada Sutthltham, M.Arch. Architect

&ewthetic Values

Weerawan Sitisara, M.Arch. Architect/TaskLeader Thada Sutthitham, H.Arch. Architect

Environmental Eoanomics

Vute Wangwacharakul,Ph.D. EnvironmentalEconomist/ Task Leader

Mitigation Plan Developmaent

The Technlcal Core Team Buares Prachalyo M.S. Forestry Management Speclalist Boonsri Prabnasak M.A. Public Relatlon Speciallst

-xi- Mitorial Staff

The Technical Core Team Woralap Sanqvatanachai, Dip.Higher Technical Writing Ed. Expert/Task Leader Sasi Jungsatitkul, M.Sc. Technical Writing Expert

Report Preparatlon

Sopa Sakcharoen Typist Vallapa Phoukul Computerized Graphic Operator Wirlya Klumrienthong DrLZt Technician

-iiS- ENVIRONENTAL IMPACT OP LAM TA KRONGPUMPED STORAGE PROJECT FINAL REPORT

VOLSE II : ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AEEMEET Table of Coatents

Page

Prontispiece Letter of Transmittal iii Acknowledgements Iv EIA License v Confirmation Statement vi Project Staff vii Table of Contents xiii List of Tables xxiii List of Fiqures xxx List of Photos xxxvi Glossary and Abbreviations xxxviii Conversion Table ivxi

CHAPTCER 1 InTRODUCTO-1

1.1 BACKGROUND OF PROJECT 1-1 1.2 OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE 1-4 1.3 STUDY APPROACH 1-5 1.4 ORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT 1-13

CHAPTER 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2-1

2.1 BACKGROUNDOF PROJECT 2-1 2.2 CONCLUSION OF THE PROJECT FEASIBILITY STUDY 2-2 2.3 PROJECT DEVELOPMENT 2-11 2.3.1 METHODOLOGY 2-11 2.3.2 SELECTION OF THE OPTIMUM LAYOUT 2-11 2.4 COMPARATIVEENVIRONMENT ASSESSMENT AMONG 2-17 THE ALTERNATIVE LAYOUTS

-xiii- Table of Contents (Cont'd)

Page

2.5 PROJECT FEATURES 2-24 2.5.1 UPPER RESERVOIR 2-24 2.5.2 WATERWAY 2-31 2.5.3 POWERHOUSE 2-33 2.5.4 ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT 2-34 2.5.5 TRANSMISSION LINES 2-35 2.6 CONSTRUCTION PLANNING AND COST ESTIMATE 2-36 2.6.1 CONSTRUCTION PLANNING 2-36 2.6.2 COST ESTIMATE 2-36

CHAPTER 3 PHISICIL RESOURCES 3-1

3.1 SURFACE WATER HYDROLOGY 3-1 3.1.1 INTRODUCTION .3-1 3.1.2 METHODOLOGY 3-1 3.1.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 3-2 3.1.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 3-4 3.1.4.1 Construction Period Impact 3-4 3.1.4.2 Long-Term Impact 3-4 3.2 GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY 3-9 3.2.1 INTRODUCTION 3-9 3.2.2 METHODOLOGY 3-10 3.2.3 EXISTING ENVRIONMENTALCONDITIONS 3-10 3.2.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 3-17 3.2.4.1 Construction Period Impact 3-17 3.2.4.2 Long-Term Impact 3-18 3.3 SURFACE AND GROUND WATER QUALITY 3-21 3.3.1 INTRODUCTION 3-21 3.3.2 METHODOLOGY 3-22 3.3.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 3-23 3.3.3.1 Surface Water Quality 3-23 3.3.3.2 Ground Water Quality 3-26 3.3.3.3 Sediment 3-29 *~~~~-ir Table of Contents (Cont'd)

Page

3.3.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 3-30 3.3.4.1 Construction Period Impact 3-30 3.3.4.2 Long-Term Impact 3-30 3.4 METEOROLOGY 3-32 3.4.1 INTRODUCTION 3-32 3.4.2 METHODOLOGY 3-32 3.4.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 3-32 3.4.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 3-41 3.4.4.1 Construction Period Impact 3-41 3.4.4.2 Long-Term Impact 3-42 3.5 ATMOSPHERIC QUALITY 3-43 3.5.1 INTRODUCTION 3-43 3.5.2 METHODOLOGY 3-43 3.5.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 3-44 3.5.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 3-45 3.5.4.1 Construction Period Impact 3-45 3.5.4.2 Long-Term Impact 3-48 3.6 SOIL FERTILITY, EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION 3-49 3.6.1 INTRODUCTION 3-49 3.6.2 METHODOLOGY 3-49 3.6.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 3-53 3.6.3.1 Soil Fertility 3-53 3.6.3.2 Soil Erosion Potential 3-55 3.6.3.3 Sedimentation 3-57 3.6.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 3-57 3.7 GEOLOGY, SEISMOLOGY AND MINERAL RESOURCES 3-63 3.7.1 INTRODUCTION 3-63 3.7.2 METHODOLOGY 3-63 3.7.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 3-64 3.7.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 3-69 3.7.4.1 Construction Period Impact 3-69 3.7.4.2 Long-Term Impact 3-72 Table of Contents (Cont'd)

Page

CHAPTER 4 ECOLOGICAL RESOURCES 4-1

4.1 AQUATIC BIOLOGY 4-1 4.1.1 INTRODUCTION 4-1 4.1.2 METHODOLOGY 4-2 4.1.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 4-4 4.1.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 4-17 4.1.4.1 Construction Period Impact 4-17 4.1.4.2 Long-Tern Impact 4-18 4.2 FISHERIES 4-20 4.2.1 INTRODUCTION 4-20 4.2.2 METHODOLOGY 4-20 4.2.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 4-22 4.2.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 4-24 4.2.4.1 Construction Period Impact 4-24 4.2.4.2 Long-Term Impact 4-24 4.3 AQUATIC PARASITES 4-34 4.3.1 INTRODUCTION 4-34 4.3.2 METHODOLOGY 4-34 4.3.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 4-36 4.3.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 4-40 4.4 FORESTS, WILDLIFE, AND RARE SPECIES 4-41 4.4.1 INTRODUCTION 4-41 4.4.2 METHODOLOGY 4-41 4.4.3 EXISTING ENVIRONHENTAL CONDITIONS 4-45 4.4.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 4-46

CHAPTER 5 HUMA USE VAUES 5-1

5.1 IRRIGATION 5-1 5.1.1 INTRODUCTION 5-1 5.1.2 METHODOLOGY 5-1 5.1.3 EXISTING ENVRIONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5-2

-xvi- Table of Contents (Cont'd)

Page

5.1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT 5-10 5.1.4.1 Construction Period Impact 5-10 5.1.4.2 Long Term Impact 5-11 5.2 WATER SUPPLY 5-12 5.1.2 INTRODUCTION 5-12 5.2.2 METHODOLOGY 5-13 5.2.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5-14 5.2.3.1 Water Use in Munlcipal and 5-14 Sanitary Districts 5.2.3.2 Water Use for Government 5-15 Sectors 5.2.3.3 Water Use in Rural Areas 5-16 5.2.3.4 Water Use for Industry 5-19 5.2.3.5 Existing Water Demand 5-20 5.2.3.6 Future Trend of Water Demand 5-20 5.2.3.7 Water Quality in the Studied 5-25 Areas 5.2.3.8 Efficiency of Water Treatment 5-28 Plant 5.2.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 5-28 5.2.4.1 Construction Period Impact 5-28 5.2.4.2 Long-Term Impact 5-28 5.3 WATER POLLUTION AND CONTROL 5-33 5.3.1 INTRODUCTION 5-33 5.3.2 METHODOLOGY 5-33 5.3.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5-34 5.3.3.1 Lower Lam Ta Thong Reservoir 5-34 5.3.3.2 Lam Ta Khong River Downstream 5-47 5.3.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 5-54 5.3.4.1 Construction Period Impact 5-54 5.3.4.2 Long-Term Impact 5-56 5.4 FLOOD CONTROL 5-64 5.4.1 INTRODUCTION 5-64 5.4.2 METHODOLOGY 5-64

-xvii- Table of Contents (Cont'd)

Page

5.4.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5-65 5.4.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 5-69 5.4.4.1 Construction Period Impact 5-69 5.4.4.2 Long-Term Impact 5-69 5.5 WATER BALANCE 5-70 5.5.1 INTRODUCTION 5-70 5.5.2 METHODOLOGY 5-70 5.5.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5-71 5.5.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 5-71 5.5.4.1 Contruotion Period Impact 5-71 5.5.4.2 Long-Term Impact 5-73 5.6 LANDUSE AND DEDICATED AREA 5-79 5.6.1 INTRODUCTION 5-79 5.6.2 METHODOLOGY 5-79 5.6.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5-81 5.6.3.1 Landuse in the Flood Plain 5-81 5.6.3.2 Landuse in the Upper Terrace 5-81 5.6.3.3 Landuse In the Dissected 5-84 Erosion Surface 5.6.3.4 Landuse in the Mountain Area 5-85 5.6.3.5 Villages/Urban 5-86 5.6.3.6 Water Body 5-87 5.6.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 5-87 5.6.4.1 Construction Period Impact 5-87 5.6.4.2 Long-Term Impact 5-87 5.7 AQUACULTURE 5-90 5.7.1 INTRODUCTION 5-90 5.7.2 METHODOLOGY 5-91 5.7.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5-92 5.7.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 5-95 5.8 REFORESTATION 5-99 5.8.1 INTRODUCTION 5-99 5.8.2 METHODOLOGY 5-99 5.8.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTALCONDITIONS 5-100

-xviii- Table of Contents (Cont'd)

Page

5.9 AGRICULTURE 5-102 5.9.1 INTRODUCTION 5-102 5.9.2 METHODOLOGY 5-102 5.9.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5-103 5.9.3.1 Non-Irrigated Area 5-103 5.9.3.2 Irrigated Area 5-103 5.9.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 5-108 5.10 HIGHWAY/RAILWAY/NAVIGATION SYSTEM 5-109 5.10.1 INTRODUCTION 5-109 5.10.2 METHODOLOGY 5-111 5.10.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5-112 5.10.3.1 Highways 5-112 5.10.3.2 Railways 5-120 5.10.4 FUTURE TRENDS 5-121 5.10.4.1 Highways 5-122 5.10.4.2 Railways 5-125 5.10.4.3 Navigation 5-125 5.10.5 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 5-125 5.10.5.1 Construction and Early Post 5-125 Construction Periods Impact 5.11 ELECTRICITY GENERATION AND TRANSMISSION 5-128 5.11.1 INTRODUCTION 5-128 5.11.2 METHODOLOGY 5-129 5.11.3 EXISTING ENVIRONENTAL CONDITIONS 5-129 5.11.3.1 Existing Power Capacity and 5-129 Future of EGAT's Region 2 5.11.3.2 Load Forecasts of EGAT's 5-129 Region 2 5.11.3.3 Transmission System 5-132 5.11.3,4 Suitable Power Generation 5-133 System 5.11.3.5 Probable Effects 5-135

-xix- Table of Contents (Cont'd)

Page

5.12 RECREATION DEVELOPMENT 5-138 5.12.1 INTRODUCTION 5-138 5.12.2 METHODOLOGY 5-139 5.12.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5-139 5.12.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 5-141 5.12.4.1 Construction Period Impact 5-141 5.12.4.2 Long-Term Impact 5-142

CHAPTER 6 QUALITY OF LIFE VALUES 6-1

6 . 1 SOCIO-ECONOMICS/INSTITUTION 6-1 6.1.1 INTRODUCTION 6-1 6.1.2 METHODOLOGY 6-2 6.1.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 6-7 6.1.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 6-29 6.1.4.1 Prolect Construction Impact 6-29 6.1.4.2 Long-Term Impact 6-30 6.2 RESETTLEMENT/RELOCATION/COMPENSATION 6-31 6.2.1 INTRODUCTION 6-31 6.2.2 METHODOLOGY 6-31 6.2.2.1 Components of Compensation 6-31 Cost 6.2.2.2 Calculation Methods for 6-33 Compensation Costs 6.2.3 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 6-35 6.2.3.1 Compensation Cost for Land 6-35 6.2.3.2 Compensation Cost for Upland 6-35 Crop and Upland Crops mixed with Fruit Trees 6.3 PUBLIC HEALTH AND PUBLIC SAFETY 6-40 6.3.1 INTRODUCTION 6-40 6.3.2 METHODOLOGY 6-41 6.3.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 6-43

-xxc- Table of Contents (Cont'd)

Page

6'.3.3.1 Existing Data 6-43 6.3.3.2 Survey Data 6-66 6.3.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 6-76 6.3.4.1 Construction Period Impact 6-76 6.3.4.2 Long-Term Impact 6-80 6.4 HISTORICAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL VALUES 6-81 6.4.1 INTRODUCTION 6-81 6.4.2 METHODOLOGY 6-82 6.4.3 EXISTING ENVRIONHENTAL CONDITIONS 6-82 6.4.3.1 Archaeological and Historical 6-82 Background of the Korat Basin of Northeast Thailand. 6.4.3.2 Historical and Archaeological 6-85 Sites In the Project Area and Its Vicinity 6.4.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 6-92 6.5 AESTHETIC VALUES 6-94 6.5.1 INTRODUCTION 6-94 6.5.2 METHODOLOGY 6-94 6.5.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 6-69 6.5.3.1 The Lam Ta Rhong Reservoir 6-96 6.5.3.2 The Upper Reservoir 6-97 6.5.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 6-98 6.5.4.1 Construction Period Impact 6-98 6.5.4.2 Long-Term Impact 6-98

CHAPTER 7 INTEGRATED IMPACT ASSESSET 7-1

7.1 INTRODUCTION 7-1 7.2 LAND 7-1 7.2.1 CONCERNED LAND AREAS 7-1 7.2.2 IMPACT FROM THE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION 7-2 7.2.3 IMPACTS FROM THE PROJECT OPERATION 7-7

_,£_- Table of Contents (Cont'd)

Page

7.3 WATER 7-7 7.3.1 CONCERNED WATER BODIES 7-7 7.3.2 IMPACT FROM THE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION 7-8 7.3.3 IMPACT FROM PROJECT OPERATION 7-14 7.4 HUMAN 7-17 7.4.1 CONCERNED AREA 7-17 7.4.2 IMPACT FROM PROJECT CONSTRUCTION 7-18 7.4.3 IMPACT FROM PROJECT OPERATION 7-19 7.5 ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ON THE 7-20 WATERSHED AREA lA 7.5.1 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION 7-20 7.5.2 IMPACT FROM PROJECT CONSTRUCTION 7-23 7.6 REQUIRED MITIGATION/DEVELOPHENT MEASURES 7-25 AND MONITORING PROGRAMS 7.7 ENVIRONMENTAL DEVELOPMENT RECOMMENDATION 7-26

REFERENCES R-1

-xxit- List of Tables

Table Page

1-1 Study Aspects with the Prlorities for 1-9 the EIA In the Concerned Area

2-1 General Project Description of Lam 2-5 Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project 2-2 Comparison of Alternatives 2-13 2-3 Comparison of Environmental Impact 2-18 Among the Alternative Layouts

3-1 Average Values for Some Water Quality 3-27 Parameters of Lam Ta Khong Reservoir and the River Upstream (year 1991) Comparing to the NEB Fresh Water Class 2 Standard. 3-2 Wat Kao Nol Ground Water Quality Analysis 3-28 3-3 Summary of Facilities, Activities 3-44 Involvlng the Construction Areas 3-4 Evaluation of Impact on Atmospheric 3-47 Quallty 3-5 Final Chemical Soil Fertility Classes 3-52 3-6 Soil Loss Evaluation in the Pumped 3-59 Storage Area 3-7 Chemical Properties of Soil Fertility 3-60 Assessment

4-1 Distribution and Density (x 103 individual/m3 ) 4-5 of Plankton in Lam Ta Khong Reservoir during the wet season (5-7 October 1990) 4-2 Distribution and Density (x 103 indlvidual/rn3 ) 4-6 of Plankton in Lam Ta Khong Reservolr during the Cold Season (1-3 Februay 1991) 4-3 Distribution and Density (x 103 individual/wr) 4-6 of Plankton in Lam Ta Khong Reservoir during the Dry Season (7-9 June 1991)

-xxiii- List of Tables (Cont'd)

Table Page

4-4 Prlmary Productlvity (mgC/m3/d) at the 4-15 7 Sampling Stations in L.u Ts Khong ReservoLr During October 1990-June 1991 4-5 Chlorophyll a Concentration (mg/u3 ) at 4-15 the 7 Sampllng Stations ln Lam Ta Khong Reservoir Durlng October 199S-August 1991 4-6 Seasonal and Zonal Variation of Aquatic 4-16 Plant Species and thelr Abundance During the Study Period. 4-7 Distributlon and Abundance of Benthos 4-17 (gm/r2) at the Seven Sampling Statlons in Lam Ta Khong Reservolr during the Study Period 4-8 Species Composition of Fish Found In Lam 4-25 Ta Khong Reservoir During October, -1990 and August, 1991 4-9 Specles of Fish and Abundance Found in 4-27 Lam Ta Khong Reservoir During Sampling Period 4-10 Feeding.Habit and the Species of Commercial 4-29 Values of Fish Found in Lam Ta Rhong Reservoir During Sampling Period 4-11 Fish Species which had Ovary ln Resting 4-31 Stage Found During Sampling Period 4-12 F/C Ratio and Standing Crops of Fish 4-33 Population in Lam Ta Ihong Reservoir During Sampling Period 4-13 Density of Mollusks Sampling in Lam Ta 4-39 Khong Reservoir 4-14 Floral Composition of the Right Bank 4-47 Proposed Reservoir Site UR1. 4-15 Floral Composition of the Right Bank 4-48 Proposed Reservoir-Site UR2.

-xxivr- List of Tables (Cont'd)

Table Page

4-16 Floral Compositlor of the Right Bank 4-49 Proposed Reservoir Site UR3 4-17 Bird Species Found on the Right Bank 4-50 Area 4-18 Bird Species Found on the Left Bank 4-54 Area

5-1 Project Area and Irrigated Area of All 5-3 Diversion Dams in Lam Ta Khong Irrigation Project 5-2 Present Cropping Pattern in Lam Ta Khong 5-4 Irrigation Project 5-3 Effective Rainfall in Lam Ta Khong 5-6 Irrigation Project 5-4 Irrigation Water Requirement for Wet 5-9 Season and Kc of Paddy at Various Growth Stages 5-5 Diversion Water Requirement of the Lam 5-9 Ta Khong Irrigation Project 5-6 Annual Water Volume Recorded of 5-16 Municipality and Each Sanitary District 5-7 Water Demand for Governement Sectors in 5-17 Nakhon Ratchasima 5-8 Village Water Supply Data In 4 Amphoes 5-17 in Nakhon Ratchasima Province 5-9 Number of Villages, Households, and 5-19 Populatlon Sited on Lam Ta Khong Down- stream, and Their Water Demand 5-10 The Present Water Demand for Comunities 5-23 and Industries 5-11 Water Sampling Areas and Source of Water 5-26 Sample 5-12 Water Treatment Plant Efficiency 5-29 Evaluation

-117v- List of Tables (Cont'd)

2Able Page

5-13 Reservoir Input Parameters, 1990-91 5-38 5--14 Reservoir Mass Input, 1990-91 5-39 5-15 Lam Ta Khong River Calibrated Model 5-50 Parameter 5-16 Estimated Pollutant Load to Lam Ta Khong 5-53 River (April 1991) 5-17 Area Occupied by Each Class 5-83 5-18 Species Lultivated in Each Area in Korat 5-92 5-19 Number of Fish Farmers and Type of Flsh 5-94 Culture in Each Area of Concern 5-20 Cultivated Fish Production of Some 5-96 Progressive Fish Farmers Found In Amphoe Muang, Nakhon Ratchasima 5-21 Traffic Velumas Records on National 5-117 Highway No.2 t -Station 181+800 by DOH During 1976-J1969 (Area I) 5-22 The Observed 8-hbar Traffic Volu-ies on 5-119 the Access Road Systems to the Left and Right-bank Alterhative Sites 5-23 Arrival Time Schedule for Four Train 5-121 Stations Adjacent to the Lam Ta Khong Reservoir (Area I) 5-24 Capacity of EGAT Existing, Under 5-131 Construction, and Future Power Plants In Northeast Region Up to 2006 A.D. 5-25 Load Forecast by EGAT, Region 2 5-134 5-26 Existing and Future Transmission line and 5-135 Substation Existing, and Future in North- east Region Up to 2006 5-27 Power Generation Plants Characteristics 5-137

6-1 A Socio-economic Summary of Area 1 6-11

-xxvi- List of Tables (Cont'd)

Table Page

6-2 Average Household Income and Expenditure 46-13 of Different Main Occupations of the Household In Area I 6-3 A Soclo-Economic Summary of Area II 6-18 Classified by Range of Income 6-4 Average Household Income and Expenditure 6-22 of Different Main Occupations of the Household Head In Area II

6-5 Number of Households in Area II Classified 6-2Z by Range of Income 6-6 Cost of Production and Net Income Derived 6-24 from Maize in Area II (Baht/rai) 6-7 Cost of Production and Net Income Derived 6-25 from Cassava in Area II (Baht/rai) 6-8 A Socio-economic Summary of Area IV 6-26 6-9 Compensation Costs for Trees and Fruit 6-37 Trees (Baht) 6-10 Numbers of Trees and Fruit Trees In the 6-38 Area Affected by the Project 6-11 Compensation Costs for Trees and Fruit 6-39 Trees (Baht) 6-12 Health Facility In Nakhon Ratchasima 6-44 Province 1990 6-13 The Cause of Illness of Out-patients In 6-47 Nakhon Ratchaslma Province and Region 3 6-14 The Cause of Illness of In-patients in 6-49 Nakhon Ratchasima Province and Region 3 6-15 Number and Morbidity Rate of Food and 6-52 Water borne Disease in Nakhon Ratchasima Province 6-16 Causes of Food/Water borne Diseases and 6-56 Mosquito borne Diseases ln Pak Chong and Si Khiu District, 1983-1990

-xxvii- List of Tables (Cont'a)

Table Page

6-17 Incidence of Resplratory Diseases in 6-57 Nakhon Province 6-18 Number and Morbidlty Rate of Isumization 6-58 Disease in Nakhon Ratchasima Province 6-19 Sexually transmitted Diseases and HIV 6-59 Infection In Nakhon Ratchasima Province 6-20 Number of Accidental Cases Pak Chong and 6-60 Si Xhlu Districts, 1990 6-21 Number and Percentage of Parasitic Infection 6-61 Nakhon Ratchasima-Province, Pak Chong and Si Xhiu Districts, 1990 6-22 The Cause of Death in Nakhon Rnatchasina 6-62 Province and Region 3 6-23 Environmental Health Status In Project 6-64 Area and Project Vicinity, 1990 6-24 Nutritional Status of the Children 0-1 6-65 Year in Project Vicinity Using Weight For Age, 1990 6-25 Nutritional Status of the Children 1-4 6-67 Year in Project Vicinity Using Weight For Age, 1990 6-26 Nutritional Status of the School Children 6-68 in the Project Vicinity, 1990 6-27 Number and Percentage of Maternal and 6-69 Child Health Status 6-28 Coverage of Immunizationfor Children 0-1 6-70 Year In Project Area, 1990 6-29 Faiily Planning in Nakhon Ratchasima 6-71 Province, Pak Chong and Sl Rhiu District, 1990 6-30 Number Percentage of Accidents by Leading 6-73 Causes and Village 6-31 Number and percentage of parasitic infection 6-74 tambon Khlong Phal, Si Khiu District, 1990

-xxviii- List of Tables (Cont'd)

Table Page

6-32 Number and Percentage of Deaths by Village 6-74 6-33 Number and Percentage of Disability Cases 6-77 by Village 6-34 Number of Disability Cases by Typer and 6-77 Village 6-35 Number and Percentage of Latrine Having 6-78 by Village 6-36 Archaeological/Historical Sites in the 6-93 Area from Amphoe Pak Chong to Amphoe Kuang, Nakhon Ratchasima Province

-xxix-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ List of Plgures

Figure Page

1-1 Project Location Map 1-2 1-2 Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project 1-3 1-3 Spatial Extent and Subdivision for 1-7 EIA of Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project

2-1 Atternatives of Upper Reservoir Site 2-10 and Waterway Route 2-2 General Plan 2-25 2-3 Water Way Profile and Section 2-26 2-4 Powerhouse Section 2-27 2-5 Switchyard Plan and Section 2-28 2-6 Watershed Classification in Project Area 2-29 2-7 Powerhouse Bird's-Eye View 2-30

3-1 Monthly Average Rain (Pak Chong Animal 3-6 Food, Pak Chong Agromet and Lam Ta Khong K 38 C Stations) 3-2 Monthly Average Inflow (Lam Ta Khong 3-6 : 89 and lam Ta Khong Dan Station) 3-3 Yearly Average Rainfall (Pak Chong 3-7 Animal Food, Pak Chong Agromet and Lam Ta Khong H 38 C Stations) 3-4 Yearly Inflow (Lam Ta Khong M 89 and 3-7 Lam Ta Khong Dam Stations) 3-5 SCS Runoff Model Calibration (1971) 3-8 3-6 SCS Runoff Model Simulation (1972) 3-8 3-7 Land Surface Contour of the Project Area 3-12 3-8 Plot of Land Surface Elevation of the 3-12 Projeect Area 3-9 Water Level Contour of the Project Area 3-13 Recorded before Heavy Rain on 25th September 1990 List of Figures (Cont'd)

Figure Page

3-10 Plot of Water Level Elevation over the 3-13 Project Area Recorded before Heavy Rain

on 25th September 1990 3-11 Water Level Contour of the Project Area 3-14 Recorded in the Month of Heavy Rain on

29t h Octorber 1990 3-12 Plot of Water Level over the Project 3-14 Area Recorded in the Month of Heavy Rain on 29th October 1990 3-13 Water Level Contour of the Project Area 3-15 Recorded Two Months after Heavy Rain on

6 th January 1991 3-14 Plot of Water Level Elevation Over the 3-15 Project Area Recorded Two Months after

Heavy Rain on 6th January 1991 - 3-15 Cross Section of Land Surface and Water 3-15 Level Elevations of Reservoir Area Along the Waterway 3-16 Groundwater Contour after Applying the 3-19 Conceptual Model 3-17 Surface Plot of Groundwater Elevation 3-19 Affecting on Upper Reservoir when Conceptual Model is Applied 3-18 Lam Ta Khong Reservoir Zoning for Model 3-24 Development with Locations of Sampling Stations 3-19 Evaporation Graph 3-33 (Pak Chong Agrometerology 1969-1989) 3-20 Relative Humidity Graph 3-34 (Pak Chong Agrometeorology 1969-1989) 3-21 Sunshine Graph (Pak Chong Agrometerology 3-35 1969-1989) 3-22 Temperature Graph 3-36 (Pak Chong Agrometeorology 1969-1989)

-xxxi- List of Pigures (Cont'ld)

Figure Page

3-23 Solar Radiation Graph (Khan Kaen 1982-1989) 3-37 3-24 Wind Velocity Graph (Nakhon Ratchasima 3-38 1951-1989) 3-25 Rainfall Intensity Graph (Lam Ta Rhong 3-39 N 38 C 1967-1988) 3-26 Identification of Project Areas 3-46 Concerning Atmospheric Quality 3-27 Map Showlng the Soil Sampling Sltes of 3-54 Lam Ta Khong Area 3-28 Map of Soil Erosion Potential 3-56 3-29 Map of Suspended Load in the Reservoir 3-58 3-30(a) Geologic Map of Surrounding Area of 3-65 Lam Ta Khong Project 3-30(b) Geologic Map of Lam Ta Thong Project Area 3-66 3-31 Location Map of Geophysical Exploration 3-68 and Sediment Sample Collection 3-32 Map of Earthquake Effects in Thailand 3-70 and Adjacent Areas (ESCAP Secretariat, 1988) 3-33' Seismetechtonic Map of Thailand 3-71 (Nutalaya Sodsri and Arnold, 1985)

4-1 Locations of Aquatlc Biology Sampling 4-3 Stations 4-2 Seasonal and Zonal Variation of Plankton 4-10 Density (x 105 individual/u2 ) During the Study Period 4-3 Seasonal and Zonal Variation of Primary 4-11 Productivity (mg- C/z 3 /d) during the Study Period 4-4 Bi-monthly and Zonal Variation of 4-12 Chlorophyll a Concentration (mg/m3) During the Study Period List of Figures (Cont'd)

Figure Page

4-5 Seasonal and Zonal Variation of Benthos 4-14 Density (dwt/u') During the Study Period 4-6 Sampling Stations for Field Survey of 4-21 Fishery 0 4-7 Sampling Stations for Mollusks Survey 4-35 4-8 Fluctuation of the Lianoperna slemensis 4-37 PopulationDuring the Study Period 4-9 Fluctation of the -Corblcula ap. Population 4-37 during the Study Period 4-10 Fluctuationof the Blthynis slasensis 4-37 gonlomphslos PopulationDuring the Study Period 4-11 Fluctuationof the Cleo helena Populatlon 4-38 during the Study Period 4-12 Fluctuationof the Radax rubiglnose 4-38 Populationduring the Study Period 4-13 The Studied Armas on the Left and Right 4-42 Bank-s

5-1 Nap Showing the Location of Studied 5-18 Villages and ConmmunLtiesfor Water Supply 5-2 Water AllocationAmong Major Sources of 5-21 Water Requirement 5-3 Fraction of Water Allocation Among 5-21 Communities, Industries, and Other Beneficial Uses (based on effective storage of 290 MCM.) 5-4 Existing Water Demand and Projected Water 5-22 Demand of Nakhon Ratchalsia 5-5 Existing Water Consumptionand Projected 5-22 Water Consumptlon of Nakhon Ratchasima - 5-6 Projected Water Demand in the Downstream- 5-24 Areas (1990-2000)

-xxxiii- List of Figures (Cont

Figure Page

5-7 Available Water Volume in Lam Ta Dhong 5-24 Reservoir for.Other Beneficial Uses. 5-8 Area Capacity Discharge Curve of Lam Ta 5-31 Rhong (JICA, 1991) 5-9 Reservoir Conceptual Ecological System 5-37 5-10 Lower Lam Ta Khong Reservoir Hydrologic 5-40 Condltions, 1990-91 5-11 Lam Ta Khong Reservoir Aquatic Biological 5-41 Model Calibration, 1990-91 5-12 Lam Ta Khong River 5-48 5-13 Lam Ta Khong River Model Calibration 5-51 April 1991 5-14 Lam Ta Rhong Reservoir Typical Hydrological 5-57 Variations: Normal/Dry Years. 5-15 Stations of Flood Control on Lam Ta Thong 5-66 and Lam Bauriboon 5-16 Simulated Inflow Hydrograph 5-68 5-17 Graph of Actual Water Level in Lam Ta 5-72 Thong.(1968-1989) 5-18 Graph of Water Releasing from Lam Ta 5-72 Thong Reservoir (1969-1989) 5-19 Graph of Water Balance - Water Surface 5-74 Simulation (Assumed 25% of Volume) 5-20 Graph of Water Balance - Water Surface 5-74 Simulation (Assumed 50% of Volume) 5-21 Irrigation Factor for 26-Year Period 5-75 (Assumed 25% of Volume) 5-22 Irrigation Factor for 26-Year Period 5-75 (Assumed 50% of Volume) 5-23 Evaporation Loss for-26-YearPeriod 5-76 (With and Without Upper Reservoir) 5-24 Rule Curve Graph 5-76 5-25 Water-Level vs. Elevation Change due 5-78 to the Project Operation

-xxiv- List of Figures (Cont'd)

Figure Page

5-26 Landuse Map 5-82 5-27 Access Road Systems to t;.eLeft-and 5-110 Right-Bank AtternativeSites 5-28 Map of EGAT Electric Power System 5-130

6-1 Socio-economicSampling Villages: 6-4 Area I,1I 6-2 Socio-EconomicsSampling Villages: Area IV 6-3 Public Health Studied Villages 6-42 6-4 Historical and ArchaeologicalSites 6-87

7-1 Concerned Land Areas 7-3 7-2 Concerned Water Body (1): Existing 7-9 Lam Ta Rhong Reservoir 7-3 (a) Concerned Water Body (2): Lam Ta Khong 7-10 River and Irrigation Area Downstream (Upper Area) 7-3 (b) Concerned Water Body (2): Lam Ta Thong 7-11 River and Irrigation Area Downstream (Lower Area) 7-4 Lower Lam Ta Khong Reservoir Drawdown 7-15 Curves Affected by the Pumped Storage Operation List of Photo.

Photo Page

3-1 The Lam Ta Thong Reservolr 3-3 3-2 The Lam Ta Thong river upstream 3-3 3-3 Soil in the proposed constructionsite 3-62

4-1 Fishery survey in Lam Ta Khong reservoir 4-23 4-2 Typical fish caught In Lam Ta Khong 4-23 reservoir

5-1 A typical diversion dam 5-7 5-2 Irrigation ditches are concrete llned 5-7 5-3 Raw water Intake in Lam Ta Thong reservoir 5-32 5-4 New water treatment plant at Ban Hakham 5-32 Thao 5-5 Natural conditions of Lam Ta Khong river 5-46 5-6 Houses along Lam Ta Khong river Kakhon 5-46 Ratchasima municipal area 5-7 Eutrophication in Lam Ta Khong river 5-55 downstream of the municlpal area 5-8 Wastewater treatment plant of Nakhon 5-55 Ratchasima municipality 5-9 Perspective vlew of landuse in Lam Ta 5-89 Thong area 5-10 Aquaculture activities In irrigation area 5-98 5-11 Agricultural areas and crop production 5-98 5-12 Reforestation on upland area 5-101 5-13 Surface condition of mittraphap highway 5-113 5-14 Running surface condition of the access 5-113 road 'A' 5-15 A sharp curve on the access road 'A" 5-115 5-16 Running surface conditiqn of some sections 5-115

of the access road 'B3 5-17 Longitudinal ruts on the access road "B" 5-116 5-18 A third section of the access road "C" 5-116 5-19 The existing transmission line 5-137

-mxvi- List of Photos (Cont'd)

Photo Page

6-1 Typical houses and environment at Ban 6-10 Khao Yal Tiang 6-2 Cattle pen 6-10 6-3 Cassava plantation at the Project 6-32 construction site 6-4 Cashew plantation at the Project 6-32 construction site 6-5 Cement jars at Ban Khao Yai Tiang 6-45 6-6 Klong Phal health conter 6-45 6-7 Dug well for domestic use 6-75 6-8 Weir and Impoundingarea in dry season 6-75 6-9 The Rock Art at Rhao Chan Naam the 6-83 closest archaeologicalsite 6-10 Description of the Rock Art 6-83 6-11 Scenic view of the right bank of 6-95 Lam Ta Khong reservoir

7-1 The upper reservoir constructionsite 7-5 on iB area 7-2 Lam Ta Khong reservoir;the lower 7-13 reservoir and the proposed construction site (outside 1A area) 7-3 Tallrace outlet location 7-16 7-4 The proposed muck disposal area along 7-16 7-5 The watershed classificationarea 1A 7-22 consist of secondary forest, bamboo and grass weeds 7-6 Profile view of the IA area 7-22

-xxxvii- OSSJ:f5E5AFJA3 AB13E3REZVIA T IXCOS;

A Amphoe, district. AADT Annual average daily traffic Alka Alkalinity, mg/l as CaCO AMC Antecedent soil molsture As Arsenic Avg Average B Ban, village BOD Biochemical oxygen demand C° Degree Celclus C Concentration,crop management factor Ca Calcium

CaCO3 Calcium carbonate CBOD Caboneceous biochemical oxygen demand Cd Cadmium Cl Chloride cm Centimeter cms, CMS, eu r/sec Cubie meter per second CN Cyanide CN Curve number Cu Copper eu m/d, CMD, m3 /d Cubic meter per day cu m/mo Cubic meter per month DO Dissolved oxygen DOH Department of Highway EGAT Electricity GeneratingAuthority of Thailand ELEV, elv Elevation f Photoperiod F Forage fish, accumulate Infiltration Fe Iron g Gram gmfm3 /d Gram per square meter per day g/rai Gram per ral H Spatial average of water depth ha Hectare Hard Hardness, mg/l as CaC%

-ixiwiii- Hg Mercury hr, HR Hour I4 Surface light Intensity Ia Initial abstraction JICA Japan International Cooperation Agency K Soil erodibility factor KKU Khon Kaen University Km Kilometer KV Kilovolt kw Kllowatt K cal/cm2 Kilo - Calorie per square centimeter Lat Latitude Long Longitude LS Slope factor Square meter in3 , CU.M Cubic meter se/d Square meter per day m-3 /hr, cu m/hr Cubic meter per hour m /imn Cubic meter per minute Max Maximum 1CM Million cubic meter 34CM/yr Million cubic meter per year meq Mllllequivalent mg Magnesium Ag/l Milligram per liter Min Minimum ml Milliliter mm Millimeter Mn Manganese MPN Most probable number mPN/100 ml Most probable number/100 milliliter MSL, msl Mean sea level MW Megawatt m meter mJd Meter per day NEB The National Environment Board

NH3 -N Ammonla nitrogen Ni Nlckel

-xxxix- NO3 -N Nitrate nitrogen NTU Nephelometric turbidlty unit Org-N Organic Nitrogen P Total rainfall, phosphorus Pb Lead Phy Phytoplankton P04 Phosphate Q Runoff volume, outflow R Rating scale, rainfall factor S Potential maximum retention time from SCS SCS Soll Conservation Servlce Secc Secchi disc depth sq a, an Square meter T Temperature T Coliform Total coliform Turb Turbidity, NTU T/ha/yr Ton per hectare per year u Induced water current ve'ocity ugf1 Microgram per liter us Micro Siemen USLE Universal Soil Loss Equation V Water volume W Weighting scale wdi Water quality index Zn Zince

.- ivc- 0ONV XICN TABE:

1 inch 2.54 cm 1 inch 25.4 mm 1 mi le 1.6093 km 1 km 0.6214 miles 1 ft 0.3048 m 1 m 3.28 ft 1 wa 2 m 1 ft2 0.0929 m2 1 M2 = 10.7584 ft 2 1 hectare 6.25 rais 1 acre 2.53 rais 1 km 2 100 hectares 1 ral 1,600 M2 1 ngan= 400 32 1 ft 3 0.0283 m3 1 M3 35.31- ft 3

1 mam = 1,000,000 m 1 cfs 0.0283 cms 1 cms 35.31 cfs I MkWh = 1,000,000 kWh 1 GWh = 1,000,000 kWh 1 KW = 1,000 kW = 1,000,000 W 1 kg .2.205 pounds 1 ton = 1,000 kg

-ivii- C HI~E 1

1.1 BACKGROUND OF PROJECT

Environmental Impact Assessment of Lam Ta Rhong Pumped Storage Project representsanother EGAT's contlnual attempt in Its routine undertakingto preserve national environ- ment and to enhance its development project benifi-cialto the national development.

The planned Lam Ta Rhong Pumped Storage Project is located in the area between Sikhiu and Pak Chong Districts of Nakhon Ratchasima Province as shown In the location map, Figure 1-1. The Project is the first of its kind being introduced to Thailand. Its components include: upper reservoir, under- ground powerhouse, tunnels, switchyard, and power trans- mlssion system. The general features of the project is shown in Figure 1-2. The existing Lam Ta Khong reservoir constructed by the Royal Irrigation Department (RID) will be used as the lower reservoir. An upper reservoir will be constructed on the nearby mountain to create the hydraulic head and storage capacity enough to provide for generating electricity during peak periods. The powerhouse and generating facilities as well as the connecting tunnels will be constructed underground. There will be a cable tunnel from the underground powerhouse to an outdoor switchyard and the transmission line will join the existing 230 kV double circuit between Saraburl and Nakhon Ratchasima.

The major concerns of the Project regarding the environ- mental aspect are the use of land area for the construction and the use of the existing Lam Ta Rhong reservoir as the lower reservoir.

The land area to be acquired is approximately3 sq km which is considerably small when compared to other EGAT's projects. However, the area of concern is partly classified

1-1 4-~~~/ ;5'Q0'I/+^ Ni^|1500,''}7e"SP' ;;-

O N4Ej;!s;Llltl 'p;WE\-h'' S t \itS ,_X

. I'- x 'V1fX| - j ' 1 ,,,.,, .,,,, . - , . \ t r~~~LmTa Khomnl 06iay, 1 '

8fir \.:- tr Q j1' | !. i LSTORA^GEPRO g;giFjg E :

''~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~'aT , #* 055 Kh' ResErv air

K ; . II yMi @,,-,bj#,*J ;,' # ; z 4, . . @^, |'2|| n"4d } #-, ,§r-"W@+\=;}, gwhzgsl4D~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~,;_/ttt 4 S-X4U^.K1.rX- Xr~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ fig- 8Je \\ j %>4@1;1if\

^"rsst-^9|e d s-lxsa*4 -.v2~~~~su^.; 4 I,;II*; a"^ZD.q; ;" ; ;" v ..1 lMu. 8usa 1ll.~~~~~L-

| _ \ ^2i4'-- r ',J \ * , 4!Iw*9)>;1;l~~~~~~~~~~L " Pch ^,,~~~ IIAcfup>B,,^ Lw4:,,;<>'<'...... b.I....¢.'; m Svo / ,, fFRfX,l(1 }r lL }8lSI-XlA"f 4s,rujor,^ur;. .1V -e . NtS

, -" IF t . 8z +$<4 S .t .

t ~~~~~~~~~~~~I-!fo- W NsrZ> !.a s ,#4,% t .,,FCR

~; -l4-|gs ;,p h.,I kwq^.J1f'.- Poe;^ LtteHa

IN!.~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I -. t f~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

4L~~

LiOVERRESERVOIR : (L.AHTAKHONO hESssivoh

a.1 1 0 TAILPACE- M3*riE 1¾;i

}~~~~~~~~~j = 'n1''

RACE~*0 r :¾t, WI ~~ I ~~~~ *~~~ -J

2~ 11 - QI ~ 4jfUR j as the watershed preservation area stipulated by the govern- ment especially the upper reservoir site Is located on the watershed classification 1B. The detailed environmental assessment of which is required for approval by the National Environment Board (NEB).

EGAT has awarded this Environmental Impact Assessment Study Project (EIA) to Khon Kaen University (RKU) which is a leading regional university where the project is situated. The study was undertaken by the KKU's multidisciplinaryteam during the period August 1990 to February 1992.

1.2 OBJECTIVBB AND SCOPE

Objectives

The ultimate purpose of the study was the preparatlon of the environmental impact assessment (EIA) which was closely con- formed with the National Environment Board (NEB) guidelines and associated documents for government approval of the project.

Specific objectives of the study were as follows:

1) To define the study area which would be directly and indirectly affected by the deve- lopment of the proposed Project. 2) To describe the existing characteristics and quality of all environmental resources and values of the study area. 3) To characterizethe physical, biological and socio-economicaspects that would affect the Project and/or alternate the Project design, the Project cost and beneflts. 4) To identify the principal changes of the environment that may possibly be expected as a result of the Project development. 5) To examine the effect, evaluate and predict the short and long tern impacts of the proposed

1-4 Project upon the environmental resources and values, including also the degree of slgnifi- cance and magnitude of the predicted impacts. 6) To recommend practical approaches and means in developing the proposed project that would con- form with governmentalcriteria regarding the water resources and land use management designated for the classified watershed. 7) To recommend short and long term guidelines for the prevention or mitigation of the adverse effects and/or the maximization of the positive results of the proposed project. 8) Based on the findings of the study, to recom- mend the appropriate environmental monitoring program with the relevant manpower estimate for the proposed project. scope

The study involves collection, analysis, and interpretation of literature,existing data, and data collected during the study period that allow accurate evaluation and prediction of impacts of the Project upon the environmental resources/ values as well as for development of recommendations for mitigation and compensation/resettlementplannings, and the environmental monitoring programs.

1.3 STUDYAPPROACH

Formulated Concept of Study

The concept of the EIA study was formulated as follows:

- The EIA study Is one of the normal EIA confor- ming with NEB guidelines. - In particular, as the upper reservoir site is lacated on the watershed area classification 1B, parts of the study results are intended for used

1-5 as the envlronmental justlfication in the selection of upper reservoir alternatlve sites.

Bounding the ASSUBeUnt

The EIA study has been focus on the impact of the Project during two main developmentstages: the construction and the operation stages.

Regarding the ecological systems and spatial extent coneerned, all three ecosystems, namely terrestrial, aquatic, and human have been consideredwith varying degrees of significance in different areas. In formulating the study framework, the spatial extent was bounded by subdividing into the following five areas shown schematieally in Figure 1-3.

Area I : Lam Ta Ihong reservoir and its vicinity. This area comprlses the water body of the Lam Ta Khong reservoir and the settlement along the reservoir rim. The major concern for this area is the aquatic ecosystem which consists of water quantity, water quality, and aquatic biology which reside in the reservoir. The human ecosystem -of concern consists of those settlements where the people live on reservoir production, i.e., fisheries, agriculture in the drawdown zone, etc.

Area II: the proposed right bank alternative sites for upper reservolr. This-area comprises the three proposed alternative areas on the right bank mountain which are composed of the forest and deforested upland cultivation areas. There is complicacy In terms ef law and regulations since parts of the area concerned are in the forest area classified as the watershed preservation stipula- ted by the government. The ecosystems of major concern in this area are of human and terrestrial.

1-6- .40~ ~ ~ .

X t~~~~~ -F - I

LEGEND3

I LamTo Khong Reservoir and vicinity /I Rightbank alternative I' '~. d.;' / ,/ site forupper reservoir andwalerway I,/' Left bank alternalive site for upperreservoir 3/ DownstreamIrrigatlon area / NakhonRatchasima urban areaand districtsIn the vicinity Spalial Extent and Subdivislonlor EIA of Lam Ta KhongPumped Storage Project FIGURE1-3 Area Ifl: the proposed left bank alternative site for upper reservoir. The characteristicof this alternate area is similar to area II. However, less effort on the investigationis required for the area will be investigatedfor the completeness in the comparlsoin study only. There Is no possi- bility that this site will be reconsidered to be used for upper reservoir.

Area rV: Dounstreau irrigation area. This is the area which shares the major proportion in demand of water from Lam Ta Khong reservoir at present. As a result, the proposed operatlon of the Pumped Storage Project will affect this demand of water both for irrigation and for maintaining base flow in the Lam Ta Khong downstream. Consequently, the agricutural production, water quantity, and quality in the stream may be affected.

Area V: Nakhon Ratabcaima urban area mad districts In the vicinity. At present, this even growing urban area as well as the districts in the vicinities are supplied with the water transmitted from the Lam Ta Khong reservoir. This water demand, even though sharing less proportion, its priority seems to be higher than any other demands. Furthermore, It is necessary to maintain a higher water quality standards for this urban supply.

Impact Identification

According to the environmentalconsequence in the Project area ecosystem, the environmentalimpacts of the Project of both primary and secondary sources are identified. To be conformed with NEB guidelines, the environmental resources and values are then classified into four levels as guided by NEB: (1) physical resources, (2) ecological resources, (3) human use values, and (4) quality of life values. The aspects to be covered In this proposed study in res-

1-8 pective areas of concern and their degree of importance regarding the project development scheme have been Iden- tified as shown In Table 1-1.

Table 1-1 Study Aspects with the Priorlties for the EIA in the Concerned Area.

Areas of Concern/Priorities Aspects *I II III IV V

1. Physlcal Resources

Water Resources: (1.2) Surface Water Hydrology la 1* I- (1.2) Ground Water Hydrology Is 1* (1.3) Surface and Ground Vater I - Quailty

AtmosphericResources:- (1.4) Meteorology 2* 2Z 2.

(1.5) Atmospheric QualIty 3 3 -

Land Resources:

(1.6) 8il Fertllity/Erosion/ 2 2 2 - Sedimentation (1.7) Geology/Selsomology/ - 1' 1 is Mineral Resources

2. EcologicalResources

Aquatic Resources: (2.1) Aquatic Biology I (2.2) Fisheries 1 (2.3) Parasitology 2

TerrestrialResources:

(2.4) Forests/Vildlife/ - 1 1 - - Rare Species

1-9 Table 1-1 (Continued)

Areas of Concern/PriorItLes L} Aspects

I II III IV V

3. Humn Use Values

Vater Managementt

(3.1) Irrigation - - - 2*

(3.2) Vater Supply - 2

(3.3) Water Pollution and 1 - - 2 - Control

(3.4) Flood Control 2 - - 2* 2* (3.5) Water Balance 1* 1 1* t 1*

Lend Uses:

(3.6) Landuses and Dedicated 2 1 1 - Area Uses

Agricu:tural Development:

(3.7) Aquaclture 2 - -

(3.8) Reforestation - 2 - (3.9) Agriculture - - - 2.

Transportation:

(3.10) Highways/Railways/ 3* 3. 3* - Navigation

Paver:

(3.11) Electricity Generation - 1 1 - and Transmission

Recreation:

(3.12) Recreation Development 2 2 - - -

1-10 Impact Analysis

To fulfill EGAT's objectives of this EIA study, the Impact analysis has addressed questions regarding points such as the probability, timing, severity, and diffusion of each Identified impact; who/what/where will be affected and how; their probable response; and how slgnlflcont the Impacts will be. To answer these questions, the steps of approach which have been used are as follows:

1) Identify the major cause-consequence linkages for developing a conceptual model of the environmental systems related to the project development. 2) Carry out detailed investigations on the present conditions and trends of the various environmental components and to clarify the relationships among the environmental com- ponents. 3) For some specific sub-systems which require crucial analysis and are technologically feasible, appropriate mathematical models have been used for the analysis. 4) At the final stage, the overall project environmental impact has been evaluate.d according to the identified linkages.

Technical Organization Strategies

To perform this interdisciplinaryEIA study, task forces in various disciplinary areas have been formed. One important aspect In organizing the study of this nature is to make every part of the study harmonized into one unique study under the same objective. In doing this, the strategies in creating a Technical Core Team have been ipplied. This Technical Core Team which comprised a number of EIA experts has been created since the early stage to develop the con- ceptual frameworks of the study, to detail out the concepts into study program and plant to supervise the various tasks

1-12 Table 1-1 (Continued)

Areas of Concern/Priorities 11 Aspects

I 11 III IV V

4. Quality of Life Values

-S0cl-Economics (4.1) Socio-Economic/ 2 1 _ 2% 2. institutlon

(4.2) Resettlement/Relocation/ - I - - Compensation

(4.3) Publfc Health/Public 2 2.3 - 2* - Safety

Cultural: (4.4) Historical/Archaeolo- - 1 gical Values

Aesthet lC8s (4.5) Aesthetic Values 2 2

P/Priorities: I - primary impaets requiring detailed investigation and analysis;

2 - secondary impacts requiring the same level of effort In investigation as l;

3 - temporary impacts during construction and/or early stage of piject development only;

- aspects being undertaken elsewhere, requiring review and analysis of the secondary data.

1-11 during the course of study, to analyse the outputs, and finally to integratethe findings Into a completeproduct.

In performing the variousstudy tasks, task forces con- sisting of experts In their respective disciplinary areas were formed. Furthermore,technical supports from local authorities have been sought in order to acquire the area Informationeffectively.

1.4 ORGAXMZAIONOF THE MRPORT

This report comprisesseven chapters:

Chapter 1: Introduction. This chapter comprises the background,objectives and scope of the study, the study approach, and the ganization of reports.

Chapter 2: ProjectDesarLption. This describes the proposed Lam Ta Khong Pumred Storage Project to indicatethe environmentalconcerned activlties

Chapter 3 to Chapter 6: Physical Resources; Bio- logicalResources; Human Use Values; and Quality of Life Values. This is the presentationof the results of study on the existing condition and and environmentalimpact assessment for individual environmentalresource/value catagorized into four respectivechapters.

Chapter 7: IftegratedImpact Assessment. Thls is the conclusion of the findings in the form of Integratedanalysis of major enviromental impact catagorizing into three mar ecological sub- systems land, water, and human to lndlcate the impact extent and needed mitigation/development measures.

A list of referencesis providedat the end of this volume.

1-13 CTIAFnCr 2

2.1 BACKGROUNDOF PROJECT

Thailand's economic growth rate in 1989 was 11%, which was prominent among Asian developing nations. Particularly, the growth of its industrial sector was signlficant. It is necessary for EGAT to provide sufficientelectric energy supply to be able to cope with the increasingdemand In the future due to the continuing growth of the country.

In 1989, the installed capacity of electric power generating facilities in Thalland was 8,314 MW. Its compositionof power sources consisted of 2,271 MM from hydro plants (27.3%) and 6,043 MW from thermal plants (72.7%).-

The Thai Government has a policy to.utilize indigeneous energy sources such as natural gas, lignite,hydropower, etc., and to suppress the import of oil as much as possible.

With the above policy, hydroelectricpower resource development in Thailand has been carried out through large scale projects such as at the Bhumibol Dam (535 MW) on the Ping river, the Sirikit Dam (375 NW) on the Nan river, the Srinagarind Dam (540 MW) on the Quae Yai river, the Khao Laem Dam (300 MW) on the Quae Nol river, and the RajjaprabhaDam (240 NW) on the Xhlong Saeng river. As a result of this development,the remaining possible large-scalehydroelectric power resources serving peak period demands may be limited to the internationalrivers, such as the Mekong river and the Salawin river, which are along borders. However, the implementationof this development,e.g., the Mekong river project involves internationally-complicated factors. It is not likely that the developmentwill be realized in the near future.

Under such circumstances, keen attention has been focussed recently on the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project which is close to Bangkok metropolitanarea, the biggest demand area of

2-1 electricityIn Thailand. This will ensure sufficient electric power supply to cope with the high growth of electricity demand, especiallyat peak periods.

In 1988, the Thai Goverrment requested the Japanese Government to assist in carrying out a feasibility study on the Project. This study was then implementedby JICA between 1989 and 1991. The study results are summarizedin the followingsections.

2.2 CONCLUBON OF THE PROJ=CIFEASIBILITY 8TUDY

The Lam Ta Rhong Pumped Storage Project is planned to be carried out at the Lam Ta Rhong River, a tributary of the Nun River of the Mekong River system, 200 km northeast of the capital Bangkok. The Feasibility Study reveals that the project is feasible from technicaland economicpoints of view. An outline of the conclusionsare glven below.

1) Electricpower demand in Thalland recorded an annual growth rate of 14 percent in 1990 as a result of rapid lndustrlalization. It Is predictedthat demand will grow at an annual rate of approximately16 percent in 1991 and 7 percent In 1997. The peak power demand in 1990 of 7,094 MW is estimatedto become about 13,000 - 14,000 MW In 1997. Therefore,there will be a necessity to constructnew facilitiesof approximately 900 NW every year. 2) At present,only a few power sources exist to meet the rapid increaseof peak power demand. In order to supply reliable electricpower in the future corresponding to the rapid industriali- zation of Thailand, it is necessary to develop hydroelectricpower plants capableof coping with the peak load. The Lam Ta thong Pumped Storage project is extremelypromising as a power source to cope with the above-mentioned increase in demand and as a power source to supply peak loads of Thailand.

2-2 3) The optimum scale of development of the Lam Ta Khong pumped storage power plant is 1,000 NW having the capability of 8 hours' continuous operation (storage capacity of upper reservoir). It ts desirable to commence operation of the project at the earliest, and it is considered that this is in the year 1997. In the case that the development of the project is divided into two stages and that the unit 3 and 4 (250 MW x 2 units) are installed later than 1997, it is recommended that the units 3 and 4 shall be installed by the year of 2002 from an economic point of view. 4) The power system stability poses a limitation of plant operation. The 1,000 KW generation will be possible in 1997, however, pumping at off-peak time will have to be restricted to 500 MW at most from the stand point of the power system stability. 5) In addition to the function of power supply capability the Lam Ta Khong -power plant will provide the following benefits to EGAT's system. The project will have quick load following characteristics corresponding to load fluctuation regulating the system frequency and voltage, reserve capacity in case of failure of other- power plants, and reducing the frequency of start-and-stop of thermal power plants there by enabling high efficiency operation of thermal power plants. 6) Civil structures including surface membrane fill dam for upper reservoir, underground powerhouse, penstock and tailrace tunnel were designed taking into consideration topography, geology, availa- bility of constructionmaterials, earthquakes and environmental aspect. Bedrock of the upper reservoir, the waterway and- tha underground powerhouse is composed of sedimentary rock of Mesozolc era, and remarkable faults or other

2-3 l -

problemswere not found judging from the results of In situ rock tests. There are no technical problemswhich would influencethe realizationof this project. 7) The project area is located in an environmental area where developmentIs restrictedby the Thai government. Construction of structures on the surface are prohibited in a part of the area. In order to evade the restricted area, underground structuresare adopted ln this project. There are no people livlng In the project area, so there will be no resettlement problem. Since the project is designed consideringthe envLronment, it is feasiblefrom an environmental point of view. 8) The estimatedproject cost Including import duty, interestduring construction and escalation up to 1997 is 16,674million Baht (US$641million). 9) The present value of surplus benefit (B - C), benefit-costratio (B/C),and equalizing discount rate (EDR) of the projectobtained from economic comparisonof the Lam Ta Khong power plant and an alternativethermal plant are 1,504 million Baht, 1.16, and 17.4 percent, respectively. These values indlcate that the development of the project is economicallyfeasible.

2-4 Table 2-1 Gemeral Project Descripticonof Lam Ta hong Pumped Storage Project

ProjectNoew LosIs KbongPumped Storage

UpperReservoir LowerReservoir

1. LOCATION LamTs Ihong River Tributary of HunRiver

District: PakChong District: Pak Chong Sikbiu Slkbiu Province: Nekhon Province: Nakhon RBtchashbie RatchashimB

2. PURPOSE PowerGeneration Hulti-pttrpose (Existing) 3. HYDROLOGY CatchuentAres ke2 0.4 1,430 Period orRunoff yrs. 28 Analysis AverageAnnual Inflow MCH_ 261 DesignFlood P /sec 2,130

4. RESERVOIR NormalHigh Water |.HSL. 6BO.0 277.0 Level (IMM) LowWater Level .I1SL. 620.0 261.0 Total Storage mCI 10.3 310 Capecity Effective Storage MCI 9.9 290 Capecity Surface Area at NHlL km2 0.34 44

5. DAN Type Rockfill Damwith Asphalt RomwgeneousEarth-fll Facing Du

(Tobe continued)

2-5 Table 2-1 (Continued)

Project Name LsoTa KhongPumped Storage

Upper Reservoir LowerReservoir

DamHeight a s0 40.3 Crest Elevation m.HSL. 652.50 282.3 Crest Length r 2,210 527 DamVolune 103 3 5,11Ig 853 UpstreuaFace Slope - 1 : 2.5 1 :3.0- 5.0 DoimstreaFace Slope - 1 : 2.5 1: 2.5

6. INTAKE Type Norning-glory Size a (18.0 - 5.800 x 51 Number set 2

7. PENSTOCK Type Iinclined Shaft EmbeddedSteel Number 2 - 4 InnerDiameter a 5.8- 2.5 Length D 590

8. IAILRACEIUNNEL Type _ ConcreteLined Pressure Type Number 4 - 2 InnerDiameter a 4.90- 6.50 Length a 1,470

9. SURGECHAMBER

Type - Chauber Surge Tank Nudber 2 Dimension - MainBody a Inside8.90 Height107.0 - Chamber a Inside 10.00 x 10.00 Length35.0

(Tobe continued)

2-6 Table 2-1 (Continued)

ProjectName LamTa RhongPumped Storage

1. MUILET

Type - 4 Continuous Box Culvert

Number - 2 Size * Vidth 5.6- 30.0 o Height5.6 - 10.0 r Length 55.0

11. POWERHOUSE Type _ Undergroundtype

Size (Widthx Lengthx n 22 x 117 x 45.7 Height) Draft Date

- Type - Bonnet TypeGate - Number set 4 Tailrace Gate - Type Roller Gate - Number 2

12. TURBINE/PUNP (lurbine) Type - Verticalshaft Francis type,reversible pumpturbine Numberof Units 4 Hex. Gross Head A 401 Rated Intake Water * 653 Level Rated Tail Water Level a 276 GrossHead a 377 Normal Effective Head * 357 Max. PowerDischarge u3 /sed 82.5 Rated Output Nw 255 RevolvingSpeed rpm 375

(to be continued)

2-7 Table 2-1 (Continued)

Project Naze LaITo KhongPumped Storage

(Pulp) Mux.Pump Read a 409 Min.Pump Head a 277 Hax.Pump Discharge n3/s 71.4 Revolvingspeed rpm 375

13. GENERATOR/MOTOR Type 3-phase ACSynchronous Generator Motor Nuwberof Units unit 4 RatedOutput IVA 278 voltage kY 16.5 PowerFactor - Gen.0.9 (Lag)Motor 0.98 (Lead) Frequency Hz 50 RevolvingSpeed rpm 375

14. MAINTRANSFORMER Nubmerof Units unit 4 Type - Special 3 - phase indoor forced oil water cooled typewith onload tap changer Capacity MVA 290 Voltage kV 230/16.5

15. SlITCHYARD

Type SF8 Gas Insulated Switchgeartype NominalVoltage kV 230 Numberof Circuits Mct 8

16. TRANSHISSIONLIiE Connection ToSaraburi - NekhonRatchasima Existing 230 kV line NominalVoltage kV 230 Numberof Circuits cct 4 Length km 15

(Tobe continued)

*2-8 Table 2-1 (Continued)

Project Nane La IsKbang Pusped Storage

17. POWERGENERAIION May.Power Discharge P /sec 340 (4 units) NormalEffective Head a 375 Installed Capacity mm 1,000 AnUal Operatinghours brs BUD GeneratingCapability hrs 8 ofContinmous Operation.

2-9 N a-

LA TAgONG RESERVO I RER 2-

5 ~Inae r andoutle t 7- ^ Surge Chamber 6-L,. i- : :230kV Transmission Line (Existing) - ;t

PICO 2-1 Atternatives of Upper Reservoir Site ad Waterway Route

2-10 2.3 PROJECT DEvLWPEET

2.3.1 METHODOLOSY

To obtain the optimum development plan of the Lam Ta Xhong Pumped Storage Project, the following methodology has been used :

1) Layout of the project Is studied, from viewpoints of topography, geology, environme6 tal regulations and economics to select the optimum layout. 2) The development scale ls studied from a viewpoint of demand-supply balance, unit capacity and power system's stability. 3) Development scale Is studied from the optimization study using benefit and cost of the project. 4) The development plan is finalized taking Into account the abovementioned t1) to (3).

2.3*2 BELECZION OF TUE OPTfUDE LAYOUT

In determining the optimum layout of the Lam Ta Thong Pumped Storage Project, three alternative sites and five alternative routes shown in Figure 2-1 were planned for the upper reservoir and the waterway respectively.

Site reconnaissance and preliminary study which took Into account following points were carried out by JICA Team.

1) Watershed Classification. The watershed in the Project area is classified into two groups as follow (See also Figure 2-1): - Class 1A area: The land use in this area is prohibited in order to protect the headwater of rlvers. - Class 1B area: In case of public-:And use by government organization, the organization should propose and report the environmental

2-11 effect of the project to the National Environ- ment Board (NEB), and obtain the approval of NEB for the land use.

2) Households Inundatrd. The compensation and resettlementcost Is not much. However, social and environmentalfactors caused by resettlement should be considered.

3) Availability of Access Load, Lenght of Access Tunesl, Length of Transmission Line, and Under- water Works. These factors affects the con- struction cost of the Project.

Considering the factors mentioned above, characteristics of each alternative are described below, and summarized in Table 2-2.

Characteristicsof Upper Reservoir Bite

l) AlternativeiM-1. The reservoir is a surface membrane type and is located on a terrace of the right bank of the existing Lam Ta Khong reservoir. Judging from the topography, High Water Level (HWL) is assumed to be about EL. 640 M. Access road from National Highway No.2 to the site exists; however, it should be imp;oved for the construction of the reservoir. The UR-1 area is classified In to watershed class 1B.

2) Alternative UR-2. The reservoir is an ordinary type rockfill dam at the upstream of a gully on the right bank. BWL is assumed to be lower than about EL. 590 a judging from the topography, and distance between the existing Lam Ta Rhong reservoir and the upper reservoir is longer than UR-1. AccessLbilityto the project site is the same as UR-1. The UR-2 area is classified Into

2-12 Table 2-2 Comparison of Alternatives

Layout 7esorlptlon No.1 No.2 o.3 No.4 No.5

1.Upper Reservoir UR-I UR-2 UL-I

Hassivecoarse sandstone and alternation ofsandstone Alternation ofsandstone Massivecourse sandstoneand alternation ofsandstone andslltstone of Phra Vihon formation. andsiltstone of Phra ao.siltstone ofPbre Viban formation. 1-1Geology Coarsesandstone Ishard andrelatively solid, Vihanformation. Coarsesandstone Isbird and relatively solid, howeverthe alternation issoftened byweathering. Surfaceis softened and howeverthe alternation issoftened byweathering. loosenedbyweathering.

Relativelyflat terrace and appropriate topography U-shapevally and storage Relativelyflat terrace and appropriate topography 'a forconstruction of surface nembrane pond type reser- efficiency(storage volume forconstructlon ofsurface membrane pond type reser- 1-2Topography voir. /daevolute) ts not good. voir.

TheMBx. of HVLIs about EL. 040 a. TheHaex of HYLis about TheMax. of WI lsabout EL. 640 e. EL.590,._

1-3Watershed Class Class1. ClassIB. ClassIA.

1-4Compensation and Aboutone hundred house- Resettlement holds.

1-5Accessibility Existing road should be improved. Existingroad should be Existingroad should be isproved.Present condition Improved, ofexisting road is worse than that of theright bank

(To be cointinuec Table 2-2 (Continued)

Layout DesoriptUon No. I Io. 2 No.3 No.4 |o. 5

2.Waterway end Powerhouse WW-1 VR-2 R-3 L-1 L-2

2-1Geology Vaterway PenstockIs mainlylocated Inalternation ofsandstone addsiltstone ofPhre Viban fornation. Tailrace Islocated Insiltston sandysiltetone andfine siltstone ofPhu Kredung formation. Bedrock Isassused tobe scarcely weathered, however silty part I assumedtobe softbecause ofpoor consolidation. Powerhousea Bedrock Is assuoedto be composed ofsiltutone, sandy siltstone andfine siltstone ofPhu Kradung foreation. ItIs assuied to fresh, howeversoft becauseof poorconsoliJation.

food. Accesstunnel and good,Access tunnel and Dodd.Acdeis tunnel and r road-aboutOkalopg should be constructed froe 2-2Accessibility cable tunnel are about cabletunnel arelonger cabletunnel are about eisatino Los la Khongdat. The length ofaccess toPowerhouse 1000 a and6a0 m long, thanaR-I. 1000a and000 a long, tunnelnd cable tunnel issimilar toVR-1. respectively. respectively.

3.Transmission Line* About11 km 35 40km

4. ConstructionCost perkV (2) .. 100 112 IIZ111 107

* Lengthfrom powerhouse toexistng transmission line. *t : Including constructioncost of transmission line and excluding resettlenent and cospensation cost. watershed class 1B. This alternative has a resettlement problem of about one hundred house- holds in the upper reservoir area.

3) Alternative ULM-. The reservoir is the surface membrane type and Is located on a terrace of the left bank of the Lam Ta Xhong reservoir. Similar to UR-1, HWL is assumed to be about EL. 640 a. Existing road from the Lam Ta Khong dam to the site is available; however, it should be improved. The present condition of the access road is worse than those of the alternatives on the right bank. The most serious problem for this site is that this area is classified into watershed class IA, in which land use is prohibited in any case in order to protect the headwaters of rivers.

Characteristicsof Waterway Route and Location of Powerhouse

.1) Alternative WR-1. Thls alternative connects the upper reservoir UR-1 and the Lam Ta Xhong reservoir with the shortest waterway. Accessi- bility to the powerhouse is good, since National Hlghway No.2 passes along the right shore of the Lam Ta Xhong reservoir. As regards the accessi- bility to the underground type powerhouse, the length of the access tunnel to the powerhouse and the length of a cable tunnel will be about 1,000 m and 600 m respectively.

2) alternativeWk-2. This alternativeconnects the upper reservoir UR-1 and the Lam Ta Xhong reservoir without passing the area of watershed class lk. However, the length of the waterway ls about 2,000 a longer than that of WR-1. Accessi- bility to the powerhouse is similar to that of WR-1 .

2-15 3) Alternative WR-3. This alternatlve connects the upper reservoir UR-2 and the Lam Ta Khong reservoir. However, the length of the waterway ls about 1,000 m longer than that of WR-1. Accessibllity is the same as that of WR-1.

4) AlternativeIL-1. This alternative connects the upper reservoir UL-1 and the Lam Ta Rhong reservoir. The length of waterway is about 300 m shorter than that of WR-1 and the shortest of all alternatives. However, underwater work in the Lam Ta Khong reservoir is much mare than WR-1. This alternative has the followLng two problems.

- An access road to the project site of about 6 km long should be constructed since no existing road along the left bank of the Lam Ta Khong reservoir is available. - The length of transmission line is about 25 km longer than the alternatives WR-1, WR-2 and WR-3 located on the right bank of the Lam Ta Khong reservoir.

5) klternative WL-2. This alternative connects the upper reservoir UL-1 and the Lam Ta Khong reservoir. Underwater work ln the Lam Ta Khong reservoir is less than WL-1. However, the water- way tunnel ls longer than WL-1. As for the accL.4s -road to the project site and and the length of transmission line, this alternativehas thesame problems as WL-1.

Determination of the Optimum Layout

1) Upper Reservoir Site. Concerning the selection of the upper reservolr site, two Important matters should be considered. One is watershed classlfication, and the other is resettlement. AlternativeUL-1 has a problem of location ln the

2-16 area of watershed class 1A. Alternative UR-2 has a resettlementproblem. Besides, the effective head of this alternative Is smaller than other alternatives,since Its Max. of HWL is lower than others. On the other hand, Alternative UR-1 Is located In watershed class 1B, where restriction to land use is not so strict as in watershed class 1A. In addltion, thls alternative does not have a resettlementproblem. As a result of the study above, Alternative UR-1 was selected as the upper reservoir site of Lam Ta Thong Project.

2) Route of Vaturway and Location of Powerhoune. Two alternatives, WR-1 and WR-2, were studied for their compatibility with the selected upper reservoir UR-1. After consideration of the fact that the construction cost of WR-1 is about 12% less than that of WR-2, Alternative. WR-1 was selected as the layout of the waterway and the location of the powerhouse of the Lam Ta Khong Project.

3) Optimum Layout. As a result of the study mentioned above, Layout No.1 which is the. combi- nation of the UR-1 and WR-1 has been selected as the optimum layout of the Lam Ta Khong Project.

2.4 OONPIRl ENV ASSESSST AMONG TME ALTERNATIVE LAYOUTS

The five alternative layouts have been assessed comparatively in terms of the environmentat impact during the course of this study. The Proj wet impacts on environmental resources/values comparing among the five layouts are shown in Table 2-3

2-17 fable 2-3 Comparison of Environmental Impact Among the Alternative Layouts.

Layout No.I No.2 No.3 o. 4 No.5

UpperReservoir UR-1 UR-2 UL-1

Waterway/Powerhouse-R-l [R. 2 WR-3 KL-1 VL-2

1. Physical

o VoterResources No differencelJ At°ospheric Resources o LandResources

2. Ecological Productionpotential Theproposed site has Seseas LayoutI Productionpotential Similarto Layout 2 Resources ofthe proposed Inlet/ thelowest production of theproposed site ° Aquatic outletsite Is potentialamong the 4 Ishigher than Layout Resources considerablyhigh In proposedsites. I butless then (Lower comparisonwith other Layout2. Reservoir) sites.

Reaarkl h theldentifled lpacts and preliminary assessment being provided In Section 3.3 for the optinum layout (No.1) (to be continued) Cab3le2-3 (Continued)

Layout No.T No.2 No. 3 No.4 No.5

UpperReservoir UR-1 UR-2 UL-

Waterwey/Powerhouse VR-I UR-2 VR-3 WL-1 VL-2

a AquaticResources - Moderateimpact on - onlyminor Impact on - Onlyilnor Impact Is (Continued) aquaticresources Is aquaticresources is anticipated. anticipatedtooccur Inthe operation when vaterIs pumped In.

UpperReservoir UpperReservoir ° Terrestrial - Theproposed upper reservoir sites are at present used for plantation of cassava, - Eventhoughthe area Is classified aswatershed class Resources cashew,and grassland;very few timber trees are found. 1Athe real situation atpresent Is that It consists

- fbout30 species of birds are found. mainlyof cassava plantation vith very few timber

- Noevidence of bigmansal Is found. trees. - ModerateImpact could occur during construction andoperation of the reservoir - Theenvironiental Impact could be lessthan UR-I and UR-2

(To be continued) rable 2-3 (Continued)

Layout No.I No.2 No.3 No.4 [ No.5

UpperReservoir UR-I UR-2 UL-I

Waterway/Powerhouse WR-I |R-2 VR-3 VL-lI VL-2

Switchyardand Transulsslon Line : Switchyard and Transmission Line - Switchyardand transmission line will be locatedIn the areas coeposedmostly of - Similarto the Layouts 1-3 secondarybamboo clump and some Mimosa (Kethin) plantation. - Interms of wildlife ; there are someJungle fowls end birds utilizing the proposedarea as their habitat. - Moderateimpact on the forest/wildlife could occur during the construction, but the ecosystemcould be restored afterward.

3.Human Use Vulues a VoterManagement Nodifference

a LandUses and - Vatershedclass I - Vatershedclass 1 A DedicatedArea Uses

(To be continued) Table 2-n3 (Continued)

Layout No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4 No.S

UpperReservoir UR-1 UR-2 UL-1

Waterway/Powerhouse|R-1 |R-2 VR-3 WL-1 VL-2

a TronsportsttonHighways : Highways - Twoaccess roads branching from Highway route No.2 up to the upper reservoirs - IhereIs an access road, 11 km long,branching - No Impactdue to the traffic voluse on the roads during operation since the fromHighway route No.2 traftipvolume Is lov - Thetraffic Impact of the road is higher than - LocalImpact during construction dueto traffic congestion andaccidents theaccess road on the right bank. - Existingtraffic volume on Highway route No.2 Is high but this route will be developedbythe traffic lane expansion.

Railways: aeflways:

- Noeffect on the Project development. - Lesseffect on the Project development.

'Power Transmisa4onLine : IransolssionLine I Lengthof transuission lineIs li ke. j Lengthof transmission lineis 35-40 k1.

(To be continued) Table 2-3 (Continued)

Layout No. I j No. 2 No.3 No.4 No.5

UpperReservoir UR-I UR-2 UL-I

Vaterway/Poverhouse|R-I VR-2 VR-3 |L-I VL-2

a Recreation - Goodaccessability - Doodaccessabillty - Less sesitable Developuent - Suitableterrain for development - Lesssuitable terrain o_Re__re_tation f- Highpotential for development fordevelopment ° Reforestation o Aquaculture Nodifference

4. Qualityof Life Thefarm land to be affectedbythe project deve:opaent issituated *ainly In Thearea is forest reserve areabeing invaded for Value UR-Iand UR-2 areas. For the 00 households Inthese areas, the head of each shiftingcultivation (saize and cassava cultivation 0 Socio-Econo.ic/faully Is engaged mainly in agriculture (852) and has one's own farm land (average with spuradic fruit trees.) Institution holding/family34 ral). Major upland crops detected inthese areas are aeize, cassavawith some cashew. The average annual Income of thesefamilies Is 80,518Behts, 032 of whichis derived on-farm I.e. crops, livestock and fruit treesrespectively.

(To be continued) Table 2-3 (Continued)

Layout iKo.I No.2 No.3 No.4 No.5

UpperReservoir UR-I UR-2 UL-I

Waterway/Powerhouse WR-1 WR-2 MR-3 Wi-V ML-2

Compensetion-andThe iteos to be affected by the development of the project Include Lowcompensation Resettlement a)Farm land of 937.5rei. b) 9,303trees and fruit trees.

Thetotal conpensation Isestimated at27.3 million Boht subdivided Into 23.0 and4.3 million Babts for land, and trees and fruit trees respectively.

o PublicHealth/ Nodifference PublicSefety a Cultural ° Aesthetics

o Agriculture 2.5 PROZECT FELTURES

General features of the preliminary design are shown in Figure 2-2 to 2-7

2.5.1 UPPER RESERVOIR

The upper reservoir is a pool type regulating pondage with 340 x 103 m2 of reservoir area and 10,300 x 103 i3 of reservoir capacity made by digging and partially eabanking a gently sloped plateau at about 640 m above the sea level on the right side shore about 6.5 km upstream from Lam Ta Khong dam. The maximum output is 1,000 MW and the power can be generated for 8 hours.

The inner surfaces of pool are covered with the asphalt concrete. The embankment is made by using some of the muck. The upper reservoir is large scale pool type reservoir with an allover asphalt facing fill-type dam.

For the location of upper reservoir, the most advantageous area was selected by taking into consideration the topography, geology, extension of waterway, dam construction cost, etc; The watershed classificationarea 1A designated by the National Environmental Board was avoided, thus preserving proper envi- ronmental condition (see Figure 2-6).

The geologic condition of upper reservoir Is such that the surface stratum contains 3-4 m of weathered residual soil and under this surface stratum, about 5 - 15 m thick claystone and 10-35 m thick coarse-grainedsandstone layer are alternately distributed. Therefore, the foundation of dam is the claystone and coarsegrained sandstone layer.

The following table shows the specification for upper reservoir.

2-24 %.-j.r ,,L .'2 L Tossq b.0- I A

LMTA*I PJO5 TM.ME

General Plan PROFILE OF WATER WAY LIwfpOSbIlan Of uIpnulI lulEiIg

ISZ I t t ,e a Ia 41fi1&*- m\

.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ris^ ! a|eteNo f! ImMra tan. .eCom< I I

/ tw _swStO t t ""H w\ tcelbiflb."o

-500 s ! \, / ', - .2 id&- zl h4|^.dftO2~~~~~~~~~~T'"s

.100

.0 Z xTaillsce 1-nmll 146tOO t4lO.t0 D

umm 140000I _ - L CO

TYPICAL CROSS SECTION PENSTOCK TUNNEL TAILRACE TUNNEL TAILRACE TUNNEL SHAFT OF TAILRACESURGE CHAMBER SHAFT OF TAILRACE CATE (4.900) (6,6001

SECTION OF POWER INTAKE SECTION OF TAILRACE OUTLET

oo19 . St so~ . ~ ~ ~ ~~loo

.400~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~4

LL WL *5 00 'M 7TAKH0 PUM STRA

-- M10~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ISIUR3 2-3 NoL 240 Water Way Profile $tO -X-QP-g 8 ~ ssoo 1 and Section J ; . 10-' 214 la~~~~~~~~~~~191tLC

240t 240

?a _ co,,. 117* s 0sX

Ise aL 2j0 __ sei 0 2200I If'f- I lo cW 200~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~S1______200 F .

SECTION C - C SECTION 0 - 0

14 00o_ 22 00_ 22 00 25°so _-12-00 1.P02 i9

r~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~5 50t,2o

47 so co so

Itz mnmzz TA aGIONOPU EDSTRAGUEC I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~A

l /nfe12 4dae twn EI>>S~~~~~~~~~~~~flUt2-4 Section * ,>Lp oo ...... ~~~~~~~~~~Powarhouse lOS00 N SECTION B-B A-

,- t i¢|vwp.s o C410'

.a S

, _,-~V I0 . 40 I *. -r 19 35000 r~~~~105

340 i XCgnrlgtts,td,,L~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~40

SECTION A -A

350 -.-... 113U13MI.,.d.t* Z LAM TA KJOJOPUMPED STORAGE PRO0JEC

b.*,. cobletI.irwi FIGt3Z 2-3 SwiItchyard Plan and Sectloi WL. ~~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~*aR 2-6

WeteshedCl«5iflcti0nIn ProjEeTAREA

2_29 lhll En t

I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Ia /

It \\A,,., ,., ,f

\ ff~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i

\ <'*s v;. *-;.>Jr~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~>T

.....W..

\ < ...... r!@natedir~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1 Specificatlon for Upper Reservoir

Itemr Specification

Type of dam Asphalt facing fill-type dan Height of dar SD m Width of dan crest 10 m Length of dam crest 2,210 a Elevation of dam crest E.L 662.50 a Slope of dan alignment surface (Both back and Inner side) 1 2.5 Total excavated amount 6,960 s 103 no

Total embankment amount 6 190 x 103 V?

Asphalt facing area (Sloped surface) 220 x 103 m2 (Bottom surface) 140 x 103 m2

2.5.2 WAVEZRAY

The route of waterway is designed in such a way that the length of waterway on the gradual mountain ridge is kept shortest. Since the waterway is installed across watershed classification area IA, it is installed underground to leet the environmental control.

The following table shows specifications for waterway.

Item Sp" iflcation

Power Intake Type Morning-glory shape reinforced concrete Inner dia. x D (18.00-5.80)m x 51 m x 2 ways height x No. of ways

Penstock Type Underground laid type Inner dia. x D (5.80-2.60)m x 690 m x (2-4) Length x No. of way way

2-31 Iten Specification

Tallrace tunnel Type Circular pressure tunnel

Inner dIa.z D (4.90-6.60) m x 1,470 m s (4-2) Length x No. of way way

Surge chamber Type Simple, upper water chamber type (Shaft) DS.90 x 107.00 x 2 ways Inner dia. x Height x No. of way

(Upper water 10.00 a x 10.00 mm x 35.00 m x 2 chamber)

Vidth x height x Length s No. of vay

Tailrace outlet Type Reinforced concrete 4 series box culvert type

Vidth x height x (6.60-30.00 m x (6.60-10) m x

Length x No. of 55.00 m x 2 ways way

The foundation for the power Intake is set on the hard and coarse-grained sandstone.

The bedrock of penstock and tailrace consists of mainly silt- stone and fine-grainedsandstone with coarse-grained sandstone being partially distributed. Since these strata are kept nearly horizontal.

Since the upper reservoir is pool type regulating poundage, It is made in the morning-gloryshape, because the power intake has to be installed on the bottom of reservoir.

2-32 The penstock is underground laid type steel pipe with total length of about 690 m x 4 - 2 ways, which connects with the upper, middle and lower horizontal sections and the upper and lower inclined tunnels (51°). The inner diameter of the penstock varies from 5.80 to 2.60 m. 2 way is provided from the. upper horizontal part of the lover inclined tunnel. For the sections lower than the lower horizontal tunnel, 4 ways are provided.

The maximum design head including the water-hammerpressure for the steel penstock is about 600 a. The steel pipe withstand the total hydraulic pressure. Total weight of steel pipe is about 7,580 t.

The tailrace is circular pressure tunnel with a total length of 1,470 m x 4 - 2 ways.

Since the tailrace tunnel is considerably long, the surge chamber is reguired against load built-up and load rejection.

The outlet is designed in such a way that it is continuously widened from the circular pressure tunnel and changes to the 4- series box culvert, thus ensuring that the water flow velocity is smoothly reduced and water is smoothly diffused while generating power and that the water flow is stabilized without containing air while pumping.

Installed at the tailrace tunnel are 4 draft gates (Bonnet type; dia. 4.90 m) and 2 tailrace gate (Roller gate; width 5.20 m height 6.60 m) which are used for the maintenance and inspection of turbines and tunnels. A screen is also installed at the outlet.

2.5.3 POWERHOUSE

Just as in the case of the waterway, the powerhouse is con- structed underground. Furthermore, we avoided watershed classification areas 1A and 2A by minimizing the entrance of

2-33 access tunnel of powerhouse and the switchyard area (see Figure 2-6).

The powerhouse is a large scale underground cavern (width 22 m x height 45.7 m x length 117 m) constructed about 300 a under the ground is equipped with pump turbine, 250 KW x 4 units, power generator and other accessories.In the transformer room, a large cavern (width 20 m x helght 25.5 a x length 108 m) is previded about 70 m apart from the center of turbine, in order to install 4 units of transformer and GMCS. The excavated amount of the powerhouse and the trsnsformer room Is about 168,000 D@.

The-geologic condition near the underground powerhouse and transformer room is such that the upper part of arch consists of siltstone and finegrainedsandstone and the area under the arch is made up of sandy siltstone and fine-grained sandstone. Both of them are kept horizontalas in the case of the water- way.

The cross-section of underground powerhouse and transformer room Is in the "mushroom shape" which satisfies a wide range of geologic requirements and improves the economic aspect with the minimized cross-sectional shape.

The underground powerhouse and the c-atside on the surface are connected by the access tunnel for powerhouse (total length; about 1,210 m) and the power cable tunnel (total length; about 710 a).

The acceus tunnel for powerhouse passes from the National Highway at a gradlent of about 14%, through the transformer room and reaches the erection bay of the powerhouse.

2.5.44 ZLECTRICL JND UICEHCIL BEQUIXEPT

Electrical and mechanical facilities of the plant consist mainly of four pumping-generating units with a nominal unit capacity of 250 MWand transformers installed in underground

2-34 caverns, GIS type outdoor switchyard equipment, control facili- ties and various auxiliary equipment. The plant is designed to operate being controlled both remotely from the EGAT's dispatching center and locally by one-man-control at the power station. Outlines of main units are as follows:

Pump-turbine

Type: Vertical shaft Francis type reversible pump-turbine No. of units: 4 Ratings:

- Generating Nor. effective head 357 m Max. output 255 KW Max. discharge 82.5 m3 Is Revolving speed 375 rpm

- Pumping Max. total head 409.0 m

3 Max. pump discharge 71.4 m /s Max. pump input 277 KW Revolving speed 375 rpm

Generator-motor Type: 3 phase AC synchronous generator-motor No. of units: 4 Ratings: Output 278 MVA (Gen.)/277MW (Mot.) Voltage 16.5 kV Frequency 50 Hz

2.5.5 TR;NMISSION LI1ES

The Lam Ta Khong power plant shall be connected with EGAT's power system by means of four circuits of 230 kV transmission lines, two circuits of which with Thalan 3 substation and the others with one of existing two _230 kV .transmlssion lines between Saraburi 2 and Nakhon Ratchasima 2 substations by pi branch.

2-35 Therefore, two routes of double-circuittransmission lines i.e. from the Lam Ta Khong power plant to Thalan 3 substation and from the plant to the connectingpoint with the existing trans- mission line are to be constructed.

The length of the transmission lines to be newly constructed for connection with Thalan 3 substation and the existing trans- mission line are approximately95 km and 15 km respectively.

2.6 CONSTRUCTION PLAN AMD COST TIERZXE

2.6.1 CONSTRUCTION PLAN

The Project construction plan is divided into two phases as follows:

Phase I: Construction period 3 yrs. 9 m. (approx. 1994-1997) (1) all civil works providing for tatal lnstallation of 4x250 MW electric generation facilit!2s (2) installation of 2x250 MW electric generation facilities (3) Construction of 230-KV, 4 circuit, 15-km trans- mission lines connecting to the existing transmission lines (Sara Buri 2-Nakhon Ratchasima 2)

Phase II: Construction period 3 yrs. (approx. 1997-1999) (1) installation of 2x250 MW electric generation facilities (2) construction of 230-KV, 4-circuit, 95-km trans- mission lines connecting to Thalan 3 substation.

2.6.2 COST ESTIhATE

The Project cost estimate including tax, Interest, and contingency for the two construction phases based on 1991 price level, and the Project economics- are as -follows:

2-36 Unit Phase I Phase II o Project Cost mill bht 12,555 5,125 o Economic Cost mill bht 8,778 3,259 ° Economics EDR 13.56 23.40 B/C 1.05 1.26 B-C mill bht 369 2,326

2-37 CHAPTERIEE 3 EPHYS ICLAL. R:ESCMIFCaES

3.1 SURFACEWATER HYDROLOGY

3.1.11 I ODUCTION

The inflow to the reservoir depends on the surface water hydrology. The surface water hydrology in turn depends on the type of land use, soil type, slope of the watershed area, and length of stream. However, the major factor is the land use; which affects the climatological environment. For example, deforestation reduces the moisture in the air. Fortunately, this area is influenced by the rainy storms originated in the Pacific Ocean.

Objectives

1) To investigatethe existing hydrological condi- tion in the concerned areas. 2) To evaluate the potential changes of hydrolo- gical condition in the area due to thp project development.

Scope of work

The existing hydrologicaldata on rainfall, streamflow and percolation as well as the watershed characteristics were reviewed. The future trend and changes in land uses resul- ting from the project developmentwere investigated to predict the changes in hydrologicalcondition.

3.1.22 ETHODOLOGY

1) The rainfall and streamflow data were reviewed as well as the characteristicsof the watershed area.

3-1 2) Land use was also Investigatedfor changes due to the Project development. 3) The computer model written from the concept of SCS was used. The model was calibrated, and then used to simulate the surface runoff from the rainfall data.

3.1 .3 MCISTING NNVIXO)N TAL C0NDITION

The average rainfall was computed by the Theissen method, based on the data obtained from Pak Chong's agrometeorolo- gical station, Pak Chong animal food station, and Lam Ta Khong (M 38 C) station. These rainfall data can be sum- marized as follows :-

Station Period Range/Year Average (a..*) (inn.)

Pak Chong Agromet 1968 - 1978 806.3 - 1487.3 1082.8

Pak Chong Animal Food 1967 - 1972 541.8 - 1377.3 880.5

K 38 C 1967 - 1988 527.7 - 1255.0 928.3

Total average 1967 - 1988 563.0 - 1339.1 990.4

The detailed result is shown in the Appendix. The estimated inflow was between 110-495 mcm., the average was 261.32 mcm. from 1963 to 1989. The evaporation and percolation loss were measured at the Lam Ta Khong Dam to be between 1187.4 to 1860.6 mm. per year. The average was 1547.5 mm. per year from 1973 to 1987. More informationis shown in the Appen- dices. The accurate percolation is difficult to be carried out due to higher expense compared to the other parameters. Moreover, the reservoir has been built for more than 22 years. The surface of the reservoir Is at present covered by fine particles due to sedimentation. An experiment had been performed along the boundary of the reservoir. The results did not indicate any interesting information.

Figure 3-1 and 3-2 show the average rain and streamflow data that correspond with each other. From the study of the

3-2 watershed area, the data can be summarized as followed :

Land use Condition Soil Type Percent

Agriculture Poor C 50.46 Deforest Po.;r C 30.96 Pasture Poor C 16.20 Residential C 0.38

Water body - 2.00

The length of the main stream is 61.0 km. The length of stream from outlet to centroid of the area is 29.0 km. Thq average slope is 0.00277.

By using the Inflow data from 1963 to 1988, rainfall from the same period and the characteristicsof watershed, a SCS model was calibrated and used for simulation. However, the calibration was done on the equivalente amount basis. The comparison of rain and inflow can be seen in Figures 3-1 to 3-4. The results of model calibration and simulation are shown in Appendices and in Figures 3-5, 3-6. However, the accuracy of the model depends on the rain fall data that should be well distributed.

391.4 IHPACT ASSESSNEUT

3.1.4.1 Construction Period Impact

The construction site has been selected from Areas II and I, the Areas III and IV will not be disturbed. Area II Is selected for reservoir construction and area I for the intake and outlet structure. Area I is at the lower reservoir, especially under the water.

3.1.4.2 Long-Teru Impact

There will be no effect at all. The upper reservoir which will be constructed in Area II is on the top of the Khao Yal

3-4 Tiang. There is no watershed area of the upper reservoir except the surface area of the reservoir. If there Is no reservoir, about 50Q of rainfall on this area will flow to the Lam Ta Khong reservoir. The other 50 percent will flow to the opposite site. This is because the location of the upper reservoir is on the border line of Lan Ta Khong watershed area.

It can be concluded that there will be no changes of hydro- logical condition In the area due to the project development.

3-5 2ao 2b0 240 220 200 ieo

120

100

80 '60~~M IGO~F 3- 20 40

Aor May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct NW Doe Jon Ff U r so - MONTH FIGURR 3-1 Monthly Average Rain (Pak Chong Animal Food, Pak Chong Agromet and Lam Ta Xhonq N 38 C Stations)

so

6070 3

60

U

00 'A 20

20

^or MAm1 Jun Jul Aug S;p Oct "VW onc Jon Fab Mar MONTH

PXGGER 3-2 Monthly A,.arageInflow (Lam Ta Xhonq N 89 and Lam Ta Thong Dam Station)

3-6 ESTIMATEDINFLOW (MCM) AVERAGERAIN (MM.) (T7Hauiwn4s)

oo 8 5§ oX ° g ao°s 2 o w 0 _ .ON _

ti~~~ ~i

rt~~~~~~~~~~~~I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ t

8 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~cX SCS RUNOFF CALIBRATION 1971 400 -

350

300

200

100

50 '

0 I 4 5 6 7 a 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 MONTH a RAINNU.) OliSERVED RUNOFF e SIMULATED RUNOFF

FIPGIU 3-5 SCS Runoff calibration (21971)

SCS RUNOFF SIMULATION 1972 3 - 2.8 2.5 2.4

-, 2.2- 2

1.-

1.5

0.6

0.2-

45 6 7 9~~~ 9 10 II 12 1 2 UON7N 0 DN(2 OBSERVE RUNOFF 0 SIMULAED RtUNOFF

FIGUR 3-6 SCS Runoff Simulation (1972)

3-8 3.2 GROUND WATER HYDROLOGY

3.2.1 INTRODUCTION

Objective

The main objective of this task is to investigate the existing ground water condition and movement-and to predict the condition after the upper -reservoir construction. Hence, the specific objectives are :

1) To investigate--rockunits In accordance with aquifer properties. 2) To state --the present as well as future ground water potential in the project area. 3) To predict changes -Ingroundwater recharge and flow system due to the change of ground cover in the proposed project constructionareas and the proposed underground construction. 4) To investigate the availability of ground water for community -water supply in the concerned areas. 5) To estimate the extent of ground water infiltra- tion in the zone of undergroundconstruction as well as to recommend the preventive measures for the design operation of the pumped storage system on account of ground water problems.

Bcope of Work

Occurrence of ground water were examined for the Lam Ta Thong reservoir (Area I) as -well as the -proposed upper reservoir areas (Area II and III). will be examined both in terms of potential and movement. The study will concen- trate cn the flow direction and inflow of ground water in the concerned areas. From:-the obtained information-an ana- lysis will be done for the availabilityof-ground water.,for water supply int-he concerned -areas as.well as the antici- pated -infiltratlon problems during projectc.-construction and operation. Finally, preventive-measures-will-be -recommended.

3-49 3.2.2 METHODOLOGY

The project work has been undertaken through the following steps

1) Compilation of existIng date and prelilnary lnvestlgatlon of the concerned areas for : geologlcal data, ground water,and other physical characteristics. 2) Surface reconnaissance has been carried out in the field in connection with air-photo, LANSAT Image interpretation,-existingtopographic and hydrogeologicalmap. 3) Investigationof groundwater has been performed with respect of rock types affecting aquifer properties and groundwater level potentiometric elevation or static level above mean sea-level (MSL). 4) An analysis and evaluation of ground water condition of the project area have been sum- marized according to the above data. 5) The conceptual model of ground water have been developed to predict the recharge and flow of ground water in the regime due to changes in land uses and changes in ground cover due to the Project development. 6) Mitlgation measures and monitoring program have been developed accordingly.

3.2.3 EXIETI3G BEVIUOCOED CONDIOSEOAL

Generally, groundwater in the area of UR-i, UR-II, and UR-III occurs in consolidated sedimentaryrocks of Mesozoic age which are known as the Korat Group including Pra Wihan formation, coarse-grained sandstone and siltstone of uncon- fined-and confined aquifer, while clay layer, claystone, and mudstone play the role of.an impermeablelayer. The depths of ground water level are between less than 10 meters and

3-10 nearly 50 meters below the land surface. The amount of ground water Is relativelysmall in those aquifers except in the fractured zone such as cracks, joints , beddlng planes, weathered zone which give a higher yield of about less than 5 m3 /hr depending on the size and continuity of the fracture and the complexity of joints system.

The project areas of UR-I and WR-I have been intensively investigated for groundwater condition thanks to the existing ten test holes which were drilled by EGAT-team. The data on land surface and water level elevations have been plotted in Flgure 3-7 to 3-14. The cross sections data are shown in Figures 3-15. Generally, the land surface of the project area was highest at the DHU-3 or about 660 meters above MSL. It then gradually drecreased through DHU-5 at the center of the reservoir to DHW-1 , a little bit higher than 630 meters. After that, the land surface was rapidly decreased along the line of water way to the elevation of nearly 270 meters near the dam. The surface shape of water level elevation was almost the same as land surface. The highest water level elevation of about 600 meters was observed at the area of the upper reservoir and then the elevation steeply decreased along the water way to about 260 meters near the dam. However, the depths of water level of Area UR-1 were approximately between 14-48 meters. The smallest depth and highest elevation were at the center of the reservoir. The WR-1 area has the depths of water level between about 6-38 meters ranging from large dept near the pumped storage to small depth near the dam. In addition, the contour maps of the groundwaterlevel elevations before and after heavy rain were constructed as shown in Figure 3-8 to 3-14. The effect of heavy rain raised the water level about 5-30 meters. Two months after this the ground- water levels were gradually decreased over the area between about one to nearly 30 meters. Finally, the plot shows that the water divide is located at the upper reservoir area, Therefore at the point groundwaterflow is diverted into the eastern valley and the other western side into the dam.

3-1 2.1 3.815.62 7.43 9.23 11.04 12.85 14.66 16.47 18.28 20.08 21.89 23.70 1£73601 WA404 31GSd I I I I I I 1/ I I I ,/' II

15.05 /50

13J6tztW3 }1/// / /.'j3

13157 2 ,t1 l ; / 1( // , I Up,~~~~~~~~~

"811.69.99 ./ \\l i/i/ll 9.991161Sr

.38170Ft 8.3 Jo -i Bi 2.001~~~g1o 3.81 .311.IRI.274 12.85 RC4B IS4? 15.28 20.08 21.89 2.3.7r0 775800 E. 77j630E6

Land Surface Contour of the Project Area

fIGURE 3-8 Plot of Land Surface Elevation of the Project Area

3-12 2.003.81 5.62 7.43 9.23 11.04 12.85 14.66 16.47 128 20.0X21.89 23.711

1W60N$64 7 17.

1336- raw-2~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~133

11.61

16~~6W7OIM8303 2.003.81 5.62 7.43 9.3 11.112.85 14.5 16.47 15. 20.08212D 23.70 T750DOE 773XOE IZGUM 3-9 Water Level Contour of the Project Area Recorded Before

Heavy Rain on 2 5 th September 1990

FPIGUE 3-10 Plot of Water Level Elevation Over the Project Area Re-corded Before Heavy Rain on 2 5th September 1990

3-13 2.003.81 5.62 7.43 9.23 11.04 1285 14.66 16.47 1828 '20.08 21.89 23.70

15.05 15.05

13.36 13136

11.67 11.67

9.99 939

l0M&30 I9 LID/II ZO0381 5.627.43 923 11.04 1285 14.66 16.47 182 2D.0821. 23.70 775MU T7X

FIGR 3-11 Water level Contour of the Project Area Recorded in the Month of Heavy Rain on 29th October1990

i>~~~~~~fp

PIGE 3-12 Plot of Water Level Over the Project Area Recorded

in the Monkthof Heavy Rain on 2 9th October 1990

3-14 2.U 3.B15.62 1.43 923 11.04 12.85 14.66 16.47 1828 20. 21. 233.0 *SrM1tK40^ r////7 /

15.U5 1152\

1136(jajq .13.30

11.67 11.67

77SWU III15751 5.U 1.37.UM 9X3.2 110412hl 1641185 2 21M217

tZNM 3-13 Water Level Contour of the Project Area Recorded Two Months After Heavy Rain on htb January 1991

FIGU 3-14 Plot of Water Level Elevatlon Over the Project Area Recorded Two Months After Heavy Rain on 6th January 1991

3-15 55 -

6 0i P RESERVOIR BOTTOM

SO -55

-l0

3500-

300

250 :

DHU-2 DHU-5 DHtU-l DM-1 9HW-2 DHT-l DHT-2 DHT-3

WELLND.

LLAND SURFACE X WATERLEV 6/1/91 o WATERLEV 30/10/90

A WATER LEV 24/11/90 + WATERLEV 25/9/90 v WATERLEV OF MDDEL

PlmRE 3-15 Cross section of land surface and water level elevations of reservior area along the water way.

3-16 3.2.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT

3.2.4.1 ConstructlonPeriod Impact

In the course of this study, the amount of water drained ln- to the excavated cavity has been estimated. The computation of water way has been determined by using the radius of cylinder or tunnel which ls equal to 6 meters. The computa- tion was divided into two parts, namely horizontal and in- clinal tunnel. The horizontal tunnel starts from the generator house to the inlet of water way at the dam. The computation was based on aquifer data from test hole DHT-1 which consisted of Phu Kradung formationwith layers of silt sandstone, quartzitic sandstone and siltstone. The summation of transmissivity for fractured zone derived from the aquifer was 24 meters thick, This was equal to 2;134 m2/d. Thus the average hydraulic conductivitywould be 0.0889 m/d. However, If the hydraulic gradient of the flow was 0.48 meter/meter, the computation yielded a discharge along the tunnel of about 1.609 m3 /d per meter length of tunnel. In addition, the es- timated flow would be lower for non-aquifer or massive part of the rocks. Thus, the total flow through the total length of the horizontal tunnel will be smaller than that. According to the lnclinal parts from pumped storage to the generator house, the toal discharge would be a little higher than the horizontal one. Hence, a small discharge could be expected near the pumped storage and a large discharge near the generator house due to increase of hydraulic gradient with depth and vertical cut of tunnel through many aquifer layers. With reference to the average hydraulic conductivity of DHW- 1 of 0.1276 mId and the flow hydraulic gradient of 0.50 meter per meter the estimatlon indicateda discharge of 2.406 m3 /d per meter length of tunnel. Furthermore,the discharge of unlined conduits for the road located on the left and right side of water way from the generator house to the highway has been determined based on the average aquifer permeability of DHW-2 of 0.2440 m/d and the hydraulic gradient of 0.5 meter/ meter. The result disclosed the discharge value of 4.601 m3 /d

3-17 per moter lentgth of condu$t,.Henco,the discharge was rather high due to the complex fractzirezone of quartzltlc sandstone at the depth of 216 to 231 meters from land surface, Other- wise the discharge of other parts would be much smaller espe- cially for non fractured -zone. In terms of drained water during the construction ofthe upper reservoir, the flow has also been calculated according to the hydraulic conductivity of 12.967 m/d, and the hydraulic gradient of 0.1 moetr/mstor. The permeabllity of quartzitic sandstone at the reservoir base was found as low am the impermeable strata. Therefore, the discharge water would be about 9 m3 /min. However, ground- water discharge Into the excavated cavity would fluctuate with seasons. The higher discharge was estimated to take place in the rainy season and the lower one in the dry season.

3.2.4.2 Long-Turm Zupact

In order to find the -Ipact of the upper reservoir on the groundwater regime during the operation period, a conceptual model was applied by using the following data; average annual rainfall at Lam Ta Khong Station of the years 1967- 1988 (928.25 m.), reservoir lined area (250,000 m2), assumed rainfall Infiltration(35% of the average annual rainfall), the aquifer premeability (0.1728 mid) based on quartzitic sandstone, and aqulfer thickness (50 meter.).

The model outputs are shown in Figures 3-16 to 3-17 including groundwater level contour and surface plot. The upper reservoir wll .decrease the water level underlay from highest level .-at tIue-.en%d of Septiaber 1990 to about 36 meters at the center of the reservoir or about 10 meters under the reservoir base level. Therefore, the groundwater divide would change to a new location at site DBU-3 and around the edge of the upper reservoir. :However, the effect on local groundwater supply will be wvry small due to small discharge and very far well field fur*grillagewater supply. In contrast to the upper reservoir, the effect-of water way

3-18 2.00 .81 562 7.439.3 11.041285 14.i 16.47I&8 20.0821 23.70

15.05 +0u °P 15.05 01 13.36 +x.i1336

11.67 11.67

9.99 9.99

200 3B1 5.62 7.43 923 1104125 14.6616.47 1828 ZO8 218923.70 7meoOL 773630E.

PIGU 3-16 Groundwater Contour After Applying the Conceptual Model

PIIGtE 3-17 Surface Plot of Groundwater Elevation Affected on Upper Reservoir When Conceptual Model Is Applied

3-19 and pump house can be neglected in terms of regional ground- water regime, but the local effect will create small perched water table above the engineering structures.

r3-

3-20 3.3 8URFACE AND GROUND WATER QUALITY

3.3.1 MOTRODUCTION

The study of the quality of surface water in Lam Ta Khong Reservoir, Lam Ta Khong canal upstream, ground water near the reservoir, and the characteristics of sediment was carried out for the analysis of their physical, chemical, biological, and pesticide characteristics. The purpose of the study was to evaluate the impacts of the Project on the water quality, to suggest mitigation plans, and to carry out follow-up studies of the water quality after the project was in operation.

Objectives

1) To investigatethe existing condition and trends of the Lam Ta Khong Reservoir water and ground water quality. 2) To-provide water quality data for reservoir aquatic system modelling. 3) To assess the impact of the water quality in the Lam Ta Khong Reservoir on water use, i.e. water supply, fisheries, irrigation,etc. 4) To recommendappropriate mitigation measures and monitoring program.

Scope of Work

The aquatic environmentstudied for water quality was the Lam Ta Khong Reservoir. Furthermore,the water quality in ground water and related water regime in the vicinity of the Lam Ta Khong Reservoir was also investigated. For the reservoir, the assessment was conducted on the existing condition and trends of water quality. The data obtained represented the conditionsvarying over a one-year period. The water quality parameters consideredwere those pertain- ing to the water quality requirement for community water supply, and the requirement to maintain the balance of

3-21 aquatic ecosystem. Following the assessment of the Impact of the Project development upon water quality, the mitigation plan and the monltoring program for water quality were prepared.

3.3.2 TRODOLOWY

1) Reviewed existing data on physical, chemical, and bacteriologicalcharacteristics of water in the Lam Ta Rhong Reseryoir, Lam Ta Rhong canal upstream and ground water; including pesticides In the water and sediment in the Lam Ta Khong Reservoir. 2) Prepared sampling equipments, vehicles, and laboratory equipments and supplies ; i.e., sample bottles, reagents, standard solutions, and field equipments for in situ measurement. 3) Field procedure: In situ measurement was carried out for these parameters: temperature,dissolved oxygen, pH and conductivity. For the remaining parameters,water sample collection for labora- tory analysis was made at 0.5 m. depth from water surface. Sediment sample collectLon was made as grab samples at the top layer of reservoir bed using special equipment. Ground water sample collection was made at the depth of 0.5 m from well water surface. Appropriate sample preservation as recommended in the Standard Methods (APHA, 1985) was applied. 4) Analysis was made at the Environmental Engil- neering Department and the Chemistry Department of 11U. Methods of determination of water sample were those in the Standand Methods (APRA 1985). 5) Saven sampling stations were located in seven zones representing reservoir spatial charac- teristic variation. The sampling stations were located approximately at the center of esch zone

3-22 area. One station in the Lam Ta Khong canal before entering the reservoLr ls selected for surface water quality. One shallow well at Wat Khao Nol near the Lam Ta Khong Reservoir was selected for the investigationof ground water quality. Field investigation and sampl:ng stations shown in Figure 3-18. 6) Data analysis was performed by drawinq conclus- Ions from existing and current data in order to determine the two trends of water quality, i.e., with and without Project development. 7) Mitigation plan and monitoring program were developed.

3.3.3 EXISTIN ENVIROWViBlTL CONDITION

3.3.3.1 Burface Vator Quality

Lm Ta Khong reservolr receives water from three canals: Lam Ta Rhong and Khlong Phai canals flow into the reservoir at Zone 7, and Huay Kin Lap canal flows into the reservoir at Zone 5. The study over the past year revealed that during the season when water was copious, the quality of water at Zone 7 and 5 fluctuated, greatly. The results which are hown In Table A-7 to A-14 (Appendix) are summarized as follows.

Physical water quality The parameters that showed the most obvious change were turbidity and color. In the rainy season when their values were the highest, turbidity was 1960 NTU with 496 color unit at Station 5, while that at Station 7 was 1900 NTU with 480 color unit. At the end of the rainy season, turbidity at Statilon 5 decreased to between 7.0-5.3 NTU with 2.0-10.0 color unit, while that at Station 7 was between 3.0-4.6 NTU with 4.0-33.0 color unit. The two parameters did not vary much at other stations over the year, except for Station 6 which is adjacent to and affected by Station 7. Turbidity at Station 6 was higher

3-23 h+jASeZ v .>

- ~~~~Smpingiunn station*..

*~S ,,- -t iS

'I~~~~~~~~~~~

S ----r-;) ~ %U IUJM1

*4 FIWEt53-1 l

. SmLln *Tefong Reeroi Zoni- forllol luiqwivtmlpnt\I~.calo2 41~~~~~~~~32 of*~Y 8_in Btations~U

.d /. 11hb Noa

~ .>~T~:~ '______

FIGmRZ3-1.8 Lem Ta rhong Reservoir Zoning for Nodel Development with-Locations of-Sampling Stations

3-24 than at the rest of the stations in the rainy season with 660 NTU and 188 color unit whereas in the dry season, turbidity was 2.6 NTU with 3.0 color unit. The average turbidity values for Stations 4, 3, 2, and 1 were 6.22 NTU with 10.50 color unit, -8.83 NTU with 24.47 color unit, 6.20 NTU with 9.12 color unit, and 6.60 NTU with 17.42 color unit accordingly. The conductivityand pH values did not vary much over the seasons. The conductivity values at Stations 5 and 7 were lowered a little In the rainy season because of the dilution of rain water, they increased in the dry season within the range of 240-377 us. The values at other stations were between 200-376 us. the pH values for all stations were between 6.8-8.16.

Chemical water quality It was found that the quality of water at stations 5 and 7 was lower than at other stations. The values for the following parameters:biochemical oxygen demand (BOD), chemical oxygen demand (COD), and suspended solid (SS) were highest in the rainy season with 8.03, 12. 00, and 768mg/1 accordingly at Station 5. The highest values at Station 7 were 9.15, 16.30, and 828 mg/i accordingly. The values for these parameters at Station 1 were lowest with 2.55, 7.60, and 4.0 mg/l accordingly. Other parameter values did not vary much in each season. for example, the values for alkalinlty, total hardness of heavy metals did not exceed the standard level 2 surface water. As for the values for dissolved oxygen (DO), those at Stations 5 and 7 were lower at other stations with 5.00-6.70mg/l at Station 5, and 5.9- 7.50 mg/l at Station 7. aquatic life can still live at these values.

Biological water quality In the rainy season, microorganisms were found in larger quantity than in other seasons. The largest quantity was found at Stations 5 and 7: with over 2400. MPN/100 ml of total coliform, and 170 MPW/100 ml of fecal coliforn at Station 5, and over 2400 MPN/100 ml of total coliform,-and over 2400 NP/300 milof fecal coliform

3-25 at Station 7. After the ralny season, the microorganisms did resulting In a much lower quantity detected even at Stations 5 and 7. The biologicalwater quality at Station I was good all year with an average value for total coliform of 4.67 MPN/100 ml and 0.33 MPN/1O ml for fecal coliform.

As for pestlcide content in sampled water, pesticides of the organochlorine family were found at Station 7 only. p_-p'-DDE ug/l was found to be lower than 0.1 ug/l. In the vlnter, only p-p'-TDE of 0.2 ug/l was found at Station 5. No pestlcide was found in the summer. This was possibly due to the .small amount of pesticides washed into the reservoir which got diluted to the point of no detection. When the different aspects of water quality were compared with the NEB standard, the quality was at Class 2 water quality which Is a clean water source usable for cocsumption after a general treatment. The water Is suitable for aquatic-life conservation and favorable to fishery for -the purpose of fishery and recreation.

3.3.3.2 Ground Water Quallty

Ground water at Wat Khao Noi sampling site was found to have physical, chemical, and biological characteristics within the NEB standards as shown In Tables 3-1 and 3-2. The result of water analysis over the past year which was shown In Table 3-2 was simmiarized as follows. In the rainy season, the values for turbidity and color of ground water were highest with 181 NTU and 600 color unit. In other seasons, they were in the range of 3.00-5.20 NTU and 0.00-7.00 color unit. The pH value did not vary much over the year with 6. 80 -7.75, and the averge value was 7.29. The value for dissolved solid was between 580-780 ag/l, and was found to be lower in the rainy season than in the summer. The detected amount of chloride was between 20-40 mg/I, and was also higher In the rainy season than in the summer. As for heavy metals, only a rather small amount of iron, 0.17- 5.00 slgj, was found. Manganese was found in a very small amount,

3-26 Table 3-1 Average Values for Some Water Quality Parameters of Lam Ta Khong Reservoir and the River Upstream (year 1991) Comparing to the NEB Fresh Water Class 2 Standard.

Station/averagevalue NEB std.

Parameter - Fresh water 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 olass 2

Vater Physical Characteristici pR 7.65 7.70 7.85 7.81 7.77 7.76 7.80 7.71 6-5

Chemical Charactorlticts(mg/1) Manganese 0,06 0.07 0.28 0.29 0.49 0.17 0.23 0.67 1.0 Copper 0.00 0.01 0.01 O.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.1 Lsad 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.05 Anmmonianitrogen 0.07 0.08 0.18 0.22 0.07 0.12 0.20 0417 0.5 I Nitrate 1.03 1.36 3.32 5.54 2.11 1.75 1.11 1.48 22 Dissolved oxygen 6.41 6.64 6.64 6.93 6.20 6.60 6.68 - 6.0 Blochemical oxygen demand 1.33 2.01 1.88 1.96 3.98 3.55 3.11 5.21 1.5

BacteriologicalCharacteristitc MPN/100 ml Total colilorm 4.61 2.50 17.83 16.83 14.83 20.00 22.67 - 5,000 Fecal coliform 0.33 1.00 6.83 1.67 35.17 5.33 3.50 - 1,000

Total pesticide (,Ug/1) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.07 0.00 0.03 - 50

Sediment Total pesticide (ug/l) 0.009 0.007 0.009 0.007 0.005 0.004

Class 2 HUB Fresh Water Standards Clean water source,usablefor consumption after a general treatment. The water Is suitable for aquatic life conservation and favorable to fishery for the purpose of fishery and recreation.

Remarkus Station 1-7, are In Lam Ta Khong reservoir Station 8 Is In Lam Ta Khong river upstream Table 3-2 Wat Kao Noi Ground Water Quality Analysis (Station 9)

MouthiwoMMo Rane fumIer ------1------ta 6Oct 3She 3M 14r 3 In 4dAn i Ku

PhicalOacteuias

eeelS dic m y (as)l lidity (MIl 3.00 3.10 3.10 181.005.20 - 3.00 181.00 31.08 -un Cc ------. Color(hit) 1.3 3.00 O.K 630.I LN - 0.0 6C0.00 138.40 la m 6.3 7.50 7.00 7.4 7.75 - 6.80 7.75 7.29 Conduc p.i 1 920.30 950.0 1100.00 9N.00 1000.00 120.0 110.00 952.00

ChmicalCbuaraistlcs agill)

Totaldiamoind mids 50.00 510.00 710.0 600t.b 658.00 - 50.00 750.O 640.00 Totl _II O solids 4.00 12.00 2.00 712.0 4.00 - 2.W 12.010 16.0 oul alkaity in C ) 460.00 SOLOS411.00 410. 508.00 - 460.00 SUM. 41.00 foul bua 3 Chloride 40.00 4.00 20. 3S.00 32.0 - 20.00 6.00 33.40 iro 0.20 0.20 0.17 5.00 0.40 - 0.17 5.00 1.19 Mangae 0.00 0.00 0.02 0.10 0.20 - 0.00 0.20 0.06 Cow 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 1. 0.01 0.00 ead 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 - 0.00 0.00 0.00 MqBusi.plu u sulfae 1.80 2.4 1.21 4.21 1.50 - 1.21 4.21 2.29 imam DitIoen L.00 0.00 0.00 0.20 O.M - 0.0 0.20 0.04 amic nitrogen(Ml 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.56 0.00 - 0.00 0.56 0.1A Total Bitrog" " - - - - - Nitrate 0.00 0.00 O.00 0.0 0.91 - 0.00 0.90 0.18 Idtal pbospte 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.03 0.0 - 0.00 0.03 0.01 2iolved o en a, - - - - - . . aIocualcal oxyendeman Chedcaloxyge dmand 7.60 6.80 3.52 7.N - 3.52 7.6 6.24 heterioloical carateristlcs

otal colifoe01100 ml ------Feeal colitor 0/110 'A ------krticiiu ,b9/1)

CarbtUa------

3-28 0.00-0.20 mg/I. Other toxic heavy metals were not found. Regarding the amount of nitrate and phosphate, a very small amount was found, 0.03 mg/l of nitrate and 0.90 mg/l of phosphate.

3.3.3.3 Sediment

The area where the largest amount of pesticide was detected was Zone 7 which was one of the reservoir Inflows that flowed through an area that was mainly used for agriculture. Only one group of pesticides,organochlorine, was found In a very small amount, in the rainy season. During the winter and summer, the sediment was wldely distributed along the bed of the reservoir causing the pesticide content to become less concentrated. Thls is shown in Table A-15 (Appendix). The table reveals that only pesticidesof the organochlorine family were found. The amount of pesticides remained in sediment was largest in the rainy season at the area around Station 7. The amount detected was 0.045 mg/I. The amount decreased after the rainy season. The amount of pesticides at other stations was a little higher in the rainy season, and was between 0.0O0-0.019mg/l. It could be concluded that pesticides were present In sediment in a small quantity. Since no standard for pesticide presence in sediment has been established, it is not possible to make a comparison. Nevertheless,when the amount was compared with the standard for surface water, it was still lower than the acceptable amount.

As for the BOD of the sediment, the BOD value was higher after a rain and gradually decreased when the summer arrived. The highest value of 1642 mg/l was found at Station 4, and the next highest amount of 1440 mg/l was found at Station 7. The lowest amount of 360 mg/l was found in the summer at Station 4. The sediment studied was taken from the surface not from a depth. Consequently, the parameter values varied according to seasons. If samples had been taken at different depths and the parameter values

3-29 averaged, there would not have been much variation in the parameter values.

3.3.4 IMPACT ASSE6SMENT

3.3.4.1 ConstructionPeriod Impact

During construction, soil and rocks will be dug up and dumped at a disposal area around the storage tank. A tunnel will be excavated, and soil will be disposed at another disposal area at the edge of the reservoir. The Impact will be caused by soil disposal at the edge of the reservoir. During the rainy season, the soil will be eroded and flown into the reservoir causing more turbidity in the water. This in turn will affect the ecology system of the reservoir which will be discussed in detail in sections 4.1 and 4.2: Aquatic Biology and Fisheries. Such turbidity, however, will not have any effects on the water around the water supply intake point because the point is approximately 4.5 km. away. Soil particles will have settled before they reach the intake point.

3.3.4.2 Long-Term Impact

During the operation of the Project, water will be pumped up to the storage tank and discharged into the reservoir. It is possible for small fish and organisms to be pumped to the storage tank as well, inspite of a prevention measure. These organisms will die because of a high pressure change. Their carcasses will become food for the fish in the reservoir. If they are not eaten up, they will float around the water discharge point, The discharged water at the bottom of the reservoir at the velocity of 1 m/sec will disperse the sediment with an average BOD of 782 mg/l. This will cause a higher BOD content which inturn will lower the dissolved oxygen content. Moreover the discharge and pumping periods are close together this will result in incomplete sedimentationof particles. Thus, pumped water

3-30 will contain some of the carcasses and sediment but the violent movement during pumping and dischargingwill result in a large amount of oxygen ln the water. The water will be stored in the upper reservolr during the day for some time. Consequently,the water discharged into the lower reservoir will contain more dissolved oxygen and lower BOD. Besides the movement of water at the surface will make it possible for oxygen In the air to dissolve into the water. It is expected that the quality will not change much from normal conditions.

In conclusion, the Impacts on the water quality eg. turbidity and dissolved oxygen will occur only during a short period in a day. After this period, the normal quality of water will be restored by nature.

3-31 3.4 METeOROLOGY

3.4.1 INTRODUCTION

Meteorological data are the parameters that show the climatological characteristicsof the area. Some parameters are important for the hydrologic system of the watershed area which will reflect the water resources development.

Objectiveu

1) To report on meteorologicaldata. Z) To analyze data for long term conditions.

Meteorological data were selected and analyzed by mass curve. The maximum, minimum and average value of each parameter were determined.

3.4.2 METHODOLOGY

1) Reviewing and compiling the available data from RID and from other authorities which operate meteorologicalstations in the vlcinity. 2) Statistical analysis of the data for long term conditions.

3.4.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

The meteorological data have been studied and summarised In Table-.A-17 to A-27 (Appendix) and in Figures 3-19 to 3-25. Apcording to the analysis in monthly, yearly and mass curve of the meteorological data, conclusion can be drawn as follows:-

3-32 Io2

'70

~~~~~~~~io

Jo. .8 It *4V Ma .1y .V u sU p OtacC _ MTO

(a) Monthly Average

.78

1.U-

I-so

'.3 y I.-E (b) Yegari-y

1W~~~~~~17 .e.

(b) arsCu - 3

rIGMU 3-19 Evapboration Graph (Pak Chong Agrometerology 1969-1989)

3-33 60 79. 70 7? To

70

.43 52- 70

0.I Fob me, . p . Y .w .w .t A" . U. DOC

(a) Monthly Average

7,

71 T77- 75

E t .D-74 73-

70

60

03 02 so

(b) Yearly Average

1.5

°0~~ ~ 26 ~~~17 .11; 1.49 f*O1051 107 1.2 1.33

0.1-

0.23 D.1

lOKO ¶0~~415 '1000 -guns 1109

(c) m(asscurve

FIGURE 3-20 Relative Humidity Graph (Pak Chong Agrometeorology1969-1989)

3-34 210

200

180

140

130

WON Ur.APW NoV JmS duly AUG VW OCt NOvOw

(a) Nontbly Average

2.2

30 3

25 (b) Yearly

.1. .

2 .

(c)Y ar Curve

LPIGM 3-21 Sunshlne Graph (Pak Chong Agraetecrology 1969-1989:

3-35 3a-. 34

32

30 22 20

ze

10

Jo.~ Pb "a, lw. Wey .. m Julyv toSp C.-% Ne 1.e

(a) Monthly Average

3.

3a 32 3-1

.29 '23H 2W's

24 23 22 21

21,

1973 is-o 165 **-

(b) Yearly Average

TOO -

500

300

10io

1375 *.so*s

(c) Mass Curve

FIGURE 3-22 Temperature Grapht (Pak Chong Agrometeorology 1969-1989)

o Highest Max. Temp. + Average Max. Temp. o Average Temp.

A Average Min. Temp. .x Lowest Kin. Temp.

3-36 ICAs - 10.0

- 10.7

010.5 10.4 10.3 10.2 I10.

.9

0'.3 0.2

0.1

.jo Fob 7 W iAt .maI A p 0? °So O MOM?M (a) Monthly Average

127

120

I 118uI 118 -

0.' 0

1062 913 1*&* 100s 9087 10 lOmb

(c) Mass Curve

FIGmSB 3-23 Solar Radiation Graph (Khon Kaen 1982-1989)

.3-37 AVERAGE WIND

29 as 27

a. 23

21 a -

* 0 -~ 22

13

211

32 Zs

31 20 J. -. e ct rl o 20

17

20 AVEiRAGE WIN D 23 A ~~~~~~~~~~~YA

.J0 DES MU *ND *--5 J*-70u, 410 SNO 'c Na *oc

WlndVeloclty Graph AA7CI4AS*m(Naho 1951-1989)

* 32 ~ ~ PZ 32 33- ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 33

13~~~~~~33 AVERAGE RAIN (MM.) o cTAi STATION C"Mc) 1-8

zoo -

.40

lao.

9D0

mc~~ ~ ~~~~~oT

TOTAL RAIN PER YEAR (MM-)

1.23

1-1

0-7 ~ ~ -C¢" A --

0.O

0.7

1667 1970 197* less land

ACCUMULATED RAIN (MM.)

30

13 la

17 t ~ 1 G 1:...... 2 U

13~~~~~33

9~~~~~33 Pak Chang Agrometeorological Station 1969-1989

Evaporation

The maximum and minimum evaporation rates occurring in March and October were 167.9 and 111.0 mm., respectively. For the whole records, the highest occured ln 1972 (1925 mm.) Thls trended to decrease. The average for the whole year was 1682.4 mm. This can be confirmed by mass curve which begins to deviate in 1981.

RelatiLve Humidity

The monthly averages of relative humidity were between 65.1- 76.7 percent. The minimum and maximum occurring in March and September were 65.1 and 76.7 percent, respectively. The humidity was highest in 1970 and lowest in 1987 (76.8 and 64.6 respectively). From the yearly average, it can be seen that the relative humidity tended to decrease from. 1969-1987 and then increased again in 198B. The mass curve shows the deviation in 1981 where a slight change can be seen.

Sunshine

The average monthly sunshine ranged between 125.0 in August and 214.8 hrs per month. The records show some fluctuations. The mass curve begins to deviate in 1981 with a very small slope.

Toeperature

The average temperature was highest in April (28 degree celcius) and lowest in December-(21.4 degree celcius). The average for the whole year was 25.6 degree celcius. The hightest maximum was 38.8 degree celclus which occured in 1988 and the lowest minlmum was 3.6 degree celcius In 1975. For yearly average, the records were normal.

3-40 Khon Kaun Station 1982-1989.

Solar Radiation

Solar radiationwas maximum in April and minimum In Novem- ber. This ranged between 11.017 to 9.249 k.cal/sq.cm/month. The records show the highest energy in 1986 (127.671 k.cal/ sq.cm/year)and minimum in 1985 (115.905k.cal/sq.cm/year).

Nakorn RatchasimaStation 1951-1989

Wind

The maximum average wind velocity occurring In July was 28.9 knots/month. The lowest was In September (17.7 knots/month) The average for the whole year was 22.2 knots/month and tended to decrease from 1951 to 1975. This can be seen in mass curve that the curve begins to deviate in 1963.

Lam Ta Khong Station (M38 C) 1967-1988

Rain

The maximum rain was 244.6 sm. which occurred in September and 2.4 mm. in December. The average for the whole year was 928.3 mm. The total rain at this station ranged from 527.7 to 1255 mm. and fluctuated from year to year. However, the trend of curve is normal. This can be confirmed by the mass curve.

3.4.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT

3.4.4.1 ConstructionPeriod Impact

The Project constructionarea is very small compared to the size of the Lam Ta Khong watershed area. The upper con- struction area is 2.23 sq.km. or only 0.156 percent when compared to the total area. Moreover, the tunnel will be

3-41 constructed under the ground without disturbl?g the ground surface. This very small area of construction will have no influence on the climatological condition of the area.

3.4.4.2 Long-Term Impact

No effect on the operation is foreseeable, the reason is the same as above.

3-42 3.5 ATMOSPHERICQUALITY

3.5.1 INTRODUCTION

Atmosphericquality In the Project area Is involved when the Project constructionis brought about. During the con- struction period impacts due to transportation, tunnelling, and excavation are major activities. Appropriatemitigation should be proposed for the Project constructionso that the impact on atmosphericquality can be minimized.

Objoctives

1) To investigatethe existing atmosphericquality in the proposed Project development areas seasonally. 2) To predict impacts on atmospheric quality due to the Project development with particular emphasis on the constructionstage. 3) To develop mitigation measures to be applied during the Project construction to prevent undesirableimpacts on the atmosphericquality.

Scope of Work

The investigationwas emphasized on the atmospheric quality parameters relating to the Project construction activities, i.e., particulates, noise and vibration in the areas which will be affected by the proposed Project development.

3.5.2 METHODOLOGY

The task has been carried out through the following steps:

1) Preliminary investigation of the concerned areas. 2) Reviewing the existing data on meteorology relating to the atmospheric quality in the proposed Project areas.

3-43 3,

3) Seasonal observation of the existing conditions pertairing to the atmospheric quality In the Project areas. 4) Reviewing the Project feasibility plan to identify the activities which may cause the

atmospheric quality Impacts 4 5) Developing appropaiate measures for mitigation the impacts.

3.5.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

Atmospheric condition of the Project construction slte is considered mainly on the Identified areas as shown in Figure 3-26 i.e., (1) upper reservoir area, (2) switch yard area, (3) intake and outlet area, and (4) muck disposal area. Another area along the Mittraparp Highway is also considered as a line source due to automobile emission when traffic flow is taken place.

The facilities and activities during construction period of such areas can be summarized In the Table 3-3.

Table 3-3 Summary of Facilities, Activities Involving the Construction Areas.

Areas Facilities Activiltles

1. Upper Reservoir 1.1 Impounding 1.1 excavation (2.14 sq.km) reservoir 1.2 Concrete plant 1.2 Concrete mixing and material stocking 1.3 Asphalt plant 1.3 Asphalt mixing and material stocking 1.4 Repair shop 1.4 Maintenance 1.5 Motor pool 1.5 Engine equipments stocking 2. Switch Yard 2.1 Tunnel 2.1 Tunnel excavating (0.21 sq.km)

3-44 Table 3-3 (Continued)

Areas Facilities Activitia.

3. Intake/outlet 3.1 Intake/outlet 3.1 Intake/outlet (0.34 sq.km) structure constructlon 4. Muck Disposal 4.1 Concrete plant 4.1 Concrete mixing and (0.22 sq.km) material stocking 5. Kitraparp 5.1 Trucks and 5.1 Transportation Highway Vehicles

The seasonaly atmospherlccondition of the area, in terms of wind, temperature, and rain, were presented in section 3.4.

Based on the meteorologicaldata, it was found that wind is the significant effect on atmosphericcondition. Direction of wind and its velocity is shown in Figure 3-26.

In the upper reservoir area there is no significant difference among the seasons in terms of emission, noise, and vibration because of less traffic on this area. Emission due to traffic flow can be dispersed into the atmospheric surrounding due to wlnd effect. For the line source on Mittraparp Highway, emission Is also dispersed into the open area (i.e., Lam Ta Khong Reservoir). The probable effect due to emission may be minimized in both areas.

3.5.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT

3.5.4.1 Construction Period Impact

The impact on atmosphericquality will be occured during construction period due to the activities in the fur areas mentioned earlier. The activities,areas to be disturbed, and cause of impact/significantlevel can be lnvestigated and summarized in Table 3-4.

3-45 NAWO~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ .0; Table 3-4 Evaluation of Impact on AtmosphericQuality

Cause of Impact/SignificantLevel (1-4 Scale) J Activities Disturbed Areas Emission Dust Noise Smoke Vibration

1) Excavating Upper reservoir 1 4 2 -

2) Concrete mixing and, Upper reservoir - 2 2 - material stocking

3) Asphalt mixing and Upper reservoir - 2 2 - material stocking

4) Maintenahce/Repair Upper reservoir - 2 - 2 5) Engine equipment Upper reservoLr - - 2 - - stocking

6) Tunnel drilling Switchyard - 3 4 - 4 7) Intake/outlet Intake/outlet - - 2 _ 2 construction structure 8) Transportation Upper reservoir 2 - 2 - 2 Muck disposal 2 4 2 - 2

1J : i - very low r 2 - low 3 - medium 4 - high The most important aspect concerning the impacts during construction period Is the impacts from blasting which will be performed in the excavation works at the upper reservoir site and the waterway/transmission line/entrance tunnels. The impacts wlll be in the forms of vibration, noise, and flying rocks.

In the Project construction, all blasting works will be under close controlled such that the vibration displacement velocity at 50 m depth below ground surface will be less than 50 mm/sec as recommended by the United Bureau of Mines. The vibration at thls level will not disturb any geological structure or cause land slide.

Noise from blasting in the tunnel will go in the direction of the tunnel ports, which face toward the open space of Lam Ta Khong reservoir. The-impact is estimated as less as to be ignored.

Flying rocks from blasting at the upper reservoir site will be controlled not to fly outside the excavating site, So the impact will be small.

3.5.4.2 Long-Tern Impact

There will be no activity causing impact on atmosperic quality during the Project operation period. Thus, no long- term impact Is ai-itlcipated.

3-48 306 SOIL FERTILITY, EROSION AND SEDTATION

3.6.1 ImnODUCTION

The environmental assessment of soil fertility, erosion and sedimentation induced by the project was attempted to Identify short-tenm and long-term impacts. The impact of the project on soil fertility, erosion and sedimentatlon was a theme of multidispllnaryfactors concerned. These included physical environments of the area and human activities acting upon the area. The assessment was based on the present situation compared with the future possible Impact. This study involved the context regarding physical factors, not the economy policy. It should be noted that information used for assessment was based mainly on scientific methods rather than social aspects which could be relatively dynamic.

Objectives

The objectives of-this study were to:

1) Identify soil fertility class, soil erosion potential and sedimentationin the study area. 2) Assess the impact of the project development on soil fertility, soil erosion and sedimentation.

3.6.2 METHODOLOGY

Soil fertility

Land quality in terms of soil fertility assessment was carried out using the method developed by Nyandat and Muchena (1980). This method was suggested by FAO (198l), and based on combined chemical properties. These properties include some characteristics diagnostic of nutrient retention capacity, availabilityof treating nutrient and retention of a combined land quality. This quality refers to the capacity of the soil to release plant nutrients and

3-49 to retain added nutrients against losses. The following steps were carried out in the assessment:

1) Composite samples of soil for each terrain and landuse type were collected at 30 cm. depth. The samples were then air dried and sieved through a 2 m.m. sized screen. 2) The soil samples were chemlcally analyzed. 3) An evaluation of the class is based on a combi- nation of 3 sub-classes. (Rl, R2 and R3) The chemical properties used for each sub-class can be summarized as follows :

I. Sub-class Rl

RI Sum of cations (meq/100 g.soil)

1 > 16 2 12 - 16 3 6 - 12 4 2- 6 5 0- 2

_I. Sub-class R2

Score - Each K. Available P. P-retention C (meq/100 g) (ppm) (O) (%)

1 > 0.6 > 60 < 25 < 2.5 2 0.2-0.6 20-60 25-50 1.5-2.5 3 0.0-0.2 c 20 > 50 0-1.5

The score for each K, available P, P-retention and C are summed. The sub-class is based on the range of the score.

3-50 R2 Sum of score

1 0- 5 2 6 -10 3 10 -12

III. Sub-class R2

Ca Mg K P Score (meg/100 gm soil) (ppm)

1 > 75 > 40 >25 > 500 2 25 - 75 10 - 40 5 -25 250 - 500 3 0- 25 0 - 10 0 -5 0 - 250

The scores for Ca, Mg, K and P are summed. The subclass is based.on the score range.

R3 Sum of score

1 0- 4 2 5- 8 3 9 -12

For final classes of chemical soil fertility the subclasses Rl, R2 and R3 were combined. The Table 3-15 provides the final classes.

3-51 Table 3-5 Final Chemical Soil Fertility Classes

Final class Combination of R1,R2 and R3 evaluation

1 111 211 V. high soil 112 212 fertility

2 113 213 high soil 121 221 fertility 122

3 123 222 311 321 moderate 131 223 312 soil fertility 313

4 132 322 411 421 low soil 133 231 323 412 422 fertility 331 413 431 332

5 232 333 423 511 521 531 V. low soil 233 432 512 522 532 fertility 513 523 533

Soil erosion

Detailed assessments of soil erosion can be carried out through field experiments during long time series. Many research studies have been undertaken to establish mathe- matical models for predicting soil erosion. The Universal Soil Loss Equation (USLE) is the most well known model.

The objectives of this study were to evaluate and map soil loss in the project area.

The Universal Soil Loss Equation (USLE) developed by Wischueier and Smith (1978) was adopted.

3-52 A = RKLSCP A = Soil loss R = Rainfall factor K = Soil erodibilityfactor LS = Slope factor C = Crop management factor P = Conservation factor

The Department of Land Development undertook the experiments regarding each factor in Thailand. (Srikhajon K, 1988). The estimation in The Lam Ta Khong area was based on the previous study mentioned earlier. In addition, a number of factors were compiled from topographicmap (LS), soil map (R), satellite data (C) and field investigation. Rainfall factor was acquired from-30 years record of the Department of Meteorology.

Sedimentation

This study was conducted using high resolution satellite imagery. Automated classificationof suspended load in the reservoir was undertakenusing Landsat TM data acquired on November 1990. It was apparent that TM band 1 (0.45-0.52 um) was capable of detecting sediment turbidity in water. Density slicing of pixel values was performed using the Meridian Image Processing System available at Khon Kaen Univesity.

3.6.3 EXZST.G ENVXEO TJL CORDITIONS

3.6.3.1 Soil Fertility

The chemical properties of soil are shown in Table 3-5. Soil fertility evaluation was carried out by random sampling of soil on the terrain and landuse types (see Figure 3-27 and attached landuse map). Considerationwas given only to soil quality and capability in terms of combined chemical properties.

3-53 .~ 0 1 2K -

gsJ~~~~~~- 1 a 'V \r>mgWi

, XL. B ii- R 1 .:..

'.L..-N ,. .X -;. - .. ,.~ ~ - *:.. -.

. AS C ~~I . .' I L I

r t ,tS S S~~~~~~~~~~~~Sal &Wn-1ng a XSte

L Ta KnA Irea

ti. ;[t I- - .'C7. I3-5 - i-V:tijl;'r'->1

3 ,m \ - fr3. #~~~~aShowin The Sail SapigStso

FIGURE 3-27 Map Showing The Soil Sampling Sites of Lam Ta Xhong Area

3-54 The results obtained can be concluded hereunder:

1) The soils of the flooded plain and the dissected erosion surface In the area are classified as high to moderate fertility soils. 2) The soils found on the other terrains are low to very low in fertllity. 3) Fertile soil is dependent upon the underlying parent rocks. Soils derived from limestone and shale are rich in plant nutrients whereas those from sandstone are poor. 4) Referring to soil map generated by the Depart- ment of Land Development,irreqular soil depth with a number of rock outcrops have been found. Slope complex is the main mapping unit in the study area. This mapping unit consists of two or more recognizedtaxonomic units which may be similar or contrastingbut occurring together in a more or less regular pattern, and are so intimatelyassociated geographically.

3.6.3.2 Soil Erosion Potential

Soil loss in 'the pumped storage project" area is summarized in Table 3-6 and in the attached map (Figure 3-28). It should be noted that the estimation of soil loss was based on the USLE which consists of a number of factors as described above. The C and P factors are dynamic, have a wide range of variation and are dependent upon human activities. The C factor varies from time to time. The P factor in this estimation was assigned as maximum. No measurement on soil conservationwas done.

Soil loss in the area has a wide range of severity depending greatly upon the slope factor. The figures account for 0.64 T/ha/yr to over 800 T/ha/yr.

3-55 SOIL EROSION POTENTIAL MAP tDM TAKHMO%GPUMP STORAG PROJECT

1NI

FIGUIE 3-28 Map of Soil Erosion Potential

3-56 3.6.3.3 Sedimentation

The map of the suspended load in the reservoir is attached in this report (Figure 3-29). The resultant map obtained from Landsat TM data has 4 classes of suspended load: very low, low, moderate and high. In this regard, the suspended load was qualitatively assessed. The resultant map could be matched to water quality to quantitatively identify suspended load in the reservoir. As shown in the map, the suspended load Is higher In quantity according to the darkness of the blue color. The suspended load near the dam site is lower than that of the upper part. The left side of the reservoir contains lower suspended load than the right side. The reasons behind this occurrence should be further studied. I

The result obtained and presented here is referred to the condition on November 1990. There may be different patterns in some period of the years. The monitoring of this pattern can be done by using multi-temporalsatellite images.

3.6.4 IMPACT ASSESSENT

Soil Pertility

As shown in the landuse map, (Figure 5-26) the pumped storage area to be selected will fall on the gently dipping plateau with field crop and fruit trees, and the soil being low/very low in fertility. In terms of soil quality, the area is potentially low in crop production. High fertilizer input and conservation measures are needed to increase the agricultural utilizition of land. The area, comenidered only inherently fertile, is unsuitable for crop production. The selection criteria for pumped storage site Is based on a number of parameters concerned. The informationof soil chemical properties provides a supplemental parameter in this regard. In landuse planning, high fertile soil is reserved for agriculturaluse whereas low fertile one is used for other purpose. In this case the pumped storage

3-57 Table 3-6 Soil Loss Evaluationin the Pumped Storage Area.

Description Soll loss Location R K Ls C P Evaluation Slope(Z)/Landuse (T/ha/yr)

1 0-2 - A 185.32 0.24 0.36 0.402 1 6.43 moderate 2 0-2 - B 185.32 0.24 0.36 0.50 1 8.00 moderate 3 0-2 - C 185.32 0.24 0.36 0.04 1 0.64 very slight 4 2-7 - A 185.32 0.24 0.96 0.402 1 17.16 moderate 5 2-7 - B 185.32 0.24 0.96 0,50 1 21.34 severe 6 2-7 - C 185.32 0.24 0.96 0.04 1 1.70 slight 7 7-12 - A 185.32 0.24 3.28 0.401 1 58.64 severe 8 7-12 - B 185.32 0.24 3.28 0.50 1 72.94 severe 9 7-12 - C 185.32 0.24 3.28 0.04 1 5.83 moderate 10 12-18 - A 185.32 0.24 18.87 0.402 1 337.38 very severe 11 12-18 - B 185.32 0.24 18.87 0.50 1 419.63 very severe 12 12-18 - C 185.32 0.24 18.87 0.04 1 33.57 severe 13 18-24 - A 185.32 0.24 18.87 .402 1 337.38 very severe 14 18-24 - B 185.32 0.24 18.87 .50 1 419.63 very severe 15 18-24 - C 185.32 0.24 18.87 0.04 1 33.57 severe 16 24-100- A 185.32 0.24 39.46 .402 1 702.D2 very severe 17 24-100- B 185.32 0.24 39.46 .50 1 887.52 very severe 18 24-100- C 185.32 0.24 39.46 0.04 1 70.20 severe

A s Field crops/Fruit trees

B s Shrub/Herbaceous

C = Semi Dense Forest

site to be selected is located on the low fertile soils. It should be noted that this area contains high proportion of sandstone outcrops. During the construction period, top soil should be collected and reused in the reforestationor cropping areas.

3-59 t :~~~ i,j" j

so ,, . .1

: :-: ---- I__:,. .9 Z Z

* :: : ~_. .~: __::I .::_ . _ . _ ._ . _ *I _: -. :. :

: _@ :~e : : : : : : i:Z -b_:~ -t

: : -: : -:::: -::: :: : - - - - : -:

.: . _: _: -: - - - - *- : __, ,:

j~~~~ ~ _, e . .' ._ .ji .,@.- ' w j | j 'j t_ | _ _ | j _ _ | , - t_ * _* _ *_, _ t_ X, _ _I

:~~~~~~ ~ ~ j: :Z~:_1: : :Z=~ I: WI ~ : '_ !_

: w , : ' | : : _ _ . _3-6 Boil erosion

In the USLE, the modificationof C and P factors will lead to change In the soil loss. During the construction period, the vegetation cover will be cleared to a certain extent. As a result, the project activities (construction, land clearing) will enhance severity of soil erosion at this period. When the construction,reforestation and conser- vation practices are completed,soil erosion can be greatly reduced.

Sedimentation

The proposed pumped site in the -eservoir corresponds to water with moderate suspended load. The suspended load is posltively correlated to the soil erosion. During the construction period, the project activities will offer the opportunity in increasing suspended load in the right side. This will be enhanced in the year having lower water level.

When the project is completed and reforestationand conser- vation measures under taken, the suspended load will be reduced to a great extent. As a consequence, there is in the long run less impact on the sedimentation in the reservoir. But the pumping activities will increase suspended load In the pumping reservoir area.

3-61 3.7 GEOLOGY, SEISMOLOGY AND INERJALRESOURCES

3.7.1 INTRODUCTION

Objoctives

The objectives of this topic is to (a) locate geologic features which may be hazardous to or may obstruct the construction or operation, (b) evaluate the potentiality of mineral resources of the proposed sites and adjacent areas, (c) draw recommendedmitigation or development plan on site preparation and construction.

Scope of Work :

There was a review of geologic setting of the project area. using existing data such as air-photos,satellite imagery, geologic maps and geologic reports of the area made by the Department of Mineral Resources, together with seismiclty maps and reports as well as the information available from the project feasibillty study. Field observations were undertaken after the study of existing data study had been compLeted in order to fullfill the completion of the data. The mitigation and/or development program is also recom- mended based on the results of the study.

3.7.2 HETHODOLOGY

The task was conducted through visual alr-photos and satel- lite imagery interpretation, geologic and seismotectonic maps study in order to get the overview of the Project area. After reviewing the existing data, geological field surveys were also carried out. Geologic data including the distribution of rock formations,geologic structures, stra- tification and faults were mapped. The presence of condi- tions resulting from intense tropical weathering I.e. depth of weathering surface, degree of consolidation and its relationship to geomorphology and rock types were also

3-63 recorded. Geophysical survey using Gamma-ray spectrometer was carried out to measure the radiometric energy that might radiate from radioactive minerals. The rocks and soils or sediments are also collected, microscopically identified and evaluated as construction materials or economic deposits. All of the obtained informationwas used to draw the conclusion concerning geologically environ- mental setting. The Project activities were considered in geological polnt of view to obtain the suggestion of optimization and/or appropriate development program.

3.7.3 EXISTING ENIONMENTAL CONDrTIONS

(A). Geology

The geology of the study areas comprises two main rock groups (Figure 3-30 a) : (a) Folded sedimentary and igneous rocks outside the Projedt area somewhat western and south- western part from the basin of Pak Chong district. (b) Mountains along the margin of Khorat plateau consisting of nonmarine sedimentary rocks of the Triassic to Cretaceous period of Mesozoic era. The rocks in group (a) are the so-called Ratburl group mainly-consistingof shale, mudstone, limestone, chert and sandstone. The igneous rocks are com- posed of granodiorite, granite, andesite and rhyolite. This rock group forms numerous small folds trending eastwest in axes. A number of high angle faults with a length of the order of 10 km. can be observed but there is no evidence that the regional geologic structure could be affected. The nonmarine rocks in group (b) are the so-called Khorat group which unconformably overly the folded unit or Rathburi group and igneous rocks. The main rock types are sandstone, mudstone, shale, claystone and partly conglomerate. This sequence is somewhere around 600 m. thick in the Project area. (Figure 3-30 b) The relation between layers are con- formable to the northwest-southeast strikes and the 5°-10° northeast dips. The Phu Kradung formation consisting of siltstone, sandstone and partly conglomerate and the Phra Wihan formation consisting of white sandstone siltstone

3-64 i.e mimW m vr Sa <

- . *"~~~~~~~~~.7b1.4.i - u. aE* a fl ii wcla 1W=t~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 11 Si , sI 6M9 __3=-I a e

.nrI E, rzIi.-

W~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~al lli:. -w--. -ca I

. . _ | I-|-S3=- fi= 3- -~~~~~~~~a.an.am ______* SW! w ia * , | .E 11~~~~~~~~~~~~~~4--=-

It~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~'-

e94-.amo a N W I.-K4- 1 a

rzaass~~~~~~~~~~~~ ew?°, n ew. an _- wa

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~At wC eba mA SURUONIIEA OF

as S a ci

.~~~~m asac-65 eI sctea

acalaqiaMap or SurroundingArea of Lam Ta KthangProjeat

A * * * ~~~~~~~~.'.'~~~~~N , a a A~~~~~~~GEOLOGIC MAP Or BURRCUOINDINAREA OF LAM TAhKHONS PROJECT 10130'

tie r4t,lnaleee|teddhW---4Plwlilofd ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ -F--

Lam To Khong~~~~~~~~~~~~

_____ fluviel gruw!, uui,mit miJdda .f flaudphu us e;, , Umdif*w.:i.:S@, pm,odiscit. * tb4u,iu yur l,

b:Ymnamqssl,smd,eIt,bamlylmtmrib,latfls.h * I t a 4 1

_____ Culcuneu , ia- brev, prplih - re, mmd SCALE reddish - llra milrstmmmmmd mmmdI,mi.

btum,a-uSrflwiisbaf istmmm;pmrp"tilshnmd surname F IG E 3-30 ID) emmlwhitish- pay cimytmam

LB&rr:re ;m pay tiyuil_fewiihh-brwm ummierme; GEOLO6GIMAP OF i;t beddm XeftllLhmmaeIInub4rmw chu 3 4 in,idti, LAMTA KHONGPROJECT AREA ae_lseeret t

3-66 and -claystoneare exposed in the Project area. The age of these formations Is Jurassic. The Rhorat group does not fold but simply Inclined wlth low angle northeastward. In the Project area and the vicinity, although there are few faults, high-angle faults are found running from north- northwest to south-southeast at the western end of the plateau, 7 km northwest of the Project area. Local faults are also present.

The faults in the Project area are believed to have been formed in old age and no report is available about an active fault In the Quaternary period.

(B). Mineral Rbauresm

Unconsolidated materials in the Project area are colluvial and tulus deposits in the foot sloping area and stream or fluvial deposit along the river. The thickness of these sediments varies from place to place. No such material as fine aggregate for construction material can be observed. Seven stream sediments of the total weight of 35 kg. have been identified and no such economic minerals can be found. The location of collected sediments sample is shown in Figure 3-31.

Because of the similarity of geologic conditions, geophy- sical investigation using gamma-ray spectrometer was perfor- med only at the alternative site II. Grid system was used in this investigation. The spacing of data point is 25 m. Reading of total count, Uranium, Thorium and Potassium is recorded. The maximum reading is only 20 count per second as maximum at the location of the bored holes. According to the results, there is no radioactive mineral present in this area. The location of this lnvestigation Is- also shown in Flgure 3-30.

3-67 4~~~~~~~~~0

r>>;~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

-,, Xr ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~IF.

_IT. , tF WJATA KHONGPROJECT

> \ A, .,1 / tLo aion map of GeagysicoiExploratimi and 0gi phendal _ :) '4 x / U S~iment s5npfes collection =g o

pTKNEE3-31 Location Map of Geophyslcal Exploration and Sedimenr Sanple Collection 3-68 (C). Seismology

With the data obtalned from seismic observation network, seismicity in Asia can be drawn by selecting the magnitude of earthquake higher than 6. There are two kinds of regions classifed, namely high seismic and low seismic regions. According to this basis, Thailand can be considered a stable selsmic region (Figure 3-32).

In terms of structural geology and tectonic history, Thailand can be divided Into three tectonic units (Figure 3-33): (1) Eastern Thailand representedby Khorat plateau, (2) Central Thailand with the Gulf and lowland in the central valley and (3) The western and northwestern mountain range. The intensity of earthquake is higher ln unit three and lower in unit one.

The Project area is in tectonic unit one with only small- size or local faults. There are no faults reported as active ones in the country. Therefore, It seems to have no direct relationshipwith the movement of faults or tectonic activities.

3.7.4 XMPACT ASSESSMETM

The results of investigationreveal that geologic condition of the Project area Is feasible. The environmental impact of the Project caused by geologic features can be cited as: short or construction period and long-term or operation period.

3.7.4.1 ConstructionPeriod Impact

The impact during the construction period seems to occur from rock excavation. ,The specific rock types that may cause tremendous dust are claystone and shale. Since mineral compositions of both rocks are nontoxic minerals, there is no direct impact on the community outside Project

3-69 >,1~~~~~~~~%

-, ,- GO.A xErqlk V^ tet

. J;}w; r \ it'>_ f,o f lt~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i 229, ~ ~ *v _ _t F NC irbi , ^+ -_ *\ Il.rEli.s llGr£"O stl --- 2s;-M*o>%{llil F V Fbd|q

. , ~ ~ s ~ - M~ V . li^fq

2 _a, ;, _|,, , pl Yll bt~~~~~~~~~o4eedl

3-70 SEISMCrECTONICMAP OF THALAND AND ADJACENT AREAS

'I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I

~~~~t17 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~P 2

_ it:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~9

Is m_ SDs D w W 1:

. _____ EC ~~~~~~~_____==.-- = ______-- _ . __-4o

ES~~~~ ': - - - - is , Iss S _ E._- _- - _-ml.-- - 4>lks - ~M.--- =n o Selcao:htonic hp of Ihnklnd

117-7 ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ Nca 3-J3

(ua-.-d-o m IXGR3 3-33 SesotowthtonLc Map of Thai land (Nutalays Sodarl and Arnold 19B5) area. The people who work in the Project slte will be affected. The other impact that may occur is soil erosLon. Debris from excavation may also be flown with surface water causing deterioratlonof water quallty.

3.7.4.2 Long-Term Impact

Long-term lmpact due to geologic settlng or post construction period may not arise. The property of rocks In the Project area that has to be studied for more detalls is slake durability or weatherinq of rocks subjected to tropical climate. The impact may not be direct to environ- mental aspect but to the stability of the construction structures. Regarding mineral resources deposit, there is no impact because of Its low pdtentiality.

3-72 CFAPT~ 4 KECLICAL RE3OC3rS

4.1 AQUATIC BIOLOGY

4.1.1 INTRODUCTION

Lam Ta Khong Reservoir is a large area of static, fresh water ecosystem wlth the surface area at H.W.L. of approxl- mately 37.5 km2. The reservoir is shallower In the upper reach than in the lower reach area. Many rivers flow into the reservoir for example, Lam Ta Khong River, Hual Khlong Phai, Khlong Mo Tack, etc. Most of these rivers flow In at the upper reach of the reservoir and hence enhancing the production potential of the area.

The objectives of this task were

1) To investigatethe existing conditions and the activities of aquatic communities. 2) To assess deleteriousand beneficial impacts of the proposed project on the aquatic communities and activities. 3) To recommend the mitigation/development measures, and set up monitoring programs for aquatic communities.

The scope of work was an follows

The aquatic biology of Lam Ta Khong Reservoir was studied. The general characteristicsof aquatic biology from related. literaturesand reports were reviewed. Field studles were conducted to investigate the present conditions. The parameters studied included plankton diversity and their abundance, primary productivity, chlorophyll a content, aquatic weeds and benthic animals in the reservoir. The environmental impacts were identified together with the mitigation/developmentplans and monitoring programs.

4-1 4.1.2 METhODOLOGY

The task uwai conducted us follows :

1) Information and data from related sources were collected. 2) In the field investigation, seven smapllng statlons at the center of each zone (Figure 4-1) were set to Investigateplankton diversLty and their abundance, primary productlvity, chloro- phyll a content, aquatlc weeds and benthos. The investigation of these parameters were under- taken three tlmes so that the informationwould represent the three seasons of the year, i.e. the rainy season (5-7 October 1990), the cold season (1-3 February 1991), and the dry season (7-9 June 1991). In addition, chlorophyll a content was monitored bimonthly through the one- year period. The methods employed for collection, preservation, and analysis were the 'Field and Laboratory Methods for General Ecology' (Brower and Zar, 1984) and the "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewatarw (APRA, AWWA, WPCF, 1985).

2.1) Plankton : Plankton samples were collected from the water column of each sampling station by flltering the water through plankton net of 25 micrometer pore size. The collected samples were preserved in 5% formalin solution for subsequent identification and determinationof their abundance. 2.2) Primary Productivity : Field investigations on prlmary productivity were conducted by using the light and dark bottle method. 2.3) Chlorophyll a content : Chlorophyll a was extracted from water sample collected from the water tolumn of each sampllng statlon

4-2 . , , I -. 2-S \i7t s2K

-'A1II?S4IUmr _ :.I. C....~.A ... X! ' i.- .' *_-_-. t8 ^;,......

La--_- ~Zone.boundariesi -.- PA* ! (I) Sampling statlon r -@ 1 - SSl' N..' -AP aswaT~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~:>/.1:oi va/

3 =lo

7 - - - 7-Sac.. * ' *6 .2

Locations of Aquatic Bilg : Samlin Sta-..Jtions and was measured using the spectrophoto- metric method'. 2.4) Aquatic Weeds : The occurrence and distribution of aquatic plants were recorded and quantified by representative sampling with one-meter grids. The plant specimens were collected and preserved for further identification. 2.5) Benthos : Benthic animals were collected by using the Ekman dredge. After being sifted through a set of wire sieves, the specimens were preserved in 5% formalin solution for further identificationand determination of their density.

4.1.3 EXISTING EUVI NHETL COnDITIONS

Plankton

The plankton community of Lam Ta Khong Reservior during the study period can be classified into 6 phyla, 33 species. These consisted of 4 phyla, 22 species of phytoplanktonand 2 phyla, 11 species of zooplankton (see Tables 4-1 to 4-3. The findings are as follows. (a) In the rainy season (5-7 October 1990), it was found that the number of plankton at the seven zones ranged from 194.6 x 103 cells/na (Station No.7) to 56,119.0 x 10 cells/n3 (Station No.1). The extreme difference of plankton density among the seven zones especially those between the zones at the upper and at the lower reach of the reservoir (Flgure 4-2 a) were caused by a great quantity of dilutlon water in the upper zones which flew in the reservoir as a consequenceof the very big storm two days prior to the investigation period. Phyto- plankton found in abundancewas iCZrocystis sp. while the zooplankton were Maine

4-4 Table 4-11 Distribution and density (x 103 individual/rm3 ) of plankton In Lam Ta Thong reservoir during the wet season (5-7 October 1990).

Stations Pbyluulscientific Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Champhyto HicrocystisSp. 54,772.613,897.0 13,511.7 5,567.8 1,040.6 355.6 149.5 PhOmridiUsp. 12.9 11.6 16.8 66.4 11.1 5.4 2.1 NoStOcSp. 15.4 9.7 8.5 9-B B.7 11.7 4.3 Chlorqphyta VolvoXSp. 12.9 27.8 3.8 13.8 - - - Pandorins Sp. 476.5 567.4 285.7 285.3 146.5 71.7 - Spirogyra Sp. 59.7 13.0 12.5 18.7 - - - PediestrumSp. 1.1 1.5 1.8 1.2 1.6 0.9 0.5 Bacillariophyta Helosira sp. 54.8 54.3 31.8 112.6 14.7 16.9 10.7 SYedrs Sp. 237.1 224.7 74.8 17.6 - - - zwmu Rotifera Bracbious Sp. 55.4 13.7 71.5 71.2 41.8 15.5 - Keratella sp. 52.3 172.5 66.3 67.7 42.5 14.7 - A.rtbropoda toina macrocarpa 104.3 111.7 29.4 39.4 16.4 10.1 12.7 Ceriodapbniasp. 42.7 64.2 22.2 32.4 13.2 6.9 2.1 Hesocyclopsleuckarti 50.4 64.1 61.1 62.3 13.7 2.1 1.1 Polypbeaussp. 13.3 12.7 9.4 - - - - Copepodnauplius 146.6 113.3 116.3 222.4 36.1 34.4 11.6.

Total Abundanceof Phytoplmnkton 55,643.0 14,818.6 14,048.4 6,093.2 1,223.2 452.2 167.1 lotal Abundanceof Zooplankton 555.0 552.2 376.2 495.4 163.5 86.7 27.5

grand Total Abwuwmiceof Plankton 56,199.0 15,370.8 14,424.5 6,588.6 1,3B6.7 548.9 194.5

4-5 Table 4-2 Distribution and density (x 103 individual/v?) of plankton in Lam Ta Rhong reservoir during the cold season (1-3 Februsy 1991). Staticm RWu&Scientific N. 1 2 3 4 5 8 7

Cyinabyte Hicrocystis sp. 19,940.1 17,362.1 24,310.6 15,48B.1 17,010.6 15,941.5 20,83A.4 Pbomridiunsp. - - - - 121.2 160.1 19.2: Caloropbyta Pedintrim sp. 10B.1 3.9 3.6 3.0 64.8 59.0 62.5 Petmorinasp. 145.3 1,396.1 1,011.5 961.7 1,261.6 970.3 10.8 Stwnstnu sp. 32.6 79.7 14B.2 185.5 284.2 155.4 1,110.0 Bacilleriophyta Helosirasp. 2,222.9 977.4 2,081.2 1,522.4 1,212.4 1,041.1 4,028.9 Syzdrasp. 1,78.8 760.T 8,475.3 4,711.4 5,616.6 5,708.3 53,400.1 Naiole Bp. 7.1 14.1 71.4 83.6 167.8 141.4 284.3

CertiumBp. 2.8 18.7 76.0 91.8 122.8 79.8 421.2

Rotifer Brchimus sp. 76.3 39.8 142.8 71.7 159.9 74.1 13.2 Kretella sp. 79.7 70.1 74.4 72.1 192.1 76.5 16.8 Filinja Sp. 4.5 28.7 144.3 163.8 251.6 171.2 286.1 Tridhoerca sp. 5.1 16.7 30.5 51.4 - - -

Hoinminrourpa 146.3 31.4 69.5 72.4 51.7 77.3 10.8 Ceriodanis sp. 71.4 20.0 76.3 52.4 77.8 72.6 21.4 Husoayclopslekartt 78.7 351.B 77.8 140.7 109.8 76.7 11.1 Copepodrmplius 77.1 73.5 35.5 56.7 90.6 B1.3 15.7 rotal Ahance of Phytoplmktn 24,136.9 20,612.7 36,178.8 24,057.4 26,462.0 25,36.9 77,257.4

Total Abmimn ofZoaplmktcn XQ,8 B31.8 651.1 681.2 952.5 629.7 385.1

Grindtotal Abuoe of Plnktn 24,677.1 21,244.6 35,820.9 24,738.6 27,414.5 26,02.6 77,542.5

4-6 Tabim 4-3 Distribution and denslty (x 103 individual/n3) of plankton in Lam Ta Khong reservoir during the dry season (7-9 June 1991).

Statiors Phyluu9ScientlflcHam -______1 2 3 4 5 5 7

Cyurcpyta tlicrocystisSp. 462.9 564.8 1,520.4 1,064.7 46.3 1,045.3 23,148.2 Pboruidiuusp. 15,113.0 15,287.6 24,225.5 14,28B.4 28,293.0 19,553.2 19,122.1 Lyngbyesp. 237.0 332.4 494.4 291.6 740.7 278.8 324.1 Anahm sp. 1,574.1 1,295.3 1,342.6 324.1 1,111.1 624.1 972.2 Oscilletorie sp. 11.5------chlorophyt& Pediastnmsp. 324.1 1,481.5 11.6 601.9 11.5 11.6 92.4 Sts=rasta sp. 195.2 138.0 324.1 - 45.3 13B.9 59.4 Dinobryosp. 555.5 462.9 1,250.0 324.1 2,592.5 -324.1 45.3 Closteriu sup. 46.3 92.6 138.9 11.6 11.6 45.3 - Microsporasp. 46.3 11.5 590.0 787.0 1,019.5 601.9 324.1 Oesmidimsp. - - - - 11.5 - - Coserimsp. - - 45.3 - TvoYciup. - - - - - 8,620.6 - Bailluriopbyta Synedrasp. 452.9 1,250.0 1,018.5 1,054.8 1,342.6 548.2 1,064.8 Diatomesp. 277.7 185.2 601.9 509.3 416.7 185.2 787.0 Surirella sp. 11.5 - - - 46.3 - -

Cerutiu.sp. 23.2 45.3 185.2 185.2 277.8 11.5 59.4

lotifera BrchimmsSp. 11.5 11.6 11.6 23.2 45.3 11.5 57.9 Keatelle sp. 46.3 138.9 138.9 92.6 324.1 185.2 46.3 Irichoxceasp. 23.2 - - - 11.5 - - Leacnesp. 11.5 ------Polyarthsup. 11.5 11.6 11.5 11.6 11.6 23.2 23.2 Filinisup. - 92.5 - 11.6 - - -

tine mcrocarpe 11.6 - 11.6 11.6 115.7 11.5 - Hsocyclopsleuciarti 45.3 138.9 46.3 11.6 393.5 92.5 23.2 Copepodnauplius 92.6 46.3 48.3 138.9 324.1 92.5 46.3

TotalAhmdace of Phytoplankton20,331.4 22,150.1 31,903.2 19,464.3 36,01.4 32,107.B 45,020.2

TotalAbmndae of Zooplankt 254.8 439.9 255.3 301.1 1,225-9 416.8 196.9

Drm!dTotal Abundace of Plnton 20,585.2 22,500.0 32,159.5 19,755.4 37,228.3 32,524.5 46,217.1

4-7 macroce rpe and copepod nauplilus. There were 16 species of plankton found ln this season. (b) In the cold season (1-3 February 1991), the number of plankton found ranged from 21,244.6 x 103 call/3 (Station No.2) to 77,642.5 x 103 cellsftP (Station No.7). The zonal variation of plankton density -in the cold season was not as high as that of the rainy season. However, exceptional high density of plankton was observed at zone 7 (Figure 4-2 b). This was believed to be due to the effect of high nutrient content in the rivers that flow into the reservoir. The phytoplankton species found in abundance was Mtcrocystls op. while the abundant zoo- plankton was Noine macrocarpa. Seventeen species of plankton were found durlng this period. (c) The number of plankton found in the dry season (7-9 June 1991) ranged from 20,586.2 z 103 cells/a2 (StationNo.1) to 46,217.1 x 103 cells/m3 (Station No.7) (Figure 4-2 c). The plankton density of the zones at the upper reach of the reservoir (Zones 3, 5, 6 and 7) were considerably higher than those of the zones at the lover reach (Zones 1, 2 and 4). Phormidluw sp. was the phytoplankton species found in abundance while the domi- nant zooplankton species was copepod nauplius. Totally there were 26 species of plankton found in this season.

Primary Productivity and Chlorophyll a Content

Primary productivity of the reservoir ranged from 121 to 750 zgC/t?/d, from 1,251 to 1,867 mgC/rP/d, and from 1,690 to 2,866 mg Ct/X)d in the rainy, cold and dry season respec- tively (Table 4-4, Figure 4-3). The extremely low producti- vity in the rainy season was anticipated to be due to the

4-8 storm effect mentioned earlier. However, the production potential of the reservoir in terms of primary productivity is in general in the level of low to moderate comparing with other large water bodies in Thailand like Kwan Phayao, Nong Han, etc. (The Thai-JapanLSIFP, 1985). No apparent pattern of zonal variation in production potential was observed. Yet there was a tendency of higher production potential of the zones at the upper reach of the reservoir (Zones 3, 5, 6 and 7) when the effect of the heavy storm was excluded.

The results from chlorophylla content investigationshowed a very close correlation to the findings of the primary productivity and hence confirmed the result of the study (Table 4-5 Figure 4-4).

Aquatic Woods

During the study period, 10 families and 14 species of aquatic plants were found. According to their habits, these aquatic plants could be divided into three groups, i.e., submerged, floating, and emerged plants. The number of species of each group was 8, 4 and 2 respectively.

Their distributionand abundancewere shown in Table 4-6. The main aquatic plant communities occurred as association of several submerged plants with different dominant species in each season. In the rainy season, Potemogeton crispus and Hydrille verticillata were abundant while P. polygonf- folius, Blyxe japonice and Chers zeylenice were dominant in the cold season. And in the dry season Hydrille verticillate and P. polygonifolius were the dominant species. Floating plants were very few and there were only some patches of of emerged plants on the bank of the reservoir.

Benthos

The community of benthic animals found during the study period was composed of two mollusc species. As high as 95'5 or more of the community was the bivalve (clam), Corbicular

4-9 5-7 OCT 1990

70a -

U.~~~~~~ .( a)

.0 - b 70 . 2

30 g11ao EL l':

*M _t Uf owM" FL =T^ "

1-3 FEBSJEB 1991991 1 ¶00 -

70 -1w *00 i 2 34 * 7 s700 - 30

0-WIE 4-2 seasonal and Zonal-Variation of Plankon Density (x10° individual/al During the Study Period

4-10 5-7 OCT 1990

ex~~~~~~~~~~~~- 7v

an ~ ~ " STAIRO100 0.

1-3 FEB 199 1

Ii mm

2.0.- ma~ ~ ~ - Jfh 17 U? ¶2

0.0

g,3.4 /.,'"_ STAtO N

2z .- __

t 2- .-

1 s2 3 4 5 * 7

1-IGEB 4-3 Seasonal and Zonal Variation of Primary Productivity (mg C/ze/d) During the S'tudyPeriod

411 OCT 1990

I A I. - 1.4 ia *i ~~IA 0.I

0.4 0.3 J" IOO O2

t z 3 4 5 U 7 Sf410 no

DEC 1 990

3._

0.6

03e

01.6

0.6 S412 o. 1.5

1.4 02 . 1.3 r FEB3 199 1 e3. _ .-

0.e

-;~ ~ es th Stdo oeriodo_P

1.~4-

0.1~ ~ ~~~41 APRIL 1991 2

,.7

S'. '.3

1.6

3 1.2

STAnom p#

JU 1 991

g~ ~ ~13 0.72 .77 00m 0a 0.3 .0.2 - 0.1 a.~~~~~

0.4noz "0.

.2 1.9 ~~ ~ ~ ~~0921.0 .1 1.8 LB70.7

'.7

0.G AUG 1991

0. 3~ ~~~~~1.2

FWE4-4 (Continued)

4-13 5-7 OCT 1990

30

0 a la . * *70

1-3 FEB 1991

7.

W0

S .e U.

240 7-9 JUN t1991

a.~~~~L

10~~~~~~~~~~

so -

g 4-54 -~~~~~- 3 Seasonal and Zonal varlatLon of Benthos Density (dwt/mO) DurLng the Study Period

4-14 sp.,(uvunrv)while univalve (snail)Clea bandomians (weUL&"i) accounted for the rest (Table 4-7). The results from the findings clearly showed that benthic animal density was relatively higher in the rainy season than in the cold and the dry seasons (Table 4-7, Figure 4-5).

In conclusion,when the overall view of the aquatic biology ecosystem is considered, Lam Ta Khong Reservoir can be roughly divided into 2 zones, namely the zones of lower production potential (Zones 1, 2 and 4) and the zones of higher production potential in which the Intake/outlet site is situated (Zones 3, 5, 6 and 7).

Table 4-4 Primary productivity(mgC/m'/d) at the 7 sampling stations In Lam Ta Rhong reservoirduring October 1990 - June 1991.

Stations Period 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

5-7 October 1990 750 437 187 177 161 140 121 1-3 February 1991 1,251 1,282 1,467 1,297 1,581 1,407 1,867 7-9 June 1991 1,690 1,660 2,145 1,878 2,303 2,367 2,866

Table 4-5 Chlorophyll a concentration(mg/Jm) at the 7 sampling

statlons in Lam Ta Khong reservoir during October 1990 - August 1991.

Stations

Period ------… 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

October 1990 0.036 0.027 0.028 0.024 0.022 0.020 0.017 December 1990 0.087 0.061 0.079 0.081 0.085 0.106 0.128 February 1991 0.280 0.290 0.423 0.394 0.457 0.488 0.586 April 1991 0.792 0.712 0.737 0.763 0.802 0.866 0.897 June 1991 0.845 0.780 1.049 0.819 0.947 1.203 1.339 August 1991 0.827 0.823 0.952 0.877 1.002 1.015 1.078

4-15 Tbabl 4-6 Seasonal and zonal variation of aquatic plant species arndtheir abundance during the study period.

~~~~ ~~~Period Foolly/Scientifi le a ThaNiKR Habit 5-7October 16900 1-3February 1991 7-0J1umi 1001 ------r------1 2 3 4 5 5 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 5 7 h tauogetoneceae Potaeogatoncrispus Lim. Wu'iign Suerged - - * - #+ #++ ++ ------P. polygonifollusPourr. NLSMI"IwSuMeOrged - - - - . .4 ** - ++ 44+ 44 44 4tt 44+t 4+ 4*t ++ t#t Hydrocdharitaceas KydrillaverticillataPresl. trntmll- Subuerged - - - 4 4*t. +** - *44 44 * - - - - +4* 44* 4*4 4*4 444 *4*

Caratophylliudeursum Limi. lit n4ti Sbrged ------t Ottelloleliemids Pane-.. atlfli "brged… … … … … ….- -. --. - + .t - --. t t t tt BIxsJaPnica (HIq.) Ibxil. fltm%m1 Subrged - .- -. - - . .--. - * t t, + tt ------os ~aidecsez Chaasceau Charszeylmlce RI. ex. Wild NitiBlaIN Subrged ------ttt t + ++ ++ f - *+ - * 4# Poitederlcease Eihomincareasipes Solo. Anhffli%iFloating - - - . - * . .- ...... Lumnuceuse Len mInor to Floating - - . . - - ...... Azollacewe Azollapinmta R. Br. NUI14 Flosting ------ohegraceae mus31earepeiw Lnmn. h11UU Floeting ------Hlessaeee Himeospigro Llnn. lU11*4n Forged * *t - - f O' - t tf- + t - tt tt - + +

Polygoiw.toentosu Silid. ifs4Inul Eerged - - + .ttt - - - -

6kL>t- a ebsent + a few *+ * oMderste ttt ± ClK Table 4-7 Distrlbutionand abundance of benthos (gm/l2) at the seven sampling stations in Lam Ta Khong Reservoir during the study period.

Perlod/Sclentlflc Stations Name ------1 2 3 4 5 6 7

5-7 October 1990

Corbicular up. - - 15.71 13.65 19.06 64.12 -

Clea bas;domlana - - 0.82 0.72 1.10 3.46 -

1-3 February 1991

Corbicular sp. - - 7.24 4.91 4.64 5.03 -

Clea bandomlana - - 0.37 0.25 0.24 0.24 -

7-9 June 1991

Corblcular sp. 4.17 4.27 5.66 - - - Clea bandomiana 0.22 0.23 0.23 -

4.1.4 IMPACT ASSESSKNT

4.1.4.1 Construction Period Impact

Increased erosion from the construction sites, i.e., intake -outlet and disposal sites and hauling routes, will Increase sedimentation and turbidity in the vicinity along the shoreline of the Lam Ta Khong Reservoir which consequently disturb the activities of aquatic lives.

Underwater work at the intake-outlet channel will destroy and disturb the habitats of the aquatic lives In the area.

The degree of impact wlll be very slight considering short- term impact and confined boundary anticipatedto be affected.

4-17 4.1.4.2 Long-Term I psat

The operation of the Project might possibly destroy plankton and other small aquatic lives in the lower Lam Ta Rhong reservolr. The survey conducted on aquatic biology in the reservoir reveals the existence of relatively low to moderate plankton density. These plankton which are Important food sources for larger aquatic lives especially fish could be pumped in during the pumping period which occurs daily. Since there is a great and sudden increase of pressure inside while water Is pumped up to the upper reservoir these plankton mlght be killed. The increase in death rate of plankton might reduce fish products In the reservoir. However due to the fact that the remains of the killed plankton still possess thelr nutritive values, It is anticipated that their function as food source for aquatic lives of animals In higher trophic levels in the lower reservoir will still exist.

The daily pumping action will create moderate positive impact through the induction of nutrients overturn from the bottom to the water body in the affected area which in turn will promote plankton growth. This phenomenon is anticipated to more or less counteract the killing affect caused by the Project operation.

As far as the plankton klll is concerned, the percentages of water volume being daily pumped ln from the lower reservoir play a very important role in delineating the degree of Impact upon the-plankton community in the lower reservoir. When the percentages are low especially in rainy season due to large water volume In the lower reservoir, the impact will be very slight since only small percentages of plankton will be killed and the replacement rate will cover up the effects. On the other hand, when the percentages grow higher and higher particularly In dry seasons when the water volume of the lower reservoir decreases the degree of Impact upon plankton community and primary productivity is anticipated to lncrease.

4-18 Negligible impact is anticipated to occur to aquatic weeds and benthic organlsms. For long term operation period, they are anticipated to be able to adapt themselves and maintain their normal activities.

4-19 4.2 Isvr

4.2.1 INTNODUOZIOH

In this task four main objestivns are stated :

1) To Investlgate the existlng flshery resources in the reservoir. 2) To assess the standing crops ln the reservoir. 3) To predict the project impact on fishery resources In the reservoir. 4) To recommend mitigation plan and monitoring program on fishery resources.

The study will focus on the existing Important commercial fish species In terms of their feeding habits, stage of ovary, species in population, commercial species, and abundance. The project Impact an reservoir fishery resources will be analyzed mainly on the basis of economic aspect.

4.2.2 E DOIOC

i) Existing data on fishery resource in the L.m Ta Thong Reservoir were reviewed 2) Flieldprocedures : - 2.1) Fleld investigationon fish population was conducted by seainingmethod. 2.2) Some fish species were collected from local fishermen for identification and for studying the stage of ovary. 3) Identificationof the samples was done at the sample site. All flsh specimens were preserved in 10 percent formalin solution for further identification and analysis at the Department of Inland Fisheries, Faculty of Agriculture, Mhwn Keen University. 4) Four sampling stations were located in the Zones 1-2, 3-4, 5-6, and 7 (Figure 4-6).

4-20 ~er2.j' > Z %j I' \E. : ..

Ai~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I

l;{]'l~0T2m

S ~~~~LEI D : v I.

|5g )~Sampling station' i

3193i42pL gtJ'i r

f .r '2 I h ,r 6 - ss . t7un~ t2pm- o- t 41*i

Ft .1

Sampling Stations~ ~:for Fleldr Sure ofFlhey

.rj- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

65 66 67 61 ti'?aQU. '12 173 '14 '75 .16 '

FXIGUR 4-6 Sampling Stations for Field Survey of Fishery

4 21 5) Four field studles on flsh population were done on October 20-21, 1990, January 19-20, 1991, June 8-9, 1991, and August 24-25, 1991.

4.2.3 VXISTING VInMrT COND ImONS

From the smples taken by seining and collecting from fishermen from four samplinq periods (October, 1990 to August, 1991), 24 species of freshwater fish representIng 14 familles (Table 4-8) were found. Based on the number of species found, Cyprinids ranked first with seven species (about 29.17 percent of the total), following by Anabantids (3 species or 12.50 percent), Bagrids and )astacembalids (2 species each or 8.33 percent), and the other 10 families (one each or 4.17 percent).

Based on the observation, the interview with local fishermen and on the actual fish sampling, the fish species listed in Table"4-9 were divided arbitrarily into the 'less common' lcoumon,. and 'abundant. The proportions of these cattagories were 54.17, 20.83 and 25.00 percent respectively, all of them being from of the 24 species found in Lam Ta Khong Reservoir during the sampling period. Of the 24 species found, 8 species (about 33.33 percent) were classi- fied as the species of commercial values.

Feeding habit and the species of commercial values-are shown in Table 4-10. The F/C ratio (the total weight of all forage fish to the total weight of all carnivorous fish in the fish population) was about 1.49 for the fish caught in Lam Ta Khong Reservoir during October, 1990 and August 1991. Thls indicates an unbalanced fish population, as compared with the most desirable F/C ratio range of 3.0-6.0.

The results of thls study show. that there were 6 specles of fish which had the ovary in the resting stage (eggs at the sam stage before ovulation) during the sampling period. (Table 4-11)

4-22 The standlng crops of fish In Lam Ta Thong Reservoir during the sampllng periods are shown in Table 4-12. The standing crop of fish in Zone 3-4 was the highest (6,772.4 g/ral) compared to other zones. The lowest standing crop was found in Zone 5-6 (312.8 g/rai). The simple average standing crop was 2,830.5 g/rai. When compared to other reservoirs In the Northeast the standing crop of fish in Lm Ta Khong reservoir is In the range o low productivity.

4.2.4 IWAa _

4.2.4.1 Construction Psrlod Impact

Only slight negative impact Is anticipated as a consequence of increased erosion and the disturbance and destruction of suitable habitats for aquatic lives.

4.2.4.2 Lang-Term Impact

The operatlon of the Project might possibly destroy plankton and small aquat&c lives in the lower Lam Ta Khong Reservoir. The survey conducted on aquatic resources in the reservoir reveals the existence -of relatively moderate plankton density, various types of sa-il flsh, and fingerlings of some large fish at the proposed intake/outlet slte. A lot of these fish have the habit of feeding at the area near the bank. Those which are feeding themselves near the tunnel could thus be pumped up during the pumping period whlch occurs dally. Since there is a great and sudden change of water pressure inside the pipe while water is pumped up to the upper reservoir, these plankton and fish will be-killed.

The dlscharge of water also has another impact. The current of outflow water at the tunnel exit naturally attracts fish. Fish are also attracted by dead organisms including the remains of plankton and fish, making the tunnel exit their food source. This -resultsIn the gatherlng of a large number of small fish around the tunnel exit and hence, they are susceptible to be killed during the pumping period.

4-24 The Increasing death rate of both plankton and small fish will reduce. the F/C ratio and standing crop of fish In the reservoir. These small fish mostly feed on plankton and aquatic plants, and they are ln turn the food for larger fish. The reduction of small flsh means the reduction of food for larger fish, and so there Is a decrease of large fish populatlon, which in turn, leads to the economic loss for the local fishermen.

Table 4-8 Species Compositionof Fish - und In Lam Ta Khong Reservoir During October, 1993 and August, 1991.

Family/Thai Name Common Name Scientific Name

Notopteridae Vaan Feather backs Notopterus notopterus Cyprinidae Om nltgu7 Carp Hampals dlspar fl7:-1J1fA Carp Hempals macrolepidote 9ILW!Ju9Jo1 Barb Puntius gonionotus

fl:?IUunlU Barb - Puntius leiacanthus L9UaUl%7l Barb 'PuntJus part ipentezone IL514@'i Barb Puntius orphoides a7uvunlL9 Barb Osteochilus hasselti Claridae finiollu Walking catfishes Clarias batrachus Bagridae nOLnaax Freshwater Mystus nemurus catfishes Iu4112Arr Freshwater iystus csvssius catfishes Belonidae fl7:?nqLWnNeedle fishes Xenentodon cancile Centropomidae ;I,LiJ, Glassy Ambassis wolffii Eleotridae IJ)1V1u Sleepy goby Oxyeleotrismarmoreta

4-25 Table 4-8 (Continued)

Fmily/Thal Name Common Name Scientiric Name

MNstacembslidme n7s:Vi Spiny eel Nastecembelus armatus 11891 Spiny eel Nacrognathus aculestus Anabantidae n:stAWS Blud gourami Trichogester trichopterus rni,niu Climbing pearch Anabus testudineus nAt Croaking gourami Trichopsis vittatus Nandidas "98114L1tUI Striped tiger Prlstolepls fasciatus nandid Chunnidae i8u Snake-head fish Chenna stristus Tetraodontidae gnfl, Puffer Tetreodon lelurus Cidhlidas uas Tilapia Seratherodon nilotlcus Loricariidae 'MLI1S7 Bristlemouth Ancistrus sp. catfish

4-26 Table 4-9 Species of Fish and Abundance Found In Lam Ta Khong Reservolr During Sampling Period.

Sampling Period* Scientific Name ------Abundance** 1 2 3 4

Notopterus notopterus x x x x I

Humpala dispar x x . x x III (n7:I391) Hempala macrolepidote - x x x I

Puntius gonionotus x x x x II

Puntius lelacanthus - x x x II

Puntius partlpentazona x x x x I

Puntius orpholdes - - x x I

Osteochilus hasselti x x x x III (o4 euun 1- )

Clarifs batrechus - - - x I

Hysstus nemurus x x x x III (n mLmiu) Ilystus cavasius x x x x III (MUAvtlln) Xenentodon cancile x x x x III (n:nw LWr) Ambessis wolffii x x x x III

Oxyeleotris marmorgtt x x x x II

listacembelus srmstus x - x x I (n7n44)

4-27 Table 4-9 (Continued)

Sampling Period* Scientific Nam ------Abundance** 1 2 3 4

Macrognathus aculeatus x x x x II

Trlchogester trichopterus x x x x I (nzzmne) Anabus testudineus - x x x I (ruanjeu) Trichopsis vittatus - - x x I (ni3l) Pristolepis fasclatus - x - x I (MIll8io4LvGUvU) Channs strlatus - - x x I (iou) Tatraodon lejurus x x x x I (i7nAI) Seratherodon niloticus x x x x II ,ia) Anclstrus sp. - x - - I

Note* 1 - October 20-21, 1990 ** I - Less common 2 - January 19-20, 1991 II - Common 3 - June 8-9, 1991 III - Abundance 4 - August 24-25, 1991

4-28 Table 4-10 Feeding Habit and the Species of Commercial Values of Fish Found in Lam Ta Khong Reservoir During Sampling Period.

Scientific Name Feeding Habit Commercial Species

Jotopterus notopterus C X

Hempale disper C X (n¶:guaA) Hampele macrolepidote C X

Puntlus gonlonotus F

Puntius lelacanthus F

(91: -iMin Puntius partipentazona F

Puntius orpholdes F

Osteochilus hasselti F X

Clarias batrachus C (.inzau) Mystus nemurus C X

Hystus cavesius C

Xenentodon cancile C

Ambassis wolffii F

Oxyeleotris mermorete C X

Mestecembelus armatus F (n:n4 ;,) Hecrognethus aculeatus F

4-29 Table 4-10 (Continued)

Scientific N1. Feeding Habit Commercial Species

Trichogester trzchoptwus

Anabus testudineus C ({we'lnu) Trichopsis vittatus F (n31) Pristolepis faseatus F

Channe strsietus C x

Tetreodon lefurus C

Seratherodon nfloticus F

- ~~(ia) Ancistrus sp. F

N2&M F - Forage Fish C - Carnivorous Fish

4-30 Table 4-11 Fish Species which had Ovary in Resting Stage Found During Sampling Period.

Sampling Period* Scientific Name ------1 2 3 4

Notopterus notopterus x - - -

Hempale disper x x x x (n¶:WusI) Hempela acrolepidote

Puntius gonionotus - - x x

Puntius leiscanthus - - x x

Puntius partipentazone x x x x

PuntJus orphoides - - x -

Osteochilus )hasseIti x _ x x lti'uuni9n)

Claries batrschus - - - - (InAlu) Hystus nemurus x x x x (nQLa;4)

Hystus cevaslus x - x -

Xenentodon cancile x x x x (n7n 1.1L) Ambessls wolffil x x x x

Oxyeleotris marmorate x - x x (,1,,u) Mastacembelus armatus - - - - (n7 n) -

4-31 Tabls 4-11 (Continued)

Sampling Period* Scientific Name ------1 2 3 4

Hacrognethus eculeatus - x x x

TrIchogester trIchopterus - - x - (n7veu"M) Anabus testudineus - - x

Trichapsis vittatus - - - - (nu)

Pristolepls fasciatus - - - -

Channe strietus - - - x (iou) Tetreodon lelurus x x x

Seratherodon niloticus - - x - (ia) Ancistrus p. - - - -

SN23* 1 - October 20-21, 1990 2 - January 19-20, 1991

3 - June 8-9, 1991 4 - August 24-25, 1991

4-32 Table 4-12 F/C Ratio and Standing Crops of Fish Population in Lam Ta Khong Reservoir During Sampling Period.

Sampllng Area Total fish F/C Standing Period/Zone Enclosed Caught (g) Ratio Crop (g/rai)

(m2)

October 20-21, 1990 1-2 800 1,213.1 0.19 2,426.2

5-6 7 800 394.3 2.48 788.6 Average 1.33 1,607.4 January 19-20, 1991 1-2 800 2,340.6 0.58 4,681.2 3-4 800 1,169.4 4.51 2,338.8 5-6 800 923.0 1.35 1,846.0 - 7 800 1,720.6 1.45 3,441.2 Average 1.97 3,076.8 June 8-9, 1991 1-2 800 1,260.2 0.36 2,520.4 3-4 800 3,366.2 0.40 6,772.4 5-6 800 1,686.6 3.38 3,373.2 7 800 641.2 0.92 1,282.4 Average 1.27 3,487.1 August 24-25, 1991 1-2 800 1,085.3 1.75 2,170.6 3-4 800 2,639.6 0.06 5,279.2 5-6 800 156.4 3.49 312.8 7 800 2,420.1 0.22 4,840.2 Average 1.38 3,150.7 Grand Average 1.49 2,830.5

4-33 4.3 AQUATIC PARAIT

4.3.1 TI RODUCTIQO

Many klnds of parasites require mollusks to complete their life cycles. For example, Bithynia sleamensfs goniomphelos (weuVII)acts -s the first lntermediatehost of liver fluke, OpisthMrchis viverrini which is highly prevalent ln the Northeastern part of Thailand. Radix (Lymnnes)rub)ginose (uouMa) serves as a first intermediate host of cattle liver fluke, Fasciola sp. The changing of ecology of water reservoir should be investigatedfor distribution and trans- mission of parasites.

Objectives z

1) To study the variety of mollusks in Lam Ta Thong reservoir which are possible to serve as inter- mediate hosts of human parasites. 2) To determine the infectlon rate in each kind of mollusks in each season. 3) To study the fluctuation of the sampled mollusk population in each season. 4) To estimate the density of each kind of mollusks.

Seope of work :

Mollusks were sampled in the. 34 selected stations near the bank around the Lam Ta Thong Reservoir. The variety of species of mollusks, their densities, infection rates and fluctuation of sampling population of each species of mollusks during each season were investigated.

4.3.2 SNODOLOGY

Hand collection method was used for sampling of mollusks withln 5 minutes by 2 men at an area of about 10 meters long and 1 meter wide. The collections were done in marked areas of 13 stations on the left bank and 21 stations on the right

4-34 {t : i * ~~Sauli ng Statilons for Hol lu Ics Srv ey)-i5

ChaiThU4se Ui-W)Cn g K t~~~~11hSdtnr

Teen-I X t 1 Wmmm~~~~~~~~1,

P L1t Cz*- 1~~~~~~~~ast) w -E-f>

.--\ s.1 11 7000cmE t Sampling Stations for Mollusks Survey r u en man- bank (Figure 4-7). Emch station was about 500-700 meters apart from the stations nearby. The sampling of mollusks was carried out in three seasons: the rainy season (October), the cold season (February) and the summer (May). The collected mollusks were brought to ParasitologyLaboratory, Faculty of Medicine, KKU. They were measured, Identifiedfor species and examined for parasitic infectionby the crushing method.

4.3.3 flBTZJG Z3VThOUTIL COHDXTIONB

The prevalence of Opisthonchis viverrinl infection in Amphoe Si Khul and Pak Chong was 3.24 and 1.24 percent, respectlvely. In the rainy season only dead shells were collected for Identification.Three species of clams were identifled as Scables crispeta (wawnr71), Limnoperna siamensis (NEunir) and Corbicule sp. (evUn1i) Four species of snails were found I.e. Filopsludins mertensi mertensi (NuEVI), Clee helena (oullwO), Melenoides tuberculate (WevivV), Bithynie slamensis goniomphalos (waw7r). In cold and summer seasons, two species of alive clams I.e. L. siamensis (MeunwV) and Corbi-cula sp. (neunni) were found. Five species of snails i.e. Indoplenorbis exustus (vauh), F.. martensi (MiDuDIU), R. rubiglnosa (unuiU), C. helene (uauniu) and B.s. goniomphalos (IN,utiW) were found. The density of these mollusks is shown In Table 4-13. The dominant specles, Limnoperna slemensis (weuniu) was found on the rocks, poles and even on the leaves, sticks or died corn stems.

The population of L. slawensis (rniunin) increased in summer and their sizes also increased (Figure 4-8). This means there are two peaks of growth curves in the cold season and the summer. But for the other species the peaks were not evident (Flgure 4-9 to 4-12) because offsprings were reproduced many times within a year. For example, B.s. gonlomphalos (Maul%) reproduced two generations a year (Brokelman et al., 1986).

The density of B.s. gonlomphelos (waull) ln shallow water

4-36 2.4 2.4

2

0.0 a-

.0-: 2- * *- a-* 10-12 *2- 114-iE *_-1 ls-m0

C OLD tco ', 0T S,A0O

PIGURE 4-8

Fluctuation of the Limnoperna slamensls Population During the Study Period.

700 -

.eosS0 -_

300

-.- 5-10 10-15 15-20 20-am COLD SASON NOT EASUN

FIGDRE 4-9

Fluctation of the Corblcule sp. Population During the Study Period.

200

200

230 200

100-

120~~~~~~~~~~~~~~01

11~~~~~L"T COLD6 SW ^ S

FIGURE 4-10

Fluctuation of the Bithynls slamensis gonfomphelos Population During the Study Period.

4-37 220-

nto-

230

4-11

Fluctuation of the Cleo oelen- Population -uringthe Study Period.

ama

OCo

200-

100~~~~~~~~~~~~~1- 02

caCOLtD LSST O wa sc.

FIGR 4-12 Fluctuation of the Radao rublglnose Population Durlng the Study Period.

4-38 reservoir remained around 5-15 snails/sq.m. for 17 months during a three-year study (Brokelman et a1., 1986), the density being higher than In this study.

From the previous study in Chiew Larn Water Resource Development Project, Suratthani, there was no parasitic infection in the sampled snails. The density of the snails was presented as comparatively abundant among the other species (Impand et al.,1984). In Nam Khek River, Phitsanulok, the parasitic infection was found in Indoplanorbls exustus (meuh) and-the density of snails was not presented (Temoha- roen et 61., 1987).

Tible 4-13 Density of mollusks sampling in Lam Ta Khong reservoir.

number/man/min(number/sq.m)

Bithynia Radix Filopa- Clea Corbicula Limno- ludina perna

Cold R 0.31 2.77 0.0004 0.24 0.48 3.11 season L 0.06 3.42 0.02 0.1 0.11 0

average 0.21 3.08 0.0008 0.19 0.34 5.01

Summer R 1.91 0.03 0.03 0.53 0.56 22.04 season L 0 0 0 0.71 0.14 23.62

average 1.18 0.02 0.02 0.6 0.40 22.65

R - Right bank L - Left bank

4-39 4.3.4 nPacT

Dally fluctuation of water level in the lower reservoir will result in decrease of the mollusk population especially in the dry season when the degree of water level changes are severe. However since there was no parasltic infection In these mollusks no lpact from the Project is antlclpated.

Llmoperna siamnsls (ueunnu), with its ability to attach to various substrates, ls anticipated to be an obstacle to water flow in the water tunnel. To solve this problem regular scraping program is recommended.

4-40 4.4 WILDLIFE, AND RARE IPECIES

4.4.1 INTRODUCTION

In performing the EnvironmentalImpact Assessment of Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project, the exiting ecological conditions In terms of flora and faunS needed to be examlned In order to determine the economic value of the forest and wildlife in the concerned areas and to antlclpate the lmpact of the project upon the areas.

Objectives

1) To determine the forest structure and floral compositionin the concerned areas. 2) To identify the existing wildlife species as well as their population census. 3) To determine the economic values of the forest and wildlife resources. 4) To estimate the Impact of the project upon the forest and wildlife resources. 5) To recommendthe forest and wildlife management after the project construction.

Scope of Work :

Five field surveys were carried out from December 1990 to August 1991. Four surveys were performed on the right bank area and one on the left bank area (See Figure 4-13). On both areas the floral conditionsof all proposed reservoir sites were recorded. An investigationwas conducted on the specles compositlonand population of birds and mammals.

4.4.2 METHODOLOGY

Floral Resources

From the first survey of the floral conditions of all the proposed reservoirsites agricutural areas and abandonded

4-41 -. 1 frans±55iOU Line (Euiatiugj AI--: StudiedE30k? A305S

* InaE OultLzDand

ASure Chambe

mrf

*: Poverhouse_ a ~ ~~~~~* Surge Chamer AmSu5e rg i; A~~~~~~~~~4A ~

VI 4-13 The Studied Arew an the Left ad Right Bank.

_:. o~~~~~~~~~~442 grasslands were found to cover the areas with very few timber species left. Thus, in the subsequent survey, line intercept technique was used in order to examine the floral conditions of these sites. Thirty lines of ton meters were lald systematicallyat each site. For each line, the plants that were touched by the llne or wbich underlied or overlled the line were noted.

For each plant encountered by the above method two mea- surements were recorded: the length (in meter) of each plant species touched by the line or which underlied or overlied the line (I) and the maxlmum width (in meter) of each plant species perpendicularto the line (M). The length (in meter) of the line overlying bare ground was also mea- sured. From the data obtained the following values were computed by the equation :

1 unit area Density (of each plant species) = (-) (------) M Total Transect Length

Unit area = area of each proposed reservoir site or one square kilometer.

Density for a species Relative density = ------x 100 Total Density

total of intercept lengths for a specles Dominance ------x 100 Total transect length

total of intercept lengths for a species Relative ------x 100 Dominance total of intercept lengths for all species

intervals in which species occurs Frequency = ------x 100 total number of transect intervals

4-43 frequency for a species Relative frequency ------x 100 total frequency for all species

Importance value (of each plant species) - Relative donslty * relative dominance * relative frequency

total transect length - total bare ground Total coverage * ------x 100 total transct length

Timber species in each proposed reservolr site were recorded, and the density were noted by placing six quadrats of forty by forty meters systematically.

Wildlife Resources

Species and population of marmal, on both left and rlght bank were recorded by means of the mark and recapture method for small mammals and the track count method for big game ma_- mals. For small mammals, five mammal lines were systematl- cally laid in each proposed reservoir slto and In each llne ten life traps were laid systematically. The bird species on the left bank and. the right bank were noted by using binoculars (eight tlmes magnificatlonpower) and a telescope (twenty to sixty times magniflcationpower). The Identifi- cation was based upon the two books 'Bird Guide of Thailand' by Boonsong .Lekagul, and 'A Field Guide to the BJrda of South-East Asia' by Ben King. The bird population were estimated by Percent Diversity TechnLque (modifled from PettLngill-,-1950). Number of time seen. Percent diversity = ------x 100 Number of tallies

Percent diversity 91.6-100- abundant Percent diversity 58.3-91.5 = common

4-44 Percent diversity 25.0-58.2 = uncommon Percent diversity 16.6-24.9 = rare Percent diverslty 1.00-16.5 = very rare

4.4.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTALCONDITIONS

From field surveys the following existing environmental conditions were noted:

Floral Resources

The results from the line intercept technique used to determine the floral composltionof all proposed reservoir sites on the right bank URI, UR2 -andUR3 are shown in Tables 4-14, 4-15 and 4-16 respectively: At UR1 the most dominant plant (in terms of important value) was Peinisetum poly- stechyon while UR2 had Imperats cylindrice as the most dominant plant. At UR3 P. polystachyon and r. cylIndrica were the two most dominant plants.

Forest Structure

There were very few timber species included saplings and seedlings remaining on the right bank area, there was no rare or protected timber species left. From the remnant timber species the types of original forest should be dry evergreen and mixed deciduous forest. The timber species found on the right bank were low in economic value since the approximate height of those trees was lower than fifteen meters and the dlameter at breast height was below twenty centimeters. The average volumn of wood for each timber was less than one fourth of a cubic meter. The results of the investigation of timber species (excluding plantation species) are:

URI The existing species are Eombax kerri) (4'flh)and Grevie mficrocos (Rom) and the density is 0.064 per Rai (1,600 square meter).

4-45 VR2 The existing species are Wrightle pubescens (lain), Vltex pinnate (RuUn), and Bonbex kerrii, the density being 0.048 per Rai.

U'3 The existing species are Bombew kerril, Vrighti fzrubescens, Grewle aicrocos,and Irvlngis mulayane (nszin) the density being 0.068 per Rai.

The proposed site on the left bank area was found to be covered with cassava plantation with very few timber species. From the remnant trees the species found were Irvingia melayans, Bomber kerrfi, Vrightle frubescers, Spondias pinnate (iwnfn) and Crzatxylura formom (s7I2), and the density was 0.141 per Rai.

Wildlife Resources

The list of birds found on the right buk and on the left bunk Is illustrated in Tables 4-17 and 4-18 respectively. The right bank area was composed of fourty three species in whlch eight were visitors. Seventeen species of birds were found on the left bank area with only one visitor iden- tifLed.

For small mammals, only two lus musculus (rYu3Vj) were trapped from one hundred and fifty life traps laid on the right bank area, and no small mammal was trapped from fifty traps laid on the left bank area. There was no sign of big gmse umamals, protected species or reserved species found on both the left bank and the rlght bank areas.

4.4.4 IMPACT

Since the areas on both the left and the right banks are mostly covered by cassava and cashew plantatlon and aban- doned grassland with only small number of timber trees left,

4-46 Table 4-14 Floral composition of the right bank proposed reservoir site URI.

Wpecles Thai Density RelativeDominence Relative FrequencyRelative Important Names Dernity Dwinance FrequencyValue

1. ITrdexprocumbens Runnin 31,250 0.09 0.20 0.45 0.1 5.88 12.42 2. Inperstacylindrica 4ijfn1 64,700 12.60 9.24 15.09 0.3 17.85 47.15 3. Pemnisetumpolystachyon 1fl¶1U 180,500 30.34 45.54 79.32 0.9 52.94 108.60 4. Crotolaria pallid. H4IUU 35,700O .95 0.45 0.78 0.1 5.88 13.01 5. Ageratunconyzoldes 91UU4lW1un92,200 17.65 1.25 2.18 0.1 5.88 20.02 8.Side acute +WUN11 29,000 5.05 0.52 0.90 0.1 5.88 12.43 7. Crassocephalum Wn lAN crepidiodes 100,000 19.48 0.15 0.20 0.1 5.88 25.02

b~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Table 4-15 Floral composition of the right bank proposed reservoir sLte UR2.

Specles thal Oenslty elativeOmlnars Restle FrequencyRelative luortnt Hams Density Deulnane FrequeomyValue

1. Eupatorlumodorstus tmiUa 07,600.W24.33 2.09 7.01 0.2 18.18 40.52 2. Crassocpbstuu iimid crepidlaides 16,120.03 4.02 0.40 1.34 0.1 0.09 14.45 3. Ageratumcwnyzotdes 51Ul11Ufllfil38,461.54 0.59 0.10 0.33 0.1 9.09 19.01 4. Pemlsetuapoly3tachyOn Iljiin1ii 123,055.8130.83 11.39 .38.23 0.4 30.30 105.42 5. lIperate cylJndrica uij'm, 125,203.0331.22 15.81 53.07 0.3 27.27 111.58 Table 4-16 Flora composition of the right bank proposed reservoir site PR3.

Species Thal Dersity Relative DohinareRelatlve FrequeroyRelative Important R{ages Density Dominsnce FrequemyValue

1. Pemisetumpolystachyon Iilillu 247,500 30.17 9.98 10.87 0.0 30.0 88.04 2. Eupatoriumodoratum giult 138,20020.19 1.27 2.53 0.1 5.0 27.72 3. Ageratumconyzoides uIiuu ni1Ufl159,200 5.05 1.90 3.78 0.2 10.0 22.43 4. Ioperatacylndrica Nj1n1 98,800 14.44 21.35 42.51 0.0 30.0 8B.95 5. Ureria crinita lfilinulan 103,500 15.12 14.39 28.05 0.3 15.0 58.77 o. Crotolrira pallide "IU. 16,700 2.44 0.45 0.89 0.1 5.0 8.33 7. Vermsniscinnera 1o8hu 20,400 2.98 0.45 0.89 0.1 5.0 8.87 the impact on then during the construction porlod and during the operation period is belleved to be very slight.

There were no big game mammals found, thus no impact during the construction perlod and during operation period Is anticipated. The birds will face some impact during the projedt construction period but since the area of the proposed slte is relatively m.all compared to the whole area, the project constructionwill only slightly disturb the ecological condition of the birds. For the long term operation period, the birds are belleved to be ale to adapt themselves and maintain their normal ecological life.

Table 4-17 Bird species found on the right bank area.

Species Status Perct PoputatimStatus Diversity in Thailnd

Fully Alcipitridae 1. Black-shoulderd Kite L:MV71 Elanusceruleus Resident 30 (ucomm) very comon Fmlly Tumicidae 2. Barred Button Quail inmiunwu Turnixsucitator eiIdent 20 (rae) comon Fuily Colubide 3. Spotted-neckedDove: iM iliq Streptopelis chinewis Resident 60 (com) veryconon 4.Zbra Dove ll Geopelisstrits Resident 60 (Comm) very comon 5. Greter Green-billedHalkohe V0n¶z7ftl'b Phaenicophes tristis Resident 20 (rae) comon 6. Greater Coucal: nnrnii Centros sinensis Resident 50 (uncomm) canon Fmily Strigidme T.Pimy owlet mnlg4em: Glaucidim brodiel Resident 10 (very rae) comon

4-50 Table 4-17 (Continued)

Species Status Percent PoputationStatus Diversity inThailand

FamilyAlcedisidme 8.Comuon Kingfisher unn:UUuUIIIVuuI Alceto atthis Resident 20 (rare) very comnon FamilyHeropidae

9.Green Bee-eater :IunflRlfn : Heropsorientalls Resident 40 (uncoamon) very common FamilyCoraciidae 10.Black-billed Roller : unfl un4 Corscias benghalensis Resident 70 (common) very common FamilyCaptitouidBe 11.Lineated Barbet : unlii:mn Hegalains lineats Resident 30 (uncommon) very common 12. CoppersmithBarbet : fAlRn4 Hegalains haemacephala Resident 50 (uncommon) very common FamilyApodidae 13.House Swift u:l u=146lu ApusBffinis Resident 50 (uncommon) common 14. Palm Swift : UfUiaimua- Cypsfurusparvus Resident 100 (abundant) common FamilyAlmudidme 15. Singing BushLark : UnIIIIu1UtJI Hirafra javmnica - Resident 20 (rare) uncommon FamilyHotacillidac 15. Grey Wagtail: unti.auvi,ni Hotacilla caspica Visitor 10 (very rare) common FamllyLanilde 17. BrownShrike : unh&UaivRnia Lanius cristatus Visitor 20 (rare) very comaon lB. Chestnut-backedShrike : uflSU.16411 Laniuscollurloides Visitor 20 (rare) verycommon 19. Black-headedShrike : Uiln'stivi Lanius schacb Resident 20 (rare) comon

4-51 Table 4-17 (Continued)

Species Status Percent Poputation Status Diversity in Tbailand

Faily Pyaomtidue 20. Black-heededBulbul: UiIhiiiDa Pycnonotusstriceps Resident 20 (rare) comon 21. Black-crested Bulbul untitumwlsui,n Pycnonotusmalanicterus Resident 60 (couuon) common 22. Black-cappedBulbul IuUI7ivUUhi Pycnonotussurigaster Resident 40 (uncomon) very co 23. Stripe-thrated Bulbul : mihuuuuuj Pyconotus finleysoni Resident 20 (ramre) labully comon 24. Yellov-vented Bulbul: uiiiuumhuna Pycoomotusgoiavier Resident 20 (rare) very common 25. Blnnford's Bulbul : umfuutn Pycnonotasblanfordi Resident so (common) very comon 26. Red-whilkeredBulbul uialwIwflhu4 Pycuwotus Jocosus Resident 20 (rare) very comon Fmily Dicrride 27. Black Drongo: umWa flinal Dicrurus mucrocercus Resident 50 (common) very comnon 28. AshyDrongo : IfI4u Iisu Dicruus leucophbeus Resident 40 (unomon) comon 29. Bronze Drongo: IngJmnWn2liasu Dicrurus meus Resident 40 (uncmon) comon Fmily Stwridme 30. COmmMyirna unw 11m1 Acridotberus tristis Resident 30 (uncmmon) very comon 31. Crested 0yna UflLU4I4I Acridotherus jwanicus Resident 30 (m monon) common Fmily Corvidme 32. Raket-taIled Ireepie: unnwu Crypsirina temis Resident 30 (uncommon)very COmmn 33. Large-billed crow: ;ni Corvus mcrorhynchus Resident 40 (ucomon) very common

4-52 Table 4-17 (Continued)

Species Status Percent PoputotionStatus Diversity in Tbailand

Family Sylviidue 34. Blyth'sLeaf Warbler : w4n:in'illiR Phylloscopusreguloides Visitor 30 (uncommon) common 35. Ibick-billed Warbler: unchmisui Acrocephalus aedon Visitor 30 (uncommon) common 35.Common Tailor Bird UnnuivufluRil Orthotomus sutorius Resident 50 (uncommon) common 37.Grey-breasted Prinia : unn:muiqlanuln Prinia badgsonli Resident 30 (uncommon) very common Family Turdidme 38. Pied Bushchat :ununamiiiti Saxicola caprata Resident 100 (abundant) common Family Nuscicapidse

39.Ferruginous Flycatcher : iuuadiNuauu 1 , Huscicapa ferruginea Visitor 20 (rare) uncommon 40. Grey-headed Flycatcber : uniuouadgmurn Culicicape ceylonensis Resident 20 (rare) common 41. Dark-sided Flycatcher :fulABRUBfAi luscicapasibirica Visitor l0 (veryrare) common FamilyRhipiduridae 42. PiedFantail Flycatcber : unfilufaonfen Rhipidurajavanica Resident 30 (uncommon) common FamilyDicacidme 43.Scarlet-backed Flowerpecker :IflfluilaU Dicaeuocruentatuu Resident 20 (rare) very common

4-53 Table 4-18 Bird species found on the left bank area.

Species Status Poputation Status in Thailand

Fully hccipitridme 1. Black-sboulderedlite : IWA2l11N Elanus ceeruleus Resident very common Fully Fhbui.idee 2. Francolin : unniui44 Francolinus pintadeneus Resident coum FumllyColumbidec 3. Spotted-neckedDove : nlinlmi Streptopelia chinensis Resident very comuon Family llcedlsidme 4. Ihite-breastedKingfisher : Innt:iunom Ralcyconcoroemnds Resident very common FamilyOpupidme 5. loopoe: unmiAl-IlU Dpupoepaps Resident coon FamilyCoracildet 6. Black-bolled Roller : wuw:uwi Coracios bengbulensis Resident very common Fuily Coptitosidme 7. Lineated Barbet untnl:mn Negalaina lineate Resident very comn Fully podidue 8. HouseSwift : unuwuswlu Apusoffinis Resident uncomn 9. Palm Swift: 1uflU4iusW1 Cypsiurus paryus Resident abundant Fully Aliodidme 10. Singing Bush Lark: unviiMuLtialo lirafrejavenica Resident uncommon. Fully Pycosnotlike 11. Block-headedBulbul: wugivi¶mivuun Pycnonotusatriceps Resident comon 12. Olanford'sBulbul unMaugslu Pycnonotusblanfordi Resident very common

4-54 Table 4-18 (Continued)

Species Status Poputation Status InThailand

FauilyCorvidae 13.Racket-tailed Ireepie unnIlmlu Crypsirinetemia Resident very common 14.Large-billed Crow ini Corvus*acrorhyncbus Resident very common FamllyHuscicopidae 15. Red-throated Flycatcher Ufi.15a4 Ficedula parve Visitor comnon Familyihipiduridae 16.Pied Fentill : UnBIVURAOUU1H' Rhipidursjavanice Resident very common FamilySturn1dae 17. CommonMyna :Untfu49i;ni Acridotberes tristis Resident very common

4-55 CHAPZE 5 HUMA12I UT vYLE

5.1 IRRIGATION

5.1.1 INTRODUCTION

Irrigation is one of the major benefits of the development of Lam Ta Khong basin. The Lam Ta Khong pumped storage project may probably disturb the activlty and the' development of irrigation in the service area due to the construction of the upper storage reservoir. In order to Investigate the problem, the study of the Irrigation scheme in Lam Ta Khong irrigation project was aimed to:

1) Investigatethe condition of the existing irrigationsystem. 2) Predict future demand for irrigation water relating to the project development scheme. 3) Assess the impact of the project on the existing irrigation system. 4) Recommend the development approach in order to increase the irrigation efficiency.

The scope of studies will cover only the area of Lam Ta Khong irrigation project that receives water from Lam Ta Khong reservoir.

5.1.2 NETBODOLOGY

In order ato assess the impact of the Project on the existing and the development of irrigation system the following methodology was carried out:

1) From the existing irrigated area the available informationan the irrigated area, crops, cropping patters, water requirement were compiled.

5-1 2) The Information on the development of the existing Lrrigation system and the future demand for lrrigmtlon water were collected.

5.1.3 BXCTING mVIIRTO CONDCITIONS

Lam Ta Khong Irrigation Project Is a diversion irrigatlon system. There are eleven dlversion dams along the Lam Ta Khong river to dlverse the water to the irrigated area. Each diversion dam receives water supplied f'rom the Lam Ta Khong reservoir and the local sideflow along the river. The reservolr is located upstream and supplies the water to all the diversion dam downstreamwith the total commanded area of 127,540 rai. The project area and irrigated area for each diversion dam are shown in Table 5-1.

In the wet season between September and January, paddy is only one crop cultivated in all the irrigated area of 127,540 rai. Because of shortage of water supplied, in the dry season of each year (during February - May) only small areas of the project cultivated paddy, mungbean, soybean, peanut, and some vegetables. The present cropping pattern are shown in Table 5-2.

Irrlgation Water Requirement of the Project in Wet Season

Basic data required for the determination of crop water requirement are potential evaporation, type of crop, rainfall, land preparation, loss and irrigation efficiency..

Climatic data. Evaporation calculations were based on meteorological data observed at Nikhon Rachasima station.

Crop coefflcients. Crop consumptive use were determined from the potentlal evapotranspiration in accordance with the relationship.

U = KC.ET

5-2 Table 5-1 Project Area and Irrigated Area of all diversion dams in Lam Ta Rhong Irrigation Project.

Project area (rat) Irrigation area (ral) Diversion Dam ------High Living Diversion Irrigated Total Vith irriga- Vithout Total area area system. area tfon ditch Irrigation area ditch

Na Klua Hal - 180 2,078 19,000 21,263 19,000 - 19,000 (usinltolusi) Kud Hin - 60 585 8,540 9,159 - 8,540 8,540

Kok Fag 20 1,573 809 19,008 21,410 9.424 9.584 19,008 (Innugn) Ban Tung 30 630 290 6,286 7,236 5,066 1,220 6.286 (bw1U4) Bho Tae - 65 250 11,400 11,715 6,799 4,601 11.400 (1nCilfiu) Ha Tom - 502 611 7,566 8,679 6,159 1,077 7,566 ia (u,IWJ Jaw Haw 30 1,206 620 15,140 16,961 13,300 1.805 15,105 (01M18) Hakam Tao 120 1,136 146 7,548 8,950 3,685 3,853 7,548 (UtUJUli,) Kon Chum 20 325 226 11,030 11,636 2,797 8,268 11,065 (nuwu) Kot Ngam 40 800 680 18,224 19,744 14,280 2,944 18,224 (GOU.nU) Kan Phom 15 750 106 3,798 4,798 3,798 - 3,798 (fuuu)

Total 275 7,227 6,401 127,540 141,443 85,340 42,200 127,540

Source s Lam Ta Khong Irrlgation Project. Table 5-2 Present Cropping Pattern in Lam Ta Kong IrrigationProject. Unit : rl

Year 1985-1900 Year 1080-1987 Year 1u81-1988 Year1988-1089 , Crops - - - Vet Dry Total Percent Vet Dry TotalPercent Vet Dry TotalPercent Vet Dry TotalPercent season season season season Season Season Season Season

1. Paddy 127,540 10,400 137,940 78.2 127,540 14,800 142,340 81.7 127,540 10,400 143U,40 77.8 121,540 1,800 129,340 73.9 2. MungBeen - 32,000 32,000 17.0 - 27,200 27,200 15.B - 29,970 29,970 10.2 - 30,070 30,070 20.0 3. Soybean ------530 030 0.3 4. Peanut ------0,505 0,555 4.2 5. Vegetable - 11,200 11,200 0.2 - 4,500 4,600 2.7 - 11,030 11,030 0.0 - 3,500 3,500 2.0

Total 127,340 53,000181,140 100 127,540 40,000 174,200100 127,540 57,400 184,040 100 127,540 15,508 175,105 100

Cropping Intensity 140.02 130.58 147.08 137.32

Source Lama IRhong Irrigation Project. where U = Consumptiveuse R = Crop coefficient ET = Potential evaporation

Effective rainfall. In this study, the effective rainfall was estimated by the method that has been proved to be suitable for rice field in the Northeast. The monthly rainfall was converted to effective ralnfall by the following ratios.

Monthly Rainfall Effectiverainfall (z) S of additional 50 mm (mm) rainfall

200 . 200.9(IOOZ) 75X 150 237.5 (95) 65S 300 270.0 (90:) 45Z 350 292.5 (83.6S) 35X 400 310.0 (77.5Z) 20X 450 320.0 (71.11) 10l 500 325.0 (65.0)

The effective rainfall for the project area is shown in Table 5-3.

5-5 Table 5-3 Effective Rainfall in Lam Ta Khong Irrigation Project.

Month Average rainfall Effective rainfall (mm) (mm)

January 30.45 30.45 February 35.30 35.30 March 87.30 87.30 April 70.36 70.36 May 102.70 102.70 June 89.60 89.60 July 86.75 86.75 August 123.50 123.50 September 260.35 244.20 October 143.40 143.40 November 62.25 62.25 December 12.70 12.70

Land preparation

a) First Irrigation: 140 mm Top soil saturation at depth 150 mm Porosity 50 percent and soil moisture 35 percent l50 x O.5 x O.65 = 50 mm Percolation : 1.0 mm x 25 days = 25 mm

Standing water 5 mm x 13 days = 65 mm b) Second Irrigation: 60 mm Evaporation 5 mm x 12 days = 60 mm c) Nursery bed: 30 mm Total 230 mm

Percolation. An allowance of 1.1 mm per day has been used for percolation losses.

5-6 Irrigation efficiencies. Efficiencies adopted for com- putation of Irrigationwater demand were based an RID pratice as listed hereunder:

Crops Field Application conveyance Overall Efficiency Efficiency Efficiency

Paddy 0.70 0.80 0.56 Upland 0.55 0.80 0.44

Diversion water requirement. The irrigationwater requirement for the project in the wet season was based on consumptive use of crops, additional water requirement for land preparation and percolation losses. For diversion water requirement the effective rainfall and irrigation efficien- cies have been taken into account in the following standard manner.

Irrigation Reqmnt - Effective Rainfall Div Water Requirement = Irrigation Efficlency

Quantities of water to be supplied to project area during wet season are summarized in Table 5-4, and Table 5-5.

The diversion water requirement In the wet season is 167.7 MCN which is about the same amount of water flow to the reservoir at that period. Usually the water releas3d from reservoir is much less than this amount due to sideflow along the river, so the irrigation in the wet season will not be affected.

Irrigation Water Requirements in Dry Season

The irrigation area for dry season crops of the Lam Ta Khong Project depend on the availabillty of water in Lam Ta- thong reservoir after the end of the rainy season. With an

5-8 Table 5-4 Irrigation Water Requirement for Wet Season and Kc of Paddy at Various Growth Stages.

Period (days) Rc. Starting

L and P Int. Develop. Kid Late L andP - Int. Develop. Mid Late Date Month

30 15 45 40 25 0.1 0.83 1.00 1.05 0.90 I 9

Month Irr. Vater Requirement(nm.) Div. Vater Requirement(am.)

September 275 55.0 October 160.65 30.52 November 158 188.84 December 181.05 300.64 January 166.95 243.75

Table 5-5 Diversion Water Requirement of the Lam Ta Khong Irrigation Project. Unit: million m3

Diversion Dam Sep. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan. Total

Ma Klua Mai 1.67 0.93 5.73 9.14 7.41 24.88 Kud Hin 0.75 0.42 2.58 4.10 3.33 11.18 Kok Fag 1.67 0.93 5.73 9.14 7.41 24.88 Ban Tung 0.55 0.31 1.89 3.02 2.45 8.22 Pho Tae 1.00 0.56 3.44 5.48 4.45 14.93 Na Tom 0.67 0.37 2.29 3.64 2.95 9.92 Jaw Haw 1.33 0.74 4.56 7.26 5.89 19.78 Ma Kam Tao 0.66 0.37 - 2.28 3.63 2.94 9.88 Kon Chum 1.02 0.57 3.50 5.58 4.52 15.19 Kok Ngam 1.60 0.89 5.51 8.77 7.10 23.87 Kan Phom 0.33 0.19 1.15 1.82 1.48 4.47

Total 11.25 6.28 38.66 61.58 49.93 167.70

5-9 assumption of Lam Ta Khong Irrigation project, that only 70 percent of available water left in the reservoir can be used for irrigation water requirementfor dry season crops, The irrigation project estimated that every one million cubimeters of water can supply 200 rais of paddy or 500 rais of upland crops. The following is the example taken from the end of October 1988:

Storage water = 257 MCM Dead storage = 20 MCM Available water = 237 MCM Irrigation water = 237 x 0.7 = 166 MCM Irrigation area for paddy = 200 x 166 = 33,200 rais or Irrigation area for upland crop = 500 x 166 = 83,000 rais

Future Irrigation Development

The only wet season crop of the Lam Ta Khong irrigation project is paddy. If the farmers in the project areas plant other crops. They will not affect the Project because paddy consumes water more than any other crops. On the contrary, other crops would be most benefitial to the irrigation system due to the increase of available water for the next dry season crops.

In the future, if the improvement of on-farm systems such leaving the canals unlined for whole service areas, the irrigation efficiency will be improved and there will be much water to promote the dry season crops.

5.1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

5.1.4.1 Construction Period Impact

There is no any impact on irrigation system during the construction period because the construction will not concern any activity of the irrigation system.

5-10 5.1.4.2 Long Term Impact

In the wet season, the water level in the Lam Ta Khong reservoir Is much higher than the dead storage level, so there will be no impact on the irrigation system from the pumped storage project at this period.

However, in the dry season the irrigated area will depend on the amount of water left in the reservoir. After the project, the upper reseroir will be constructed at the capacity of 9.9 NCK. from the criteria in.the estimation of dry crop area, the reduction of dry season crop area will be 1,400 rals and 3,500 rais for paddy and upland crops respectively. In fact, the dry season cropping area will not be affected at this amount, because the project will not use the water directly. It will pump the water to the upper reservoir and then release It to the reservoir. Although the water level in the reservoir is below the dead storage, the project still be operated the irrigation system will not be affected during operation period.

5-ll 5.2 WATER SUPPLY

5.2.1 INTRODUCTION

Water supply is one environmental aspect that must be considered both in quantitativeand qualitative points of view. Regardless of the water volume used for irrigation, water in Lam Ta Khong is used for domestic and industrial supplies in urban areas. It is also its withdrawn by the nearby villages and communitles sited along downstream areas. The project activity may affect the quantity of water in Lam Ta Khong reservoir depending an the stored volume in the upper storage reservoir. Its effect tends to reduce the water usage opportunityand to shorten the period of water use in the downstream areas.

In order to investigatethe water supply to be certain that the volume used by the- project would not bring about conflicts with other competing areas, the emphasis was on the following studies.

1) To investigate the status of existing water supply activities and future water supply development in the downstream areas. 2) To evaluate the water demand for present and future situations. 3) To evaluate the efficiency of the existing watpr - treatment plants based on water quality aspect In the district areas. 4) To survey the water quality in the downstream vicinities located in villages where water in Lam Ta Khong is likely to be used for their source of supply. 5) To assess the effects on water demand as opposed to water volume In the existing reservoir and the proposed upper reservoir. 6)-To recommend monitoring program to mitigate the impact, caused by the proposed Project.

5-12 The scope of studies covered the downstream areas which Include Nakhon Ratchasima municipality, other municipal areas, and districts where raw waters were withdrawn form Lam Ta Khong Reservoir, including the communities in the areas where water from the reservoir might be needed for water supply in the future. Water demand was evaluated for the present and the future. Water quality was surveyed in the interested areas. The water quality data obtained represented the dry season and the wet season conditions.

5.2.2 METHODOLOGY

In order to assess the environmentalImpact of the-proposed project the following methodologywas carried out :

a) Review and survey existing water supply in a municipality of Nakhon Ratchasima and three sanitary districts; Si Khiu, Kham Thale So, and Sung Noen. b) Investigatethe water demand and water quality at the village level. Five villages were selected as representativeareas, i.e., Ban Mai Samrong, Ban Makrua Mal, Ban Krok Krahat, Ban Kruay, and Ban Bu Thalat. c) Investigatethe water demand in other communi- ties which are likely to rely on Lam Ta Khong. This includes the demand for private industrial use, for government sector, for other sanitary districts, and for vicinity of Lam Ta Khong. d) Water quality sampling : raw water and filtered water from the municipal'ty,the three sanitary districts and the five communities selected was measured. Nine areas were emphasized for treat- ment plant evaluation. Parameters to be deter- mined were: (1) pH, (2) turbidity and color, (3) chloride, (4) iron, (5) total hardness, (6) total coliforms; these were analyzed using the procedures in the Standard Method (APHA, (1985). Elghteen water samples were determined

5-13 (i.e., one raw water sample and one treated water sample in each area/season). e) Conduct data analysis by drawing conclusions from the data obtained so as to determined the trends of water supply in the case where the project does not exist, and in the case where the project does exist. f) Develop mitigation plan and monitoring program.

5.2.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

The results of the studies were presented according to the main water uses in the Lam Ta Khong downstream areas which were categorized as follows: - Water use in the municipal and sanitary districts. - Water use for government sectors. - Water use in rural areas. - Water use for industry.

5.2.3.1 Water Use in Municipal and Sanitary Districts

Municipal Area

Nakhon Ratchasima city is the only one municipal area which requires raw water from Lam Ta Khong. The area is 37.50 sq.km., and the population totals 204,152 persons. The city requires an annual water volume of 13.63 MCM/yr. The water consumption rate in 1990 was 37,350 CMD. The capacity of the old water treatment plant operated by municipal water work Is 1,590 cu.m/hr. The increment rate of water requirement per year, using the record of the year 1985 to 1990, is approximately 3.65 percent. At present, the municipal water treatment plant was expanded under the water supply expansion project of Korat City and is under operation. The full capacity of the new treatment plant is planned to increase up to 58,000 CMD at the end of the year 2000 (TAHAL, 1980). The amount of this capacity is appro- ximately 1.50 folds of the existing water consumption. Raw water from Lam Ta Khong was transmitted through closed

5-14 conduit into the reservofrof the new treatment plant at Ban Makham Thao. The conduit was also planned for raw water take off at Si Khiu, Sung Noen, and Kham Thale So Districts In the future. Another route was still delivered through Lam Ta Khong into the storage of the old treatment plant in municipal area. The water transmissiondevelopment plan was focused on raw water quality control and water loss reduction during transmission. Table 5.2-1 summarizes the annual water volume of a municipalityand the sanitary districts.

Sanitary Districts

There are three urban areas (district level) located along the downstream, i.e., Si Khiu, Sung Noen, and Kham Thale So. The Water allocation for those communities is 0.587 MCM/yr for Si Khiu, 0.292 MCM/yr for Sung Noen, and 0.107 MCM/yr for Kham Thale So (see Table 5-6). However, three other communities (tambon level) called Kud Jik, Khok Kruad, and Jaw Haw also use Lam Ta Khong downstreamsfor their raw water supply. The existing water requirementfor Kud Jik, Khok Kruad, and Jaw Haw, is 0.057 MCM/yr, 0.248 MCM/yr, and 0.438 MCM/yr, respectively. The increasing rate of water requirement of Kham Thale So, and Kud Jik sanitary districts based on the data record in Table 5-6 is 11.35, and 4.85 percent, respectively.

5.2.3.2 Water Use for GovernDmentSectors

In the studied area there are six major government sectors as listed in Table 5-7. All of these communitiesproduced treated water using raw water from Lam Ta Khong. Suranaree and Suratham Pitak army bases are the significant consumers. The water demand of the two communitiesis 1.095 MCM/yr, and 1.46 MCM/yr, respectively. The total water demand for all of them is 3.035 MCM/yr.

5-15 Table 5-6 Annual Water Volume Recorded of Municipality and Each Sanitary District

AnnualWater Volume 7reated for Municipal and Sanitary Districts, 1CM/yr Year KakornIJ KhauLJ SungLJSi KhiuL/Kud JikL' Khok Kruad LI JamHow L/ RatchasimaIhale So Noen

19B5 11.391 - - - 0.045 - - 1986 11.887 - - - 0.047 - - 19B7 12.071 0.104 - - 0.057 - 1988 12.677 0.097 - - 0.056 0.169 - sgBg 13.551 0.129 0.275 - 0.053 0.213 - 1990 13.632 0.107 0.282 0.587 0.057 0.248 0.430

Source:1 MunicipalVater Work of Nakorn RatcbasiEts. Vj WaterWork Office at each sanitary district.

5.2.3.3 Water Use in Rural Areas

The villages located along Lam Ta Khong downstream area and their vicinity are classified Into 2 groups. The first group comprises the communities where water supply system has alerady been installed. The other group comprises the commupities without any water supply system. The Rural Water Supply, Region 3, Department of Health plays an important role in water treatment plant promotion In the first group relying on water in Lam Ta Khong. Table 5-8 and Table C-1(Appendix) are present data of village water supply in four amphoes of Nakhon Ratchasima. The total number of households and population of the 13 villages supplied are 4,030 households, and 19,226 person, respectively. Based on the water consumption rate of 80 lpcd (ESCAP, 1989), the total water requirement for the first group is approximately 1,540 cu.m/d or 0.56 MCM/yr. Figure 5-1 represents the location of studied villages and communities.

5-16 Table 5-7 Water Demand ror Government Sectors In Nakhon RatchasImae.

Name Area Water Demand MCM/yr

1. Suranaree Base A. Muang 1.095LJ 2. Suratham Pitak Base A. Muang 1.460J- 3. Silk Research Center A. Muang 0.282L/ 4. Police School, Region 3 A. Muang O.144L/ 5. Nakhon Ratchasima. Agricultural College A. Si Khiu 0.036L/ 6. Health Training and Research Center A. Sung Nodn 0.018L/

Total 3.035

Source : 1/ Personnel interview. 21 Office of Irrigation, Reglon 3.

Table 5-8 Village Water Supply Data in 4 Amphoes in Nakhon Ratchasima Provlnce.

Number to be served Water Amphoe ------Demand Village Household Population MCM/yr

1. Muang Nakhon Ratchasima 5 2,237 11,348 0.331 2. Kham Thale So 1 142 700 0.020 3. Sung Noen 2 1,139 4,603 0.134 4. Si Khiu 5 512 2,575 0.075

Total 13 4,030 18,226 0.560

5-17 * 8urveycd V1llaga 25. H.bma) e - 47 Bcn Kek Kr .. 72 Den Non8 Bu eo F Mco r

__ -~~~~ -- ab.. \ ~~~'~~j~~jC" -

5 0 5 13 KM. r . hJn*5 Te Yhongle r' T -

- nr~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~h

76 .:e Lr n Mo 14GA HRATI NABcHu I 7tsiBcnt Dur- 15 Ben YongMYcng 37 Bsn Xbong Yg 61 Xud Wlen 1 Bengkok Produee 9 LomfThongInductry * 8ur' 7.n AS.or 26 Be £aCru Mc 50,~"Br ld l%3 *' SagolBnNo. b

,~~~~2-*Ln~ X -'.n 54 Br Seu 77 Br.e).v'w ^rn SBn SPo

6. anLaenfic 1. ln ue hag 6. antha Stur 6. Dn ungthle 7.iS.Ban DanDua Yang Yng 37. Ben thong Yang 61.Ben Kud han 1. Bangkok Prduce 9, Lam Thong Induatr

Pi6p~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~S1 *: ~~ ~ 3 Be Hun'ho 67BnXo Sn urung Th-l ½rt¼ Ear Ju B

LEGEND: Distr~~~~~43Bn lct uanha 6.BntaungNu7. BunruntgThi ha 15 Jt fa LEGBcnD: - hl o 22BnN h DistrictS Sun Noun Ditrct Si 37 a Noneye PIORE5- 21aBanornyDag24. Ban Yfangu Hon 65. Dan Huad Taira 73 Chan TheneB g4I a o hn *9 Sureye IS.Villag 4.253BnXokXeNt Ban Neakruao tea 4 ocBnNck Yort72 Ban ShongDu BOatn BanthemSo Th)a2. Ban Nn Cha 4. Ben Blont 69ng5. Dan Ha 74KDnLangcho 80.2 FIGanHamfleaL 51wa ld ilge n t9.Ben tat Fat 23 Dan trekNra Hat 4. Ban ThalTr2ak 7. Dan Helu Dat 5 a o or8.BnLr ii 20.ZO Ran hat24. Se-n Bn Hang ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ lnang34.~ ~~~0 BenBanBen HuaDngPangHuen Bung 54.O54.71n DenBanBcon Tatongk Sacn Dat3Dlongba 77. BenHap Shoving tES Loatin ofanPhihogonShtdidVlae an 1: ::nKhan Cum B: M:khatso63. lan Thule iH anHogf guComDnmunities 8. a Sub Swaten upl

5. anPha1. Dnirun he KruaySaraeng35 Olb lo B n8 I 2. BenBan TaKud thon Pakeng Langniia 56. BaneBn TuYei TepacorlN 79. Ba Klang T-b8 for Table 5-9 summarizes the data of the second group of surveyed villages. The details of surveyed data are pre- sented in Tables C 5-2 to C 5-5 (Appendix). Seventy three villages in the four amphoes were surveyed. The total number of households and population are 10,403 households and 46,215 persons, respectively. Most of the villages are sited along the main stream and its tributary and use surface and ground water as additional water sources for domestic and agriculturalpurposes. It was found that most of the villages use rainwater as a drinking water source.

Based on the water consumption rate of 50 lpcd (ESCAP, 1989), the total daily water consumption is approximately 2,310 cu.m/d or equivalent to 0.843 MCM/yr.

Table 5-9 Number of Villages, Households, and Population sited on Lam Ta Khong Downstream, and Their Water Demand.

Number to be served Water Amphoe -- Demand Village Household Population MCM/yr

1. Huang Nakhon Ratchasima 11 2,791 13,757 0.251 2. Kham Thale So 7 1,051 4,375 0.080 3. Sung Noen 45 4,707 19,943 0.363 4. Si Khiu 10 1,854 8,140 0.149

Total 73 10,403 46,215 0.843

5.2.3.4 Water Use for Industry

Factories situated along Mittraparp Highway are the main industrial areas to be focussed on. The factories withdraw the water in Lam Ta Khong through pumping stations which

5-19 are under the supervision of the Office of Irrigation Region 3 for the allocation of water. The amount of water was recorded and used to charge the water tariff for each month Fifteen factories listed in Table C-6 (Appendix) require the water for their production processes and domestic supplies. The total amount of water required is approximately 0.233 cu.m/month or 2.798 MCM/yr.

5.2.3.5 Existing Water Demand

Based on the water supply data mentioned earlier, the present water demand in the studied areas is summarized in Table 5-10 and is illustratedin Figures 5-2 and 5-3. This indicates that the water demand for communities and industries is 22.587 MCK/yr. This figure is equal to 7.80 percent when compared to the effective storage of the reservoir of 290 MCM. The major portion of the water is allocated for Nakhon Ratchasima city, i.e., 13.632 MCM/yr, or 60.33 percent of the total demand.

5.2.3.6 Future Trend of Water Demand

The communal and industrialwater demand in the future should be pointed out in order to anticipate the trend of water allocation for the project activities and for water supply in the downstream areas. The growth rate water demand of is projected for ten years by using the reliable data available from the representativecommunities, i.e., Nakorn Ratchasima, Kham Thale So, and Kud Jik.

Figure 5-4 and 5-5 represent the annual water demand and the daily water consumption of Nakhon Ratchasima city using the data recorded during 1985 to 1990 as shown in Table 5-6. The figures indicate that the water demand in the next decade will increase up to 95,400 CMD or 34.82 MCM/yr. The increment rate of water requirementis 9.83 percent annually. The figures of 9.83, 6.62, and 3.65 percents are used for the maximum, average, and minimum growth rates, respectively.

5-20 13-V411ag Water SuppJi.s (2.5%)

6-oav.mmant Sectdr (13.4)

73-VNIIagu (3.7%)

1S-Faectarles(12.4))

I -Municipality (50..3)

6-Srnitary Oiutricts (7.7X)

FIGURE 5-2 Water Allocation Among Major Sources of Water Requirement

Coanmun;ti (6.BX)

Other Benef Use .22)

FIGURE 5-3

Fraction of Water Allocation Among Communities, Industries, and Other Beneficial Uses (based on effective storage of 290 MCM.)

5-21 40

35

30 g) o 25

p 20

4 15 39 z 10 O5- . 1 ...... 5

1985 1186 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 199W 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 11 91.8 12.0 1_6 YEAR FIGURE 5-4 Existing Water Demand and Proj ected Water Demand of Nalkhon Ratchasima

100 95

90

0E 80

700 50 -

30 J

- 20

10

1985 1985 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1998 1997 1998g 1999 2000 YEARt IFIGURE 5-5 Existing Water Consumption and Projected Water Consumption of Nakhon Ratchasima

5-22 Table 5-10 The Present Water Demand for Communities and Industries.

Percentage Constituent Water ------Demand Based en Based on MCM/yr total effective demand storage

Communities 1-Municipality 13.632 60.33 4.70 6-Sanitary Districts 1.729 7.65 0.60 6-Government Sectors 3.035 13.43 1.04 13-Village Water Supplies 0.560 2.48 0.20 73-Villages 0.843 3.73 0.30

Sub-total 19.799 87.62 6.84

------__- Industries 15-Factories 2.798 12.38 0.76

------Sub-total 2.798 12.38 0.96

Total 22.597 100.00 7.80

The projected water demand during 1990 to 2000 is presented in Table C-7 (Appendix)and depicted in Figure 5-6.

The results in Figure 5-6 indicates that during the next decade water in Lam Ta Khong reservoirwill probably be allocated into the downstream area for water supply activities at the range of 32.34 to 57.712 MCMIyr and the average of 42.898 MCM/yr. On the other hand, the future demand will be increased at approximately1.50, 1.90, and 2.50 folds of the present water demand. The proportion of withdrawn water from the reservoir will then be increased from 7.80 percents of the effective storage to a maximum probable value of 20 percents at the end of 2000.

5.-23 60

50

4.0

0 30

0 20

1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 YtAR 0 MAX. U + Aor 0 -UN FIGURE 5-6 Projected Water Demand in the Downstream Areas (1990-2000) 300 - 280-

260 °

240 -

u 220- hr i200 .9 130-IS

,,: 1160-

.1 140 tj 120 100

60 -

40 -

20

1990 1992 1994 ¶996 1998 2000 YEAR 0 MAX AVG. UmI

FIGURE 5-7 Available Water Volume in Lam Ta Khong Reservoir for Other Beneficial Uses.

5-24 5.2.3.7 Water Quality in the Studied Areas

The quality of water was investigated in the studied areas which was categorized into three main groups. The first group comprised the urban areas located in the municipality and sanitary districts (amphoe level) in which water treat- ment plant was completely provided. The second group was composed of the interestedareas which is the representative community of each amphoe. The third group is the represen- tative village where a water treatment plant will be provided. The water sampling areas and sources of water sample are shown in Table 5-11. The details of .water analysis are presented in Tables C-8 and C-9 (Appendix). The results are concluded as follows :

For Dry Season

Raw water in Lan Ta Rhong: There was a high density of total coliform over 2,400 MPN/100 ml. The chloride, total hardness, and iron content ranged from 12-1,170 mg/, .88-108 mg/l as CaCO3 to 0.38-0.76.

Treated water: The concentrationof physical and chemical parameters was mostly reduced to the limit of drinking water standard (Table C-11, Appendix) except for chloride content of 1,100 mg/l and total hardness of 348 mg/l as CaCO3 found at Ban Bu Thalat. For bacteriologicalparameter, however, a high density oftotal caliform was found in Si Khiu, Sung Noen sanitary districts,and Ban Ma Kruamai with the values of 1,600, 350, and 240 MPN/100 ml, respectively. This reflected a disinfectionsystem of the treatment plant.

Ground water: The iron content of 5.16 mg/l, turbidity of

70 units, and total hardness of 264 mg/l as CaCO3 were detected at Ban Kork Krahat.

Water in the pond: There was a high concentrationof iron

5-25 Table 5-11 Water Sampling Areas and Source of Water Sample.

Sources of Water Sample Station Area ------Raw Treated Ground Pond Water Water Water Water

Group 1 1. Nakhon Ratchasima A. Muang x x - Municipality 2. B. Makham Thao A. Muang x x -

3. Kham Thale So A. Kham x x - - Sanitary District Thale So

4. Sung Noen A. Sung x x - - Sanitary District Noen

5. Si Khiu A. Si Khiu x x - -

Sanitary District -

Group 2

1. B. Kruay A. Muang x x - - 2. B. Bu Thalat A. Hulang x x 3. B. Khon Chum A. Muang x x

4. B. Krok Krahat A. Kham - - x x Thale So 5. B. Mai Samrong A. Si Khiu x x 6. B. Ma Kruamai A. Sung x x Noen

Group 3

1. B. Pud Sa A. Muang - - - x

2. B. Na Klang A. Sung - - x x Noen

3. B. Na Yai A. Sung - - x x Noen

Remark : x indicates the type of water to be sampled.

5-26 (2.34 mg/1), color (78 units), and turbidity (132 units) at Ban Na Yai. The Iron content of 0.69 mg/l was a significant parameter detected in Ban Na Klang. A high chloride content of 504 mg/l was found in Ban Pud Sa.

For Rainy Season

Raw water in Lam T K[hong: raw water for slow sand filtration system at Ban Makham Thao reflected an excellent quality in terms of physical, chemical, and biological parameters. But a total coliform density in Nakhon Ratchasima and Amphoe Sung Noen revealed a high density of total coliform of over 2,400 MPN/100 ml.

Treated water: The concentrationof physical and chemical parameters were mostly reduced to the limit of drinking water standards. However, a coliform density is quite high in A. Sung Noen (over 2,400 MPN/100 ml), A. Si Khiu (170 MPN/100 ml), B. Khon Chum (240 MPN/100 ml), and B. Ma Kruamai (over 2,400 MPN/100 ml).

Ground water: The iron content of 2.9, and 3.8 mg/l were detected at B. Na Klang, and B. Kork Krahat, respectively.

Moreover, a total hardness of 290-450 mg/l as CaCO3 was also found in the three ground water sources.

Water in the ponds: A high chloride content of 506 mg/l was still detected at Ban Pud Sa. In the four villages, the high turbidity was found to be in the range of 20-600 NTU, while the total coliform was 49 to over 2,400 MPN/100 ml. A high iron content of 3.4 mg/l was found at B. Krok Krahat.

For the community at Ban Mai Samrong where raw water was pumped into the plant without treatment, the quality of water before and after treatment during the dry season was similar. A very high coliform density over 2,400 MPN/100 ml was detected. But in the rainy season its density was reduced to 350 MPN/100 ml.

5-27 5.2.3.8 Efficiency of Water Treatment Plant

There are nine water treatment plants in which raw water was withdrawn from Lam Ta Khong. The efficiency of each treatment plant was evaluated by using the concept of Water Quality Index (WQI) as introduced In Section C-3 (Appendix). The results of analysis were presented in Table 5-12. The WQI values show out the relative capability of each treatment plant. Such values reflect that the new teratment plant of Nakhon Ratchasima located at Ban Makham Thao was the highest capability of treatment both in the dry and rainy seasons, following by the old one of that city in the dry season and Ban Kruay in the rainy season.

5.2.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT

5.2.4.1 Construction Period Impact

There is no environmental impact on water supply in the dawnstream areas during the construction period because the water in Lam Ta Khong reservoir will not be pumped into the proposed reservoir.

5.2.4.2 Long-Tern Impact

During the operation period the water volume of 9.9 MCH in the reservoir will be withdrawn Into the proposed reservoir. A portion of this amount will disturb the lower reservoir only 3.41% by volume of the effective storage. However, it will be redischarged during the peak demand of electricity.

Based on the water supply data described in the previous section, the water volume in the lower reservoir available for other beneficial uses in the next decade is depicted in Figure 5-7.

5-28 Table 5-12 Water Treatment Plant Efficiency Evaluation.

Water Quality Index (WQI) Rela- Water Treatment Plant ------tive Before After Rank Treatment Treatment

Dry Season : 1. Nakhon Ratchasima 69.3 93.0 2 2. B. Nakham Thao 74.5 96.4 1 3. B. Khon Chum 41.9 - - 4. B. Kruny 63.2 74.5 4 5. B. Bu Thalat 48.7 75.4 3 6. Kham Thale So 62.3 72.3 6 7. Si Khiu 62.9 62.0 8 8. Sung Noen = 64.4 71.1 7 9. B. Ma Kruamai 66.1 72.3 5 Rainy Season : 1. Nakhon Ratchasima 72.7 92.7 3 2. B. Makham Thao 92.3 96.2 1 3_ B. Khon Chum 59.8 73.2 7 4. B. Kruay 54.7 93.9 2 5. B. Bu Thalat 65.8 71.1 9 6. A. Kham Thale So 54.0 81.1 4 7. A. Si Khiu 70.5 73.6 6 8. A. Sung Noen 63.6 72.0 8 9. B. Ma Kruamai 70.9 74.0 5

Under the condition of full capacity of the effective storage in each year, the available volume will be reduced - from 290 MCK to 247.1 MCI, by an average increasing rate of water demand, at the end of year 2000. Consldering the minimum and maximum increasing rate, the resldual water in the reservoir only 257.7 MCN, and 232.3 MCK, respectively wLll be available. If the volume of 232.3 XCM is considered, the daily pumped water may disturb the residual volume. The rest, 227.1 MCM, will then be usable for other purposes. But less impact occurred due to the fact that the volume of

5-29 pumped water Is small with respect to the effective volume of 290 MCM or to the available volume of 232.3 MCM. The amount of 9.9 MCM Is equivalent to one third of the average annual demand to one fourth of the maximum annual demand at the end of year 2000. Moreover, the intake of the pump is elevated In the dead storage zone (259 m. MSL). The project can be operated under the condition when there Is no dowan- stream discharge without disturbing other water usage. The possible effect is the period of water use in the down- stream areas if the volume of 9.9 MCK in Lam Ta Khong is approaching the dead storage. The volume, In the reservoir, however, will be naturally increased when annual runoff is discharged into it.

Based on the relationshipof area and discharge curve of Lam Ta Khong reservoir (Figure 5-8) the available volume of 232.3 MCM is stored at the elevation of 274.5 m. MSL. Its level is higher than thiedead storage elevation (261 m. MSL). Therefore, the volume required for upper storage will not conflict the water supply activities in the downstream areas.

5-30 OUTLET DISCHARGE- C.M.S. O 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 SPILLWAYDISCHARGE - 100 C.M.S. 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 284 - ______iDi C AR E i -i ~~~~AUXILIARYISPLLWAY CMUE ICAG U!~ A 282 AUXILIARY SPLLWAY 7 iCREST EL. 278.00 u LS.EL.4280.30 20 DISCH1ARGECURVE -I8457M.EC.N.

278 SERVICE3PILIWAY - _j

276 DISCHARGECUR>_ - +______274 /-sERIESPLWYC LREST0EL I - EL.+277.00RETENTIONLEVEL I TEMPORIARYSTORAGE--!

1272 -___ __ S310 M..C.M.t7MCK OUTLETDISCH4ARGEI gRm 5 270

I r 208 CAPACI ______77-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~______286 264 CURVE ______/DEAD STORAGE LEVEL . 262 EL+110 260 - ______S z 2______m___j___ 258 258 - --

254 . - 252 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 60 RESERVOIRAREA - SO.KM. O t00 200 300 4O A 60 RESERVOIRCAPACITY-M.C.M.

FIGURE 5-8 Area Capacity Discharge Curve of Lam Ta- Khong (JICA, 1991) 5,3 WATER POLLUTION AND CONTROL

5.3.1 INTRODUCTION

Purposes

The three main purposes of the study on water pollution and control of the concerned water regime are: (1) to assess the existing water pollution condition and water pollution control measures being implemented, (2) to predict the future trend of water pollution condition with a particular emphasis on the effect from the Project implementation, and (3) to identify and recommend effective measures for water pollution control in the concerned water regime.

Objectives

The specific objectives of study are:

1) To' investigate the existing conditions and future trends of the Lam Ta Khong reservoir and the Lam Ta Khong river downstream regarding water quality, pollutant loading, and water pollution condition. 2) To analyze the environmental systems of the reservoir and the river downstream using the system analysis approach to describe causes and consequences of water quality alterations. 3) To assess the primary and secondary impacts of the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project on the water quality of the reservoir and the river downstream. 4) To recommend the mitigation/development plan on water pollution control as well as the monitoring program.

5.3.2 ODETHOWLOGY

The two main components of the concerned water regime are:

5-33 the Lam Ta Khong reservoir which will be used as the lower reservoir, and the Lam Ta Khong river downstream. The study methodology concerning the assessment of these two water regime components comprises:

1) The review of existing data on physical charac- teristics of the water regime components, i.e., reservoir and stream geometry, meteo-hydrology pollutant loading, and water quality. 2) Field investigation comprising preliminary Investigation, and definitive survey to verify and update data as we.1l as to obtain data describing seasonal variation with a particular emphasis on the magnitude and duration of water pollution durlng the critical periods of tha year. 3) The development of mathematical models descri- bing transport and reaction mechanisms of the major ecological components in the aquatic ecosystem. 4) The calibration of the models against the present data. 5) The use of the calibrated models to analyze the present conditions and Project Impacts on future water pollution situation, and identify appro- priate counter-measures.

5.3.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

5.3.3.1 Lower Lam Ta Khong Reservoir

The lower Lam Ta Khong reservoir can be characterized according to the study findings as follows:

- The water body is considerably shallow with the average water depths ranging from approximately 3.8 m to 8.2 m at low water level (elv 261 m msl) and at normal high water level (elv 277 m msl). - Due to its shallowness, the variations in water

5-34 surface area as well as the water volume with the changing water level are considerably high. - The reservoir water is unpolluted. Nutrients and biological activities were considerably low. - Spatial variation in the physico-chemical and biological characteristicsof the reservoir water is low. Thus, the system can be assumed as completely mixed. - The temporal variations in both physico-chemical and biological characteristics of the reservoir water have been pronouncedly observed due to the seasonal varlatlons of inflow, outflow, water level, light penetration,temperature, sunlight intensity/duration,etc.

Thus, a mathematical model of completely-mixed/non-steady- state type has been considered to be appropriate for predicting the reservoir behavior.

The Reservoir Model

The mathematical model used in this study along with the model coefficients were adopted from the existing reservoir model which had been calibrated and applied for a number of small and medium-sized reservoirs in the Northeast (Jindarojana, 1989).

The model mathematically describes the inter-relationships among the major elements in the aquatic ecosystem which are the water pollution parameters:

1)-Phytoplankton 2) Fish 3) Organic nitrogen 4) Ammonia nitrogen 5) Nitrate nitrogen. 6) Phosphate 7) Organic carbon as biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) 8) Dissolved oxygen (DO)

5-35 The relationships in the system are depicted conceptually In Figure 5-9. The system mechanisms comprises:

1) Forcing functions which are time variables, i.e.; temperature, light, Inflow/outflow,water level, volume, mass input/output, harvesting; including effects from the proposed pumping/ discharge operation of the Project. 2) Internal sources/sinks of the elements which are ir.ter-relatedamong themselves.

The detailed relatlonshlps of the model, the calibrated model parameters, and the input parameters are shown in Appendix (Volume V).

Analysis

The model was used in. the analysis of the existing conditions by using the data of the hydrologic year 1990-91 (April 1990 to March 1991). Thus, the inflow, mass input rate, and initial conditions were taken from the data of the present year. Table 5-13 shows the estimated input parameters, and Table 5-14 shows rate of mass input.

Figure 5-10 shows the hydrologic condition of the reservoir in the year 1990-91.

The calibrated model lines for the respective period are shown in Figure 5-11 (a) to (j).

From the consideration of the aquatic ecological condition of the hydrologic year 1990-91, an assessment can be made as follows:

Hydrologic Conditions. As shown in Figure 5-10 the reservoir water level was low at the end of the previous year and continued lowering for approximately6 months (from

5-36 UPPER RESERVOIR

PUMPEDSTORAGE

'U

\ st INDRGNC/

I 1- I

\ ,$t~~~~~~~~~" HOI RhIN COLD

HOT= RAINCOLD I (~~~~~~~~SOURCES/SINKS)

FIGURE 5-9

RESERVOIR CONCEPTUALECOLOGICAL SYSTEM

5-.37 Table 5-13 Reservoir Input Parameters, 1990-91

Ho T Io E u Q H Vol Secc C Ly/d m/d mn3/d m m-3 m

4 26.9 419 .34 8000 0.352E+06 5.95 0.807E+08 1.95 5 28.0 522 .35 8000 0.436E+06 5.70 0.693E08 2.69 6 27.8 503 .32 8000 0.347E+06 5.70 0.693E208 2.23 7 27.3 459 .26 8000 0.708E*06 5.35 0.557E508 1.78 8 27.1 448 .25 10000 0.814E+06 4.79 0.382E+08 1.50 9 26.7 431 .23 40000 0.450E+06 4.68 0.357E+08 1.22 10 26.3 422 .23 40000 0.550E+06 4.74 0.371E5.8 0.99 11 25.3 453 .32 20000 0.773E106 7.20 0.201E209 0.75 12 23.5 432 .35 10000 0.477E.06 7.26 0.209E509 0.87 1 21.4 418 .37 8000 0.259E+06 7.25 0.208E209 0.98 2 22.2 437 .3a 8000 0.453E+06 7.20 0.200E209 1.10 3 25.1 469 .37 00D 0.701E+06 7.10 0.186E+09 1.21 4 26.9 491 .34 8000 0.389E.06 7.05 0.178E.09 1.95

Remarks : T - temperature lo - surface light intensity f - photoperiod u - induced water current velocity a - outflow H - spatial average of water depth Vol - water volume Secc - Secchi disc depth

April to September). The water level in September was approximately 3 m above the reservoir death storage level. Heavy rain occurring in October raised the reservoir water level close to the reservoir normal high water level at the end of October. This abrupt rising of water level together with high slug of mass input in a short period pronouncedly affected the reservoir physico-chemical and biological activities.

5-38 Table 5-14 Reservoir Mass Input, 1990-91

MASS INPUT RATE :

Mo Phy Fsh Org-N NH3-N N03-N P BODu g/d Kg/d Kg/d Kg/d Kg/d Kg/d Kg/d

4 97 100 562 40 80 30 2408 5 77 74 415 30 59 22 1781 6 202 209 1171 84 167 63 5020 7 176 170 955 68 136 51 4092 8 183 L83 1022 73 146 - 55 4382 9 209 216 1211 86 173 65 5188 10 318 308 1724 123 246 92 7390 11 2797 2890 16183 1156 2312 867 69356 12 464 449 2512 179 359 135 10765 1 176 182 1020 73 146 55 4372 2 145 161 901 64 129 48 3861 3 145 131 733 52 105 39 3143 4 146 151 846 60 121 45 3624

Phytoplankton. As shown in Figure 5-11 (a), during the hot season when the water was relatively clear and shallow allowing deep penetration of sunlight into the water body the phytoplankton photosynthesis activity was high. This resulted in a high concentration of chlorophyll a. At the end of the hot season the availability of sunlight energy was less. Thus, the photosyntesis activity decreased, resulting in decreasing phytoplankton population (low chlorophyll a). The population density was still lower during the high inflow period because. of the increase of. water turbidity and depth. When the hot season came, the condition returned to the original cycle.

Fish Biomass. Fish is the secondary product in the aquatic ecosystem which utilizes phytoplankton as basic food stuff in the food chain. Thus, its population is dynamically related to the availability of food, i.e., phytoplankton as shown in Figure 5-11 (b).

5-39 LAM TA KHONG RESERVOIR WATcE LCVCL vcA* 1930-El 260:

276 - 277 276: 275 27- a 270_/3 272 a 271@_ 270 26@ 266 367 26 265 26 263 a92 261

A JUN JWUL ^U SEP OCT NMl ocC JAN rEE LIA WE

MOrMYI

LAM TA KHONG RESERVOIR WAE OLM CAR vo,9c0-91 zoo _

,oo 350

300

50

.PA JUwA JUL AUG SP ocr NOv DEC J^N riE MAR APE MO0T"

LAM TA KHONG RESERVOIR WATEX EOPYl YEAR 1990-91

.6S -

la

A;R MA UN JL AUG SE OCT NOV Di= JAN- PEE MA ApR MONT"

FI:GURE 5-10 Lower Lam Ta Thong Reservoir Hydrologice Conditions, 1990-9 1

5-40 PHYTOPLANKTON LAMTA KNONGRESERVOIR 1990-91

1.9 tJa - 1.7 - 1.6 -

1.4- N.3 1.2 a 1.1 9% 141_ 0.9 w0

0.6

IL .a - o 0.4 - 0.4 0`2 0.19

APR UAY JUN JUL SAUGEP OCT NOV EDC :AN FE2 MAR

IMODELUNE RELODATA

FISH BIOMASS LAM TA KHONCRESERvOIR 1990-91

0.40

00 -03

0.20 -

0.10-

0.. 0 APR 1MAY 1JUN I JUL 2AUiG 1SEP 2OCT 2Nov1 DEC 1JAN 2rEB 2MtAR

MODELUNE PIGURE 5-11 (a), (b) Lam Ta Thong Reservoir Aquatic Biological Model Calibration 1990-91 (a) Phytoplankton (b) Fish biomass

5-41 FISH STANDING CROP LAW ?A KNONO SCERVOIP tog0-91

35

2*

'S 20

I^Po I M tAY I LIJ I JWC I 5vC sp OC-7 No1e IEO-JAN I FEBC I M^m I

WONT. "oDCO w"C e r@CL VA M

TOTAL FISH STANDING CROP _~ T. .. O"Cwsœ o^*Xoo

110 - 10 0

900

60 I API MV I IUI I .IU -WCu I Sep I OCT 'aNO I DEC I J." -ZFE I A

- MODEL LINE 9C PlED AI

S TOTMUALFS-rESTANING CROPD UAM T. .NOMC WeSCKVO,mR lose-II

920

.0 ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1R

¶00

00

*0 -

10

10 -

- ODEL UNC

20 5

I AP I MY I J.UN I JUL. I AUI SeC I OCT I NOV I DeC I J-" I rcn I MA I

FIGURE 5-11 (c), (dt),(a)

Lam Ta Khong Ro-servoir Aquatic Biological Model Calibration 1990-91 (c) Fish Standing Crop (per area) td) Fish Standing Crop (total) (e) Fish Yield

5-42 ORGANIC AND AMMONIA NITROGEN

XIo - .

0.0

5_.

I Aw I MY IJUN I JUt. I uV epI cer 1 OOTIov o I JAN I FeI "AnIRI 38 e lm DACLoOCTbOC-N A 0"EX0 0o%r^, a " I ::a NITRATE: NITROGEN L^ 4TA KNO14C RESCOWOt 19D-91

0.3

E~~~~~IRT NITOGE

0.0 I -AI I MAY I JUN I JUL I AUG I SEP I OtT I NMOV I DEC I .8N I M I MR

0.0

- BeDCL L@NC - ° PICLD VAT&

FIGW2 5-11 (f), (g), (h)

Lam Ta Khong Reservoir Aquatic Biological Model Calibration 1990-91 (f) Org-N and NH3-N (g) N03 - (h) P04 -P

5-43 BOD LAM TA KHONG RESERVOIR 1990-91

4.0

3.0

go 2.0

1.0

0.0 APR MAY JUN JUL ' AUG 1 SEP 1 OCT NOV: DEC I JAN FED I MAR I MONTH - MODEL UNE 0 FIELD OATA

- DO iO-LAM TA KNONG RESERVOIR 1990-g1

9

7

0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 4

0- 2 -

-APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP: OCT J NOV: DEC: JAN FEB LAR

MONTH MODEL- UNE ° FIELDDATA

FIGURE 5-11 (i), (j)

Lam Ta Rhong Reservoir Aquatic Biological Model Calibration 1990-91 (i) BOD (j) DO

5-44 Fish Production. Based on the reservoir geometry and the estimated fish harvesting activities,the model accordingly calculated fish production in terms of fish standing crop per area (kg/ha), total fish standing crop (ton), and yearly fish yleld (ton) as shown in Flgure 5-11 (c), (d), and (e) respectively. The data for fish standing crop are the data obtained from the fishery study (Section 4.2).

Nutrients. The constituents in the reservoir which are considered to be plant nutrients or primary resources in the aquatlc food chain are nitrogen and phosphorus. In the model, nitrogen was expressed in three forms: organic nitrogen (Org-N), ammonia nitrogen (NH3 -N), and nitrate nitrogen (NO3 -N). Phosphorus was expressed as phosphate (P04-P). As shown In Figure 5-11 (f), (g) and (h), the available nutrients varied with the season due to the variations of the environment, i.e.; hydrology, utilization rate of phytoplankton, and decay of aquatic life.

Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD). As shown in Figure 5-11 (i), BOD in the reservoir water was generally low. BOD was partly the result of decompositionof death aquatic plants and animals, and partly the input from the inflowing water.

Dissolved Oxygen (DO). As shown in Figure 5-11 (j), the available DO in the reservoir water was generally adequate for supporting aquatic life as well as supporting aerobic bacterial activtiles. Small depletion of DO occurred for a short duration because of the increase of BOD after heavy rain. However, due to surface reaeration induced by wind/ current and photosyntheticoxygenation activities, combining with good vertical mixing of the water body, DO level was well maintained above 4 mg/l throughout the year.

It should be emphasized here that, the model analysis was based on a set of assumption and estimation which reduce the complicacy of the natural system down to a level which the system can be representedby mathematical expressions. Thus, the results are subject to various uncertainty. However,

5-45 the model can serve as a tool for baseline study and for comparative analysis of potential impacts from the Project which will be presented later.

5.3.3.2 La. Ta Thong River Downstream

As shown in Figure 5-12, the Lam Ta Rhong River downstream reach from the Lam Ta Khong dam to the last hydraulic control structure (Kan Phom barrage) extends a length of approximately 110 km. The river serves as a water trans- mission canal for agricultural irrigation and community/ industrial water supply. At the saute time, it receives waste load in the form of point and non-point wastewater, and garbage.

From field investigationof water quality profiles during low-flow period (April 1991), it was found that the river water was generally in good condition in the first 90 km reach before reaching Nakhon Ratchasima municipality. Upon reaching the municipality,the river received high organic waste load in the form of domestic wastewater and garbage.

The municipality has already constructed and operated the wastewater treatment plant to treat the municipal wastewater at the capacity of 32,000 cu m/d in 1991. It Is estimated that, in 1991, out of the total wastewater produced in the municipal area of 23,331 cu m/d only 16,332 cu m/d (approx 70%) was collected for treatment. The remaining 6,990 cu m/d (approx 30%) was drained into the Lam Ta Khong river. This amount of wastewater plus the direct dumping of garbage into the river in the highly populated area Increased organic load to the river ln the form of non-point sources.

As a result, the river reach from the Nakhon Ratchasima municipal area all the way downstream turned to be highly polluted, especially during the 6 months of low flow (January - June)

5-47 RIVER KM. 0.00

12 ) 1

2

AMPHOE SIKWIU

11*45' 3D101-45o

LUMAKLAMAt DIVERSION DAM

AMPHOE SOtNGNEN TKUIN DIVERSION DAM

0

V 4

S0

4 MAMPHOE KHAM SHALE SO

LAM BORIBUN

102100' 102'00 MAKHAM THAO 5

KHON CHUM 8ARRA

6 \9

CHANG%iAr NAKMONRATO4A1MA WIATER INTAKE DIKE

KHOI NGAM BA 7 TREATED MUNCIPAL NASEMTERA 7

LAM TA KHONGRIVER

MAE2'5 AM MUr K OMN BARRAGE FIGU 5-12

5-48 The River Model

An existing mathematicalmodel which has been effectively used nationwide was applied to the Lam Ta Khong river (Jindarojana, 1988). The model is a steady-stateone- dimension type.

Model Parameters. The water quality parameters selected for modeling were those related to the water pollution problem existed, i.e., DO depletion due to NBOD and CBOD loads, algal bloom due to high concentration of nutrients, and chloride concentrationresulting from municipal discharges. Thus, the parameters selected are: (1) carbonaceous biochemical uxygen demand (CBOD), (2) ammonia nitrogen

(NH3 -N), (3) dissolved oxygen (DO), (4) nitrate (NoC), and (5) Chloride (Cl-).

Processes. The processes concerning water quality in the river are: (1) advective transport due to river flow, (2) dispersive transport due to molecular-mechanicaldispersion, and (3) transformationor sources/sinksof constituents due to physical and biochemicalprocesses.

In brief, DO is used by aerobic bacteria to assimilate organic substances in the form of either' carbohydrate or protein, which are representedby CBOD, while nitrite and nitrate forming bacteria use DO to oxidize NH3 -N to final product NO3. All these processes may be referred to as a couple system of DO utilization. Additionally, DO is utilized through respirationand benthal demand processes. In contrast, DO replenishment can result from surface reaeration and photosynthesisprocesses. Chloride is con- servative, and so In modelling it was treated as a conser- vative substance related to transport process only.

Assumptions and MathematicalRelationships. The established assumptions of the model are: (1) the river is treated as a one-dimensionaladvective-dispersive transport system; (2) all transformation rates are first-orderand temperature dependent; and (3) the system is steady-state.

5-49 Analysis

The model was used In the analysis of the present conditions using stream geometry, recorded water levels/discharges and estimated pollutant loads to calibrate the model against the river water quality data obtained from field survey during the critical period of 1991 (April 1991). The detailed data are provided in the Appendix.

The summuary of river characteristics arnd calibrated para- meters are shown In Table 5-15, and the estimated pollutant loads are summarized in Table 5-16.

Table 5-15 Lam Ta Khong River Calibrated Model Parameter

Parameter Value

Total length, km. - 110 Width, m 2 to 54 Depth, m 0.5 to 2.0 Temperature, C 24.5 to 26.0 CBOD decay rate, day-' (at 20c0c) 0.4 NBOD decay rate, day-' (at 20cc) 0.4 Reaeration rate, d-' 0.4 to 10.0 (internal calculated) Photosynthesis, gmlm2 /d 0.0 to 1.0 Benthal oxygen demand, gmfm2 /d 0.0 to 4.0

Figure 5-13 (a) to (e) are the model calculation results comparing to the field data for the critical period (April 1991). The assessment can be done as follows:

Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) As shown in Figure 5-13(a), in the first 90 km reach of the river the water BOD5-d.y was lower than 2 mgf/1. Upon receiving BOD loading from Nakhon Ratchasima mumicipal area (point/non-point sources) the rive-r water BOD increased to 12-13 mg/I1.

5-50 !-AM TA KHONG RIVER: MODEL CALIBRATION S-DOY *DA

I..I

- a2 e

0.5~~~~~~~~~~~~~

g o CO 0 0 0 2

10

RIVER VM. 7 - IOOCL U.C OtLO OATA PR 1e>s

a LAM TA KHONG RIVER: MODEL CALIBRA71ON

2

MOOEL ULC 0 FELD DATA l*ociU

a.-0 .0 6 o lo -2 LAM TA KHONG RIVER: MODEL CALIBRATIOn

° 20 *0 *e no 100 1 20

- ODEL uME o v ^=^ase

Lam Ta Khong River: Model Calibration 2.5

I: ...... , .. 10

- ~7 ~ ~ ~ ~~55 LAM TA KHONG RIVER: MODEL CALIBRAT10N NIm7flTc NoYmoceN 0.e _

0.7

a.G

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.1

0.0- 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 - MoDL uTE v nPlEoOA7 PU 1691

LAM TA KHONG RIVER: MODEL CALIBRATION '120

¶10 -

I00 - go -I so

Ca 70

60.W

O -

* ..,- . . . - -. . _- 0 20 40 so0 0o t00 120

- MODEL LIME 0 wILD OATA APR 1991

FIGURE 5-13 (d), (e)

Lam Ta Khong River Model Calibration April 1991.

(d) N03-N (e) Cl-

5-52 Table 5-16 Estimated Pollutant Load to Lam Ta Khong River (April 1991)

Flow CBOD NH3-N Cl- Item cms kg/d kg/d kg/d

Lam Ta Khong 6.000 876.88 103.77 6226.42 dam (km 0.00)

Nakhon Ratchasima 0.189 153.08 16.34 1634.44 municipal treated wastewater (km 97.10)

Non-point 0.025 2.50 to 0.03 to 28 to (per km.) 750 130 2900

Ammonia Nitrogen (2H3 -N) As shown in Figure 5-13 (b), the same pattern of loading occurred for NH3 -N. The concen- tration of NH3-N in the first 90 km reach was very small, not exceeding 0.2 mg/l; while the concentration In the river reach downstream from the municipal area increased to approximately 3.0 mg/l as a result-of high loading from the municipal area.

Dissolved Oxygen (DO) The variation of DO concentration along the river length as shown in Figure 5-13 (c) was due to the sources and sinks of oxygen, i.e.; surface re- aeration, photosynthesis, carbonaceous and nitrogeneons deoxygenation, respiration, and benthal oxygen demand. These sources/sinks of DO varled according to the geometry and hydrological characteristics of the stream as well as the amount of organic pollutant load to the river. In the first 90 klm reach, DO concentration was generally maintained in the level close to the saturation concentration (DO saturation at 25°C = 8.38 mg/i). The DO depletion occurre pronouncedly in the downstream reach due to high DO utili- zationr of the municipal organic substances loading, i.e.; carbonaceous/nitrogeneous demand and benthal demand. The DO

5-53 in this reach was depleted to less than 2 mg/l, or even close to zero. This condition prevailed bacterial anarobic actlvlties which caused nuisance condition.

Nitrate (NO3 -N) The calculated nitrate concentration as shown in model line Figure 5-13 (d) was based on the oxidation reaction of organic and ammonia nitrogen to the end product. Thus in the downstream reach where high algal blooming has been observed, the uptake rate of nitrate must have been so high that the remaining N03 -N in solution form as shown by data points became lower than the calculated values.

Chloride (C1-) As shown in Figure 5-13 (e) the concen- tration of chloride in the river water at low dilution rate was greatly increased due to the municipal wastewater discharge. However, the chloride at this concentration is not harmful to aquatic life.

5.3.4 IMPACT ASSESSHENT

The Project impact on the water regime in terms of water pollution and control can be identifiedhereunder:

5.3.4.1 ConstructionPeriod Impact

Lower Lam Ta Khong Reservoir

The anticipated impacts consist of those resulting from soil erosion at the constructionsites/disposal areas during rain seasons and the underwaterwork in the vicinity of the intake/outlet tunnel. These can increase water turbidity and sedimentation. However, the Impacts are considered to be local and of a short duration, and can be minimized by appropriate construction practices (the recommended counter- measures are presented in Volume III).

5-54 Lam Ta Khong River Downstream

No Impact on the river downstream is anticipated for the Project construction impacts are confined in the construc- tion area only.

5.3.4.2 Long-Term Impact

Lower Lam Ta Khong Reservoir

During the operation of the pumped storage power plant the Project impact concerning water pollution and control in the existing Lam Ta Khong reservoir will be due to the daily pumping-storage-discharging process. In the process an average water volume of 9.9 MCN will be pumped/stored/ discharged daily. The process will partially make phy- toplankton and fish in the water which passes through the process die.

As a result, the population of aquatic life will be decreased and the whole aquatic ecosystem will be disturbed. New equilibrium stage will occur. These causes and con- sequences can be elaborated by the following mathematical model analysis:

Hydrological Condition. It has been found that the magnitude of Project impact directly depends on the reservoir hydrological condition. In this analysis two prevailing conditions taken from the past records were used, i.e., normal year, and dry year. Figure 5-14 shows the monthly variation of reservoir water level with the respective water volume and depth of the two conditions.

Perishing fraction. It is expected that approximately 50O of the phytoplankton population in the water passing through the process will die and cannot be protected. However, fish can be protected from entering the intake tunnel, depending on the effectiveness of the protection

5-56 LAM TA KHONG RESERVOIR vATER LcVcLl NORMAL/DRY YCAAS

277 276 275 274 -. 73 - 272 27-

270

262 2.2 2651

PR MAY JJU4 JUL AUG 5CR OCT NOV o'ce JAJ rED MAN AP' MO"NT

LAM TA KHONG RESERVOIR W^TCR VOLULE NORMAL/DRY YEARS

3_0

300 NRA rf

200-

200

so

APR- MAY JUN JULL AUG 2EP O'CT NOV DEC JAa. Irm Uw "wN

LAM TA KHONG RESERVOIR

I0 *e i

7

MOtOCNTh R 2 . ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ W.

-- aPR M V JUN JUL AUG SEP O0C NOV DEC JAN rev MAR AMR

FIGMRE 5-14

Lam Ta Khong Reservoir Typical Hydrological Variations:Normal/Dry Years.

5-57 measures. The range of fish perishing fraction is expected to vary from 50% in the worse case and down to 0t in the most effective case. Thus, two scenarios were used:

I) Normal years, and II) Dry years

For each secnarlo, four cases were run for comparlsion:

Case a: Without the Project. The respective hydrological conditions (normal years or dry years) were used and no pumping - storing - dis- charging operation takes place. Thus, neither phytoplankton nor fish will be destroyed.

Case b (1) to (3): With the Project. For the respective hydrological condition,with the pumped storage Project in operation,The water in the Lam Ta Khong reservoir will be pumped - stored - dis- charged at the maximum rate of 9.9 MCM/d. By the process 50% of the average phytoplankton concen- tration in the pumped water is expected to be des- troyed, Percentage of fish destruction depends on the effectivenessof preventivemeasures in parti- tioning out of fish from the pumped water. The expected portion of fish biomass In the water to be pumped with the water range from 50% to 0% for low to high effective partitioning. Thus case b(l) to (3) representingthe 50%, 25%, and 0% fish being pumped with the intake water. Were run for comparision.

The four cases are summarizedas follows:

5-58 Cases Phytoplankton Fish Destruction (%) Destruction (%)

a :W/O Project 0 0 b(l):W/ Project 50 50 b(2):W/ Project 50 25 b(3):W/ Project 50 0

Mathematical model analysis results are provide in the Ap- pendix, the conclusion is as follows:

Scenario I: Normal Year The model analysis results for normal year condition indicate the Project impacts namlly:

Phytoplankton. A slight decrease in phytoplankton chlorophyll a concentration from the condition without Project to the condition with Project (3). This considerably small decrease is due to two main reasons: (1) the phytoplankton replacement rate (growth) is considerably high and (2) the ratio of pumping rate to the total reservoir volume is considerably small.

Fish. The fish biomase concentrationwill pro- nouncedly decrease from the condition without Project to the condition with Project mainly due to fish destructionand because the replacement pro- cess of fish is rather slow. For the case with Project b(3) where fish kill can be absolutely protected the fish biomass concentration slightly decreases due to the decrease of available phyto- plankton.

Other Parameters. From model analysis, it can be concluded that no detectable impacts from the

Project operation on Org-N, NH3-N, P04 , BOD, and DO are expected.

5-59 Scenario II: Dry Year The model analysis results for dry years can be described as follows:

Phytoplankton. The concentrationof chlorophyll a in the condition without Project In dry years is higher than the normal year because of higher concentration of nutrients and light penetration (shallower water). The decrease in concentration due to the Project operation can be much observed for the ratio of pumplng rate to the total reservoir volume is higher.

Fish. The same phenomena as for phytoplankton also occurs for fish, i.e.; higher biomass concen- tration. The impact is higher due to higher ratio of pumping rate to the total reservoir water volume.

Other Parameters The concentrationof Org-N, NH 3 -

N, NO3, P04 , BOD, and DO demonstrates a variation pattern slightly different from the normal year cases. However, no Project impact can be observed.

From the analysis, conclusion can be drawn as follows:

.1)The Project Impact on phytoplankton is consi- derably small in normal-year conditions and slightly high In dry-year conditions. 2) Fish population and yields could be lowered which is mainly due to the Project operation. Effective measures to protect the fish from entering the intake tunnel is seriously needed to effectively maintain fish population. 3) For a fixed pumping rate, the magnitude of impact is inversely related to the total reservoir water volume. This Indicates that appropriate period for propagating fish is the period of high water level.

5-60 4) Neither positive nor negative impact from the Project operationon other physico-chemicalpro- perties of the reservoirwater Is anticipated.

Lam Ta Khong River Downstream

The major concern from the Project operation on the river downstream is the restriction of water availability which can possibly occur when the water in the reservoir is close to the death storage level (elv 261 m msl).

However, this water availability restriction would not affect the existing water pollution control operation. This is because even if the Project has not been operated the available water is not enough for maintaining the base flow to control water pollution problem during a critical period. Actually, the main cause of water pollution is the pollutant loading from the Nakhon Ratchasima municipal area. Thus, the effective solution to water pollution problem should be fucused on reducing the municipal loading.

The following assessment utilizing mathematical model analysis will elaborate the above statements.

Alternative 1: Increase Base Flow

This alternativeanalysis was done by using the present condition (April 1991) as the reference, and by increasing the rate of discharge from the Lam Ta Thong reservoir which will consequentlyincrease the river flow in the critical reach downstream of the municipal area. The reservoir release were varied as follows:

Case Reservoir Release, CMS

Present Condition 6 Alternative-1A 12 Alternative-1B 18

5-61 The predicted system responses on improvement of river water quality according to the increasing discharge are shown in the Appendices. It can be concluded that lf the water from the reservoir is available to maintain the base flow by releasing the water from the reservoir at the rate not less than 12 CMS (approx 1.04 MCM/day) the existing water pollution problems will be alliviated. In the future, this required base flow tends to increase due to the community growth. Nevertheless, for the water available at present, the flow condition at this level is considerably too high to be maintained throughout dry seasons.

Alternative 2: Reduce Pollutant Loading

This is a realistic approach to alliviate the water pollution problems. That is, to reduce the pollutant loading which comprises: the non-point wastewater discharge and garbage dumping into the river by:

1) Increasing the percentage of wastewater conllec- ted to the treatment plant which consequently reduces non-point discharge. 2) Reducing garbage dumping into the river.

The estimated future pollutant loading from Nakhorn Ratchasima municipal area under this alternative management is as follows:

Item Present Alternative-2A Alternative-2B (1991) (1996) (2001)

Wastewater (cu m/d) 23,331 27,396 32,095 Treated (cu m/d) 16,332 21,917 28,885 Untreated (cu m/d) 6,999 5,479 3,210 % Treated 70 80 90

Distributed Load 0 50 75 Reduction (%)

5-62 The system responses to the management alternatives are shown ln the Appendix. It can be concluded that the river condition will pronouncedly improve after the Nakhon Ratchasima municlpality has expanded its sewerage service ares to colled up to 80% of the wastewater to the treatment plant plus the reduction of garbage disposal into the river. According to the municipality plan, this is expected to be done in 1996. Thus, at least a five-year perto4.:s required for improving the water pollution under the normal flow condition.

5-63 5.4 FLOOD CONTROL

5.4.1 INTRODUCTION

One advantage of a reservoir is flood control if the size of reservoir is adequate to retain a lot of water and then release a suitable amount downstream.

The pumped storage project will cause the water to move up and down between the upper and lower reservoir. This may disturb the reservoir operation during the peak flow:

Objective

To investigate the impact of the proposed project development on Lam Ta Khong reservoir operation for flood control.

Scope of Work

The existing reservoir facilities and regulations for flood control have been investigated. The evaluation of flood control effectivenesswas expected to be performed provided that the proposed project operation was incorporated in to the Lam Ta Khong Reservoir operation.

5.4.2 METHODOLOGY'

1) The data on physical characteristics of the Lam Ta Khong reservoir, e.g., elevation-volume relationship were reviewed. 2) The rainfall was analyzed statistically to forecast the rainfall magnitude at variotis return periods by using Gumbel or Log Peasson Type III. 3) The flood control operation was evaluated com- paring the existing condition and the condltion with the proposed project development to

5-64 identify the impact of the project and to recom- mend appropriatemitigation.

5.4. 3 EXISTING EIVIRONHENTAL CONDITIONS

The Lam Ta Khong river regime and the flood control struc- tures are shown in Figure 5-15 (a)-(b). From the study of rainfall-runoff data, the statistical analysis by Gumbel method was used. The four return periods were based on to forecast the amount of rain which turned out to be 151, 163, 171 and 176 mm.for 100, 200, 300 and 400 years, respectively (Appendix). The obtained amount of rain was.used to generate a hydrograph and reservoir routing by varying the spillway discharge, as shown in Figure 5-16.

The simulated inflow Hydrograph was based on the SCS concept U.S. Soil Conservationservice, (1972). The shape and peak of hydrograph were calculated from the watershed character- istics and dimensionlessform of unit hydrograph in terms of t/tp (tp= time to peak) and Q/Qp(Qp= peak flow) ratio.

In this study the flood from four return periods which are 100, 200, 300 and 400 years were . studied. The initial water levels in the reservoir were assumed to be 272.0, 274.6 and 277 m where the last value is the normal high water level (NHWL). It was found that the flood from 100, 200, 300 and 400 years were under control at the Ini- tial water levels, The water level during the incoming flood was allowed to rise over NHWL but not more than the maximum water level. The volume between the NHWL and the maximum water level was the temporarystorage. By this way, the maximum discharge and water level were found to be 51 cu m/sec and 280.11 m respectively.This amount of discharge might be a problem to the upper part of the downstream area.

However, the Nakhon Ratchasima area is too far and the discharge of 50 cu m/sec can be distributedto the lateral canals along the Lam Ta Khong river. Detailed analysis is shown in the Appendix. Channel routing can not be done

5-65 UPPER LAM TAKONGPROJECT LOWERLAM TAKONGPROJECT /

3TI. m tI . 1 * 16. d 1.1qv 6.1

16 I ad. IMe.~~~~~~6.6..

_iqq.q TO E.SIl 0 ..I

1 El * & 1?.5.I 6;M 6 .s *tN oIT t-R. pO91 we~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~A sal -s-)tt ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~kgI" T nae wak2s

^: *|* ^. . , , ,, ,, :Y,£...... logn" t. 64 M~u6at,. 6.n6tt TIb l4

ew ~~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~Sttln fFodCnrlo it aKogadLmBtrbo

TA13L go~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~S6

Coto ol La Ta and LamnSauriboont o ~ ~~ ~ ~~ 1hn~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~Sain7+00*-l of Flo

rtauRz 5--67 SIMULATED INFLOW HYDROGRAPH ft-TU*JJ PM=ZO '0 YEARS

I.7 1.B

'.5

1.4 1.5

0.*

0.5

0.2 0.1

O 20 40 00 an too '= 136

f ("4A.)

?IGUl 5-16 Simulated Inf 1Qw Hydrograph.

5-68 correctly due to the great number of weirs (53 weirs) and also the splitting of Lam Ta Khong to Lam Bauriboon at stations 69+300. These two natural canals join at 109+800 km at Ban Kan Phom. The Lam Ta Khong river joins the Moon river at the next 3 km

The eighteen cross-sections of Lam Ta Khong and Lam Bauriboon and the discharge-elevation relationships along the Lam Ta Khong and Lam Bauriboon are shown in the Appendix. The relationshipmay be effected by weirs dov-;tream.

However, these weirs will help to retard the flow and distribute the water in the surrounding areas. Thus, the flow to Nakhon RatchasimaV will be reduced.

5.4.4 IMPACT ASSESSMEXT

5.4.4.1 ConstructionPeriod Impact

There will be no Impact on flood control because the construction site does not disturb the reservoir operation. The construction site, especially the intake/outlet structure, occupies a small amount of area compared to the water body.

5.4.4.2 Long-Term Impact

There may be a little problem when the water level is very high for the water will move up, for example, during the flood. The water level may be between the NHWL and the maxi- mum water level. The discharge from the reservoir will cause the water level in the lower reservoir to move up. However, at that- situation the area of the water surface is a great number and the total discharge from the upper reservoir is 9.9 MCM. which will cause a small change of water level. This will not be a problem to the flood control program.

5-69 5.5 WATER BALANCE

5.5.1 INTRODUCTION

Water balance is necessary for a water management program. It can be simulated to see what the water level In the reservoir will be under the different inflow conditions and the growth of the consumptiveuse. In addition, the water balance program will ease the operation of reservoir and prevent flood.

Objective

To perform a water balance analysis of the Lam Ta Khong reservoir for water management evaluation and planning.

Scope of work

1) From the relevant information obtained during the course of study, the water balance of Lam Ta Khong reservoir was computed with the use of computer modelling. The informationconsisted of reservoir physical characteristics,meteoro- logical data, water demands for irrigation,and industrial and urban areas. 2) Different cases of water demand were simulated according to the developmentplan in order to determine the impact of the project. 3) The proper water management was recommended.

5.5.2 METHODOLOGY

1) A computer model for Lam Ta Khong reservoir water balance computationwas developed. 2) The relevant informationwas compiled for model calculation:reservoir physical characteristics, hydrology, water demands, and proposed project operation scheme.

5-70 3) The reservoir operation and water management schemes were analyzed in order to predict the Project Impact on the existing water management. 4) Proper water management alternativeswere recom- mended.

5 .5.3 EXISTING ENVIRO MNTALCONDITIONS

From the study of water releasing, water level, and inflow records, the greatest inflow takes place in September and October every year. The drought period lasts two to three years Figures 5-17 and 5-18. Before the pumped water supply was In operation in 1991, the Irrigationdepartment by the Lam Ta Khong irrigation project had to release about ten times as much water as usual to meet the requirement of the Nakorn Ratchasima municipal, sanitary districts and govern- ment sectors. This percentage of loss is very high and may be very critical if the dirought period lasts longer than 3 years. Another loss may be due to the irrigation programs since the main canal of the irrigation,the Lam Ta Khong river is the natural stream which has not been and will not be lined. Also, there are a lot of temporary weirs (53) along the Lam Ta Khong for private projects.

The existing environmentalcondition may be better than In the past if the loss due to the need of Nakorn Ratchasima municipal, sanitary districts and government sectors de- creased by the direct pumping from the reservoir.

5.5.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT

5.5.4.1 Construction Period Impact

During the project constructionperiod, there will be no effect on the reservoir operation because the construction will not disturb the water management program. The intake and outlet construction in the lower reservoir can be completed by making a coffer dam which will occupy some part of the reservoir area.

5-71 Actual Water Level Your 1966 - 19g9 27e - 277- 276- 275 274- 273- 272- 271- 270- 269 - A266 266 265-o 264- 263- 262- 261- 260- 259 258 257 255 . . . I968 1970 1972 1974 1976 1978 19o t1987 1964 186 1981 1990 Yhur

FIGURE 5-17 Graph of Actual Water Level in Lam Ta Thong (1968-1989)

1005

70-

E

C

30

19691971 1973 1975 1977 1979 1961 1983 19853 1987 19E9

FIGURE 5-18 Grap-h of Water Releasing from Lam Ta Khong Reservoir (1969-1989)

5-72 5.5.4.2 Long-Term Impact

Flgures 5-19 and 5-20 were slmulated by assuming the 26 years Inflow from 1963 to 1988 as the lnflow in the next 26 years. The simulation was made in the case of two water levels, the increasing rates of water demand which are i.e. 3.65%, 6.62%, 9.83%, and wlth irrigatlon control. From the simulatlon, it can be seen that the irrigated area must be decreased for low inflow. It was assumed that the irrigated area depended on the weekly lnflow in the growlng season and on the existing water storage ln the reservolr. The per- centage of the irrigated area was computed from this amount of water with no increase of the area inspite of the high flow in October. The percentage of the irrLgated area varies from 0.13 to 1.0. The detail can be seen as shown ln Figures 5-21 and 5-22.

In the case of very low inflow, ln the year 20, 24 and 25, the irrigation must be stopped at the water demand grot-th rate of 9.83%. Thls means that the Lam Ta Khong reservolr will not have enough water for downstream requirement If the water management is not planned very well. However, the situation is still a little above the critlcal point if the growth rate is not greater than 6.62%. The situation was assumed at 25% and 50% of the storage at the initial condi- tion. From the study, the initlal volume did not make any differences. In term of evaporation loss, the comparision was made between the without and with Project operation. According to the reservoir geometry, it was found that at 100% storage level(227 m msl) the evaporation loss increased 4.15% of the annual inflow and at 25% storage level (268.5 in msl) the evaporation loss decreased 4.83% of the annual inflow. The comparision is shown in Figure 5.23.

The suggested rule curve was computed from the actual opera- tion as shown in Figure 5-24. All the levels of the same month were averaged and adjusted to the normal high water level.

5-73 WATER BALANCE-WATER SURFACE SIMULATION INIIIALVOLUME IS 25X 280 279 278- 277- 276- 275 - 274- 273- * 272- 271 o 270 268 258 286 285 264 253 282 261 260 2594~~~~tSwe 258o9%lu 0 4 a I2 15 20 24

0 P - .65Z | P - 6.62% ° P - 9.83 FIGUlE 5-19 Graph of Water Balance - Water Surface Simulation (Assumed 25% of Volume)

WATER BALANCE-WATER SURFACE SIMULATION IITRIALVOLUME IS 50X 280 - 279- 278- 277- 276- 275 274 TLAR 273- 272- 271 - o 270-

256- 255 264- 263- 252- 261 260- 259- 0 4 612 is 20 24L

YEAR C P - 3.655 *. P - .622 0 P - 9.a3z

FIGURE 5-20 Graph of Water Balance - Water Surface Simulation (Assumed 50% of Volume)

544

A IRRIGATIONFACTOR INITIAL STORAGE.iT 25M

1.2

1.X

0.3 0. 0.7

0.6 J 2 .

0.5

0.3

0.2 -

0.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 YEAR o J.652 * 6.620 9.832 FIGURE 5-21 IrrigationFactbr for 26-Year Period (Assumed 25* of Volume)

IRRIGATION FACTOR IMnIAL SroRAGE AT 502

0.

.0.8

0.6

c, 0.5-

04-

0.3

0.2-

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

-YEAR 0 3.652 + 6.522 9.53%

FIGUEm 5-22 Irrigation Factor for 26-Year Period (Assumed 50%Sof Volume)

5-75 EVAPORATIONLOSS No & Yes Upper Reoevolr ao -

70-

60

u 50

-J 040

30

20

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

YLR :1MN0(100:;) | YES(100%) o NO(25-) YCS(25M)M

FIGURE 5-23 Evaporation Loss for 26-Year Period (With and Without Upper Reservoir)

RULE CURVE

291 - 280 - 279 - 278 - 277- 276 - 275 274- 273- 272 - 271 - 270 - 269 - 268} - 257- 266 - 265 - 26S -

2532 - 252 261 -, a - - | X a *- 260- Apr May June July Ag Sep OCt Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar

MONTH 0 MAX + MIN 0 DEAD

PIGURE 5-24 Rule Curve Graph

5-76 However, in Lam Ta Khong reservoir, high inflow seems to occur once every 4-5 years. So, this rule curve can not be applicable every year. The real time rule curve will be more suitable for the Lam Ta Khong reservoir.

The fluctuation of water during the releasing and pumping will affect the water released from the lower reservoir. This is shown in Figure 5-25. The depth of water changed. from 0.198 to 1.709 m where the water levels were at 279 m and 261 m, respectively.It can be seen that, gate operation must be set properly to prevent more or less water release.

5-77 Water Level Fluctuction

1.7 1.6 1.5

1.4

E. 1.e31.3

1,§0.6 .7 \ W

0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2

261 263 265 267 269 271 273 275 277 279

Elevtion,m

FIGURE 5-25 Water Level vs. Elevation Change due to the Project Operation

5-78 5.6 LANDUSE AND DEDICATED AREA

5 .6.1 ITRODUCTION

The impact of the Project on landuse pattern is the concern of multidisplinary sectors. The environmental assessment of the changed landuse patterns in the future was attempted to identify short-term and long-term impacts. The term landuse in this paper includes human activities acting upon the landscape and land ecosystem in the area.

The available satellite imagery has been very useful in current landuse inventory. The analysis of landuse pattern and impact assessment were therefore based on satellite imagery, field investigationand ancillary data. Due to the dynamic characteristicsof landuse, a wide range of landuse patterns are given in this report.

Objectives

The objectives of this study can be summarized as follows:

1) To make an inventory of landuse patterns present In the Lam Ta Rhong Area. 2) To evaluate the impact of Lam Ta Khong pumped storage project on the landuse patterns.

Scope

The study area covers an area of about 35,919.818. ha (224,498.86 rai) surrounding the Lam Ta Khong Reservoir. The general landscape of the area is characterizedby hills with a wide range of soil types. Degraded form of forest is commonly found.

5.6.2 IHTEODOLOGY

The information of landuse patterns was compiled from the following sources.

5-79 1) Topographic maps of the Royal Thai Survey Departmentat a scale of 1:50,000. 2) Landsat Thematic Mapper imagery, false colour composite of band 2,3 and 4 acquired on November 1990 and January 1990. 3) SPOT HRV I. PanchromaticTransparencies acquired on April 1989.

projection type instrument (Procom li) was used to derive .atialinformation about landuse from the transparencies. hierarchical scheme of Interpretationwas adopted. This pproach comprised several steps of interpretationlevel:

1) Directly observable features were identified, which included water body, water channels, roads, etc. 2) The stratificationof the target area, based on the texture and pattern of image was carried out. At this level, the informationof general feature within the subarea was established. The sampling sites for field investigationwere also located. 3) The delineationof terrain was inferred from soil moisture condition and vegetation cover through the analysis of image elements (tone, pattern, texture, etc). 4) The Identificationof landuse pattern was made with particular reference to the terrain unit carried out under item (3), taking into account the additional features. 5) The field work carried out entailed the sampling and examination of terrain-soil-vegetation relationshipfor producing reliable Information.

The production of landuse map was then carrled out using the PAMAP geographic informationsystem. Landuse polygons were digitally encoded to a vector layer. Rasterizationwas then performed to the layers to form polygon covers. Relevant

5-80 attribute data on landuse were simultaneously attached to each polygon. These polygons were then cross hatched to enable production of low cost paper maps. The area occupied by each mapping unit was calculated by the system.

5.6.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTALCONDITIONS

Existing Landuse Patterns

The spatial distribution of the present landuse in the area obtained from salellite data Is shown in Figure 5-26. The map was made at a scale of 1:50,000. The areas occupied by each landuse type and its associated terrain are summarized in Table 5-17. The descriptionof landuse given hereafter is elaborated with respect to terrain type.

5.6.3.1 Landuse in the flood plain

Riparian

Riparian vegetation is restrictedto the levee and the banks of Lam Ta Khong downstream area with a limited range of soil types. The vegetation found include scrubs, shrubs and thickets. It covers a small extent in the study area.

Paddy field

In the neighborhood of the streams, where slope gradient is extremely low, is the flood plain. The plain is subject to regular flood in the second rainfall peak. Most of the area is used for rice production in the rainy season and for vegetables and legumes in the dry season. The soil is rich in plant nutrients or has high exchange capacity. This area covers only 129.3 ha (808.1 rai).

5.6.3.2 Landuse in the upper terrace

Field crops This mapping unit covers an area in the old alluvium

5-81 w k l S lt ~ ~ . ; ...... T.4 ..

S } ~ ~~~~~~~~:: ~ ~~~~~~~~~...... , :: P

-~~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~LANOSAT ~AES LTMTAKH14L- AREA

LandueHa

5wd2 Table 5-17 Area Occupied by Each Class

Terrain Landuse Area (ha) Percentage

Riparlen 91.375 0.254 Flood plain Paddy field 129.313 0.360

Field crops 4120.003 11.470 Upper terrace Association of fieldcrops and fruit tree 884.625 2.463

Reforestation 129.063 0.359

Field crops 7288.747 20.292 Dissected erosion Grazing 1714.688 4.774 svrface Field crops/fruit trees 1998.936 5.565

Shrub/Herbaceous 1812.564 5.046

Field crops 265.750 0.740

scarp Shrub/Herbaceous 4047.439 11.268 zone Seml dense forest 928,438 2.585 Mountain Fleld crops/fruLt trees 6214.313 17.301 Gently dipping Shrub/Herbaceous 1244.626 3.465 Plateau Semi dense forest 1296.313 3.608

Village/Urban 913.375 2.543

Water body 2840.250 7.907

Total 35,919.818 100.000

5-83 terrace. The major field crops, maize and cassava are found in association with a wide range of tree cover (10-50% ground cover). Small acreages of mulberry, kenaf and sugar cane c.n be observed. The main soil is well drained and inherently low in plant nutrient and organic matter content.

Association of field crops and fruit tree

Field crops are found in combination with fruit trees in a mixed pattern, strip cropping or isolated pattern. In terms of mapping, the seperate landuse type could *not be mapped individually because the scale and data sources did not permit doing so and the boundary of landuse type was not large enough. Thus, the combined unit of association was used. In fact two landuse types exist within the unit.

Reforestation

This unit is restricted to the well drained soil. Fast growing trees (Eucalyptus,Leucaena) are the main vegetation grown in this area. This may be found in association with fruit trees, woody weeds and young stands of tree.

5.6.3.3 Landuse in the dissected erosion surface

Field crops

This mapping unit occupies the area in connection with hilly land where soils are residually derived from parent rocks or colluvium. The major field crops in this urritinclude sugar cane and maize. Soils are moderate In fertility, and have high base saturation. The dominant soil types are members of Lop. Buri and Pak Chong series. This unit covers most part of the study area (20.29%) or about 7288.7 ha (45,554.4 rai). Part of this area is left idle and covered by Yaa Khachyon Chob(Pennisetumpolystachyon) Saap Suea (Eupatorium odoratum) and native grasses in the dry season. Small remnants of trees can be irregularlyfound.

5-84 Grazing

The pasture within the area is fulfilled by the feed and feeding section of the army. This pasture field covers the largest extent in the Northeast, approximately 1714.68 ha (10,716.75 rai). The soil is inherentlyhigh in fertility and has high exchange capaclty.

Field crops/fruit trees

This unit includes field crops and fruit trees. The main field crops are under rainfed agricultureand include maize, sweet corn and sorghum. The fruit trees are restricted to those not requiring Intensive irrigation. The most exten- sively found types are custard apple, mango, papaya, lack fruit and tamarind. The soils are considerably suitable in production potential.

Shrub/Herbaceous

Th6 areas include dense to sparse shrubs and herbaceous with sparse rock outcrops which are commonly found at foot hills. The rest of the area is left idle.

5.6.3.4 Landuse in the mountain area

The area could be divided into two categories with reference to slope gradient. This correspondedto the protected zone as assigned in watershed classification.

Scarp zone

The areas are resticted to steeply sloping land and have high erosion potential. This could be subdivided into 3 categories according to vegetation cover.

Field crops

This is the most degraded form of land which is encroached

5-85 by cash crops on the forest reserves. A small remnant of sparse trees exists in thls area. The most extensive land is illegally occupied and used for field crops production during the rainy season. In the dry season, the land is left idle and covered with a wide variety of grasses, Imperate and woody weeds.

Shrub/Herbac ecus

This unit is a moderately degraded form of forest. A com- position of vegetation cover includes shrub, herbaceous, young stand of trees and small extent of field crops. Shallow soil and sparse rock outcrop are the typical surface cover of this land type. In terms of land management, the area should be reserved as forest.

Semi dense forest

This area is under forest succession and reforestation in association with a small remnant of native trees. The unit covers only about 928.4 ha or 5,802.5 rai (2.58%). The most extensive trees are relativelyyoung deciduous trees.

Landuse in the gently dipping plateau

This unit covers an area on the plateau where the slope gradient is gently undulatlng. The soils are irregular in depth. In terms of vegetation cover, the area can be subdivided into 3 vegetation covers : Field crop/fruit tree, shrublherbaceous and semi dense forest. The vegetation composition is the same pattern as described in the scarp zone.

5.6.3.5 Villages/Urban

Villages/Urban generally grow fruit trees (mango, coconut, guava, etc). Most of the villages are situated on the upper terrace where the soil is well drained.

5-86 5.6.3.6 Water body

The main water body in the area is Lam Ta Khong reservoir.

5.6.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT

5.6.4.1 Construction Period Impact

The superimposed map of the proposed pumped storage reservoir,the disposal area, the power cable tunnel and the project facilities on the landuse types is given (Figure 5-26). The upper reservoir falls on the most part on a gently dipping plateau of field crops and fruit trees. The major vegetationcovers In this area are maize, cassava, cashew nut, mango, jackfruit,etc. Shrubs, small remnant of trees, woody weed and a limitedvariety of grasses are also found. In the dry season, only grass with woody weeds are frequentlyobserved. As a result, during the project cons- truction period, no signlficantforest reserves and valuable trees will be cleared. Underlainaccess tunnel and other facilitiespassing through the scarp zone correspond to shrub/herbaceous and a small extent of semidense forest. The constructionactivities will not disturb the forest around the reservoir includingthe access tunnel and other facilitiespassing through the scarp zone. This zone cor- responds to 1A watershed class.

5.6.4.2 Long-Term Impact

The project operation will change the agriculturalarea to the pumped reservoir. As estimated, 1006 rais of agricul- tural area as identifiedabove will be affected. A part of the area is the project reservolrwhereas the major land, at the constructionstage, is the disposal area. Reforestation is proposed in the project area. In the long-term,it is anticipatedthat the land ecosystemcan be restored from the project implementation. In terms of landuse change, there is no significant lmpact on other aspects of the

5-87 environment. It should be noted that the project area Is not only used for field crops and fruit tree but also for grazing. This may have conslderable effects on the livestock feeding.

5-88 LAN TAKNONG RE$ERVO0R D UBE ON PERSPECTOWE

U'+

PHOTO 5-9 Perspective vieW of landuse In Lam Ta Khong area 5.7 AQUACULTURE

5.7.1 INTRODUCTION

In Korat, Thailand where fish bound in rivers, streams and fish ponds, fish catching and fish raising are parts of a subsistence life of most of the rural inhabitants. Fish and fishery products have been, and still are, the cheapest source of animal protein which is vital to the people whose wealth and income are among the lowest in Korat.

Rowchai (1989) stated that aquaculturepresents itself as a promising and affordable alternativeto the capture of wild fish for consumptionby the rural population. Despite the elaborate network of the Department of Fisheries in the region, the areas under aquaculture in the Northeast account for only 16% of the country's total environmental limita- tions. Undulating terrians, poor fertility of soil, erratic and unadequate rainfalls are serious constraints to the promotion of aquaculture. The promotion of aquaculture in Korat can be set up in confined areas, and promoted at the river source in the irrigated areas.

Objectives

1) To study the existing fish production models in the Lam Ta Khong reservoir and its vicinity. 2) To investigate the development potential in aquaculture. 3) To predict impacts of the project on aquaculture activities in the reservoir area. 4) To recommend the mitigation and development guidelines to reduce the anticipated negative impacts and to enhance the positive impacts.

Scope of Work

The major study areas on aquaculturewere the Lam Ta Khong Reservoir and the vlcinities. This study was designed to

5-90 investigatethe present status of aquacultureactivities and practices including the number of fish farms, cultivated species, fish productionand method of culture. Based on the investigationresults, the project impact on aquaculture development potential was to be identified. Consequently, appropriate mitigation and development guidelines would be recommended.

5.7.2 METIODOLOGY

The study methodology comprised the following:

1) To collect data and reports on aquaculture practices available for the proposed study areas from agencies concerned especially the local fishery stations and the Department of Fisheries. This information was supportive to the field investigationand impact assessment. 2) To review aquaculturetechniques from technical research and reports and from discussion with fish researchersand local fish farmers. 3) Field survey 3.1) Preliminarysurvey: The survey wets designed to locate the existing aquaculture system in the reservoir and adjacent areas. 3.2) Survey on aquaculturepractices: A struc- tural interview was designed for the inves- tigation of the aquaculture system in- cluding cultivated species and areas, culturing techniques and fish production in the project areas. 3.3) Additional survey on the water quality of fish farms. 4) All technical information and fish statistical data were analyzed and evaluated.

5-91 5.7,3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

A survey was conducted on fish farming in Amphoe Pakchong, Amphoe Si Khiu, Amphoe Sung Noen, Amphoe Kham Thale So, and Amphoe Muang. It was found that the model of fish production and fish species differed a great deal among these places (Table 5-18).

The number of fish farmers and type of fish in the areas of concern are shown in Table 5-18.

Table 5-18 Species cultivated in each area in Korat.

Cultivated areas Species cultivated ------, N S P K

Common silver barp : Tuu.LT * * * * * Puntius gonionotus

Nile tilapia : a* * * * * Tilapie nilotica Common carp : u* * * * * Cyprinus carpio Silver carp : au * - - - - Hypophtha lmichthys molftrix Grass carp : LQ * - - - - Ctenopheryngodon idellus

Big head carp : 4* - - - - Aristichthys nobilis

Rohu u1nLIff * * * * - Labeo rohite _ d Mrigala : Ulaiunlnff * * * * - Cirrhfnus mrigale

Sepat Siam : iafl * * * - - Trichogaster pectoralis

Cat fish and other Clarias : * * * - - c4iwmcaen5au q

5-92 Table 5-18 (Continued)

Cultivated areas Species cultivatedt N N S P I

Clerias battrachus

Cat fish : VfTu * - - - - Pangasfus sutchi

Snake head and other Ophicephalus * - - - -

Ophicepalus striatus

M = Amphoe Huang, N = Amphoe Sung Noen S = Amphoe Si Khiu P = Amphoe Pakchong K = Amphoe Kam Thale So

* = present = = absent

It was found that the method of fish culture comprised two major practices, namely pond culture and paddy field culture and the type of fish species which were cultured by the farmers in the areas of concern are herbivores and carinivores (Table 5-19).

According to the fishery survey in Korat it was found that there were two categories of fish farmers: the small scale fish farmers and progressive fish farmers or large-scale fish farmers. The main purpose of small-scale fish farming is to earn one's living and so a simple pattern is used. Since the water quantity and quality of the areas is very supportive, fish farming there should be promoted and developed. Moreover, due to the high potentiality of the area in producing agricultural products, the local feed- stuffs and animal manure can be readily used as the substi- tutes for the conventional feeds for the small fish farmers. However, most fish farmers lack knowledge and guideline to use the feed properly.

5-93 Table 5-19 Number of fish farmers and type of fish culture in each area of concern.

No. of Type of confined fish ------District Sub-district Farmers Pond Paddy (ral) (rai)

Amphoe Pakchong Chantuk 3 4.63 - Amphoe Si Khiu Ladbua Khao 25 15.12 - Si Khiu 33 25.77 7.0

Amphoe Sung Noen Kud-Jik 20 13.26 - Sung Noen 37 27.54 - Makrua Mai 33 27.02 1.0 Makrua Khao 15 34.59 7.0 Amphoe Kham Thale Pong Daeng 26 21.76 24.0 So KhamThale So 38 14.25 104.28 Nong Sang 1 2.0 - Muang Muang 13 89.4 - Phoe Klang 1 0.25 - Ban Mai 10 47.31 - Ihok Kruad 3 1.5 - Pru Yai 7 3.91 - Pud Sa 14 11.40 - Nongchabok 10 5.32 - Bangua 130 31.86 - Pon Krung 9 3.13 - Jaw Haw 1 20.00 -

A running water system could be introduced as a production model. A number of farmers are already using windmills to pump water from Lam Ta Khong river into their fish ponds.

Another high potential model of fish culture found was the use of cage in Lam Ta Khong. This method was under experiment by Provincial Inland Fishery Station, Nakhon Ratchasima. Farmers joining the project were satisfied with

5-94 this method. However, if fish farming in the cages are accepted by farmers along Lam Ta-Khong, the fish species should comprise those demanded by the market and the ones having high prices. Fish farming of small-scale farmers in Amphoe Muang is similar to Amphoe Pakchong, Amphoe Si Khiu, Amphoe Sung Noen, and Amphoe Kham Thale So. Still, there are a number of farmers practicing an integrated fish farming system. These farmers grow crops as well as raise livestocks in their fish ponds.

The large-scale farmers, who are referred to as progressive farmers, breed and rear fish on a commercial scale. Their farming model is somewhat better than the small-scale fish farmers. The large-scale fish farmers in Amphoe Muang can produce about 10-100 million fingerlings per year and approximately 20,000 kg/y of market fish such as Thai cat fish, African cat fish and the hybrid of Thai and African cat fish (Table 5-20).

The farmers in Amphoe Muang are becoming more and more interested in raising the hybrid of Thai and African cat fish, resulting in high-priced fingerlings. The organization concerned should therefore find a means for the farmers to produce such fingerlings by themselves. Commercial feed should not be promoted among the farmers raising the hybrid of Thai and African cat fish since it is too expensive.

Finally, fish farmers who want to rear the Thai and African cat fish should be encouraged to form into a group in order to control the quantity and quality of cat fish for Nakhon Ratchasima market.

5.7.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT

No impact is anticipated to occur as a consequence of the project

5-95

a Table 5-20 Cultivated fish production of some progressive fish farmers found in Amphoe Muang, Nakhon Ratchasima.

Fishproduction/year No. Cultivated Fishspecies ------Typeof culture areas FingerlingsIarketfish (rai) (million) (kg)

1 30.0 Niletilapia (ua) 14.0 20,000 Monocultureandpolyculture/ (01),common carp Supplementaryfeed (rice (lu) (02),Thai bran,broken rice, soybean Silvercarp (au) meal, fishmeal, aquatic (03),Rohu (u1nii%) vetetationsandslaughter (04),Hrigala(u,aiuniunf) housewaste products) (05),Grass carp (uri) (06),Catfish (uInlii) (07),etc. (08) 2 27.0 01,02, 03, 04, 05 3.0 - Honoculture/coupletefeed 06,07 3 39.0 01,02, 03, 05, 07 2.5 29,500 HonocultureandPolyculture/ completefeed and Suppl- mentaryfeed (rice bran, brokenrice, soybean meal, fishmeal Bnd slaughter house waste products) 4 20.0 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 3.6 2,000 Honoculture/Supplementary 07 feed -(rice bran, concen- trate, and-slaughter house waste products) 5 4.5 01, 03, 04,05, 07 3.9 1,500 Monoculture/Supplementary feed(rice bran, broken rice,and slaugbter house wasteproducts) 6 12.0 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 9.0 5,000 Honoculture/Suppleoentary 06,07 feed (rice bran, broken rice,and animal manure)

5-96 Table 5-20 (Continued)

Fisbproduction/year No. Cultivated Fishspecies ------Type of culture areas Fingerlings Harketfish (re!) (million) (kg)

7 11.0 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 4.0 4,000 Honocultureand, Polyculture/ 06, 07 Supplehentaryfeed (rice bran,and equatic vegetations)

5-97 5.8 REFORESTATION

5.8.1 INTRODUCTION

Although there are very few timber trees left at present and the project constructionwill have very slight Impact upon ecological condition of the proposed area (see-TaskNo. 4.4), reforestationis still a necessity for the improvementof the ecological conditions of the reservoir site :

Objectives :

1) To select suitable fast growing tree species for plantation. 2) To set up plantationplan as scenic spot for tourists. 3) To set up recommendationfor forest plantation.

Scope of Work :

The tree species planted by the inhibitants on the right bank area were recorded. The general informationof soil fertility pertaining to reforestationwas obtained from Task No. 3.6. The potential of the proposed reservoir site on the right bank area as a tourist spot was obtained from Task No. 5.12 and 6.5. The tree species selected for refore- station were of the similar types planted by the inhabitants.

5.8.2 METHODOLOGY

The tree species includingherbaceous and annual flowering plants that were planted by the inhibitantwere recorded; The informationof soil fertility wase obtained from Task No. 3.6 and the informationof the recreation development and the aesthetic value was gathered from Task No. 5.12 and 6.5 respectively.

5-99 5.8,3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

At present, there are very few reforestation activities on the right bank area. This does not mean that reforestation can not be done in this area. The results from field survey indicated that there were some plants that could be florl- shed on the right bank area. The tree species which help enhance soil fertllity and aesthetic value such as Cessie surattensis ("7nJlJIRR), Cassis siemea (filfan), Pinus kesiya (fua10 7 u), Delonix regis (M1HunU4W17), Hibiscus rose- sinensis (un1), Bougafnvillee spp. (Lis i,) Cosmos spp. ("nin7:viu), Zinnia elegans (znu%fu),Limonium sinuatum (IJ1u- 1017U), and Lantana spp. (wnnnia4), could be planted. (The results from Task No. reveal that soil fertility is generally poor. From Task No. 5.12 and 6.5 the indication is that the reservoir site on the right bank area has a high poten- tial as a tourist spot).

5-100 5.9 AGRICULTURE

5.9.1 INTRODUCTION

The irrigated area along the downstream of Lam Ta Khong shares the major proportion of the present demand for water from Lam Ta Khong reservoir. The proposed construction of the Pumped Storage Project by EGAT demands some seven million cubic meter of water from the reservoir for its operation. The study of agriculturalactivities and deve- lopment in the Lam Ta Khong irrigated area that would be affected by the proposed project was made under the following objectives :-

1) To Identify the crops and their cultural systems currently practised in the area. 2) To Investigate/identify problems and practi- cable appeoaches for crop production in the area. 3) To recommend crops and cropping models appro- priate for different irrigated conditions.

The scope of work for this study was concentrated on:

1) The crops that can be grown normally in the area under the limited supply of irrigated water and with less marketing problem. Z) The crops and cropping models suitable for the small scale farmers. 3) The crops and cropping models requiring simple practices and low input.

5.9.2 METHODOLOGY

The study was conducted through the following steps:- 1) Reviewing the existing data and related informationcollected from the area and other sources.

5-102 2) Making field survey and Investigation in the area on the physical and biological envi- ronrment,the existing crops and actual farming practices,etc. 3) Grouping of data and information for analysis. 4) Identifying the crops and developing the possible cropping models suitable for dif- ferent conditions. 5) Drawing the conclusion and making recommen- dations on crops and cropping models for the area. 6) Preparing the final report.

5.9.3 EXISTING ECOIROlilTL CONDITIONS

General Area condition The downstream area of Lam Ta Khong reservoir can be divided into 2 parts.

5.9.3.1 Non-IrrigatedArea

The area along the bank of Lam Ta Khong starting from the reservoir to Ban Maklua Mal Diversion Dam with the distant of approximately 35 km. can be classified under this category. The land is undulated in topography and not suitable for the constructionof irrigation system. A water pump is commonly used for crop irrigation. Small earth dams are also made in order to divert water into the paddy field. About 42-45 pumping stations were set up along the river upon the villagers' request to supply water to a maximum area up to 25,000 rai. The farmers can also use thelr own pumps to irrigate their land for another 10,000 ral.

5.9.3.2 Irrigated Area

The area along the Lam Ta Khong and Lam Boribun from Ban Maklau Mai to the last barrage at Ban Kan Phom was classi- fied as the irrigated area. The river is wide but shallow and the area along both banks are flat; suitable for the construction of an irrigation system. The total area is

5-103 127,540 rai. The actual area used for crop production is about 104,735 ral in the rainy season. The rest of 22,805 rai is used for housing project, fish ponds, etc. or is covered with waste land. Less than 50,000 ral is used for dry-season cropping due to the limited supply of water for irrigation.

Soil Conditions

The soil in Lam Ta Khong Irrigated area can be classified as well-drained fertile black soil with the texture of sandy loam and sandy clay loam. Alluvial soil is also found in the area as far as 5 km. from the bank of Lam Ta Khong. The soil Is good for rice, corn, mungbean, peanut, soybean and vegetables.

Rainfall

The average rainfall recorded in the selected areas of Lam Ta Khong as follows:

Unit : mm

Location Yearly rainfall Rainy season

Amphoe Si Xhiu 1,047 875 Amphoe Sung Noen 1,189 994 Amphoe Muang 1,152 950 Amphoe Jakrarat 1,281 1,084

The average rainfall for Changwat Nakhon Ratchasima during the 1969-1989 period is 934.40 mm., with the maximum of 1,244.20 mm. in 1988-1989 and the minimum of 569.70 mm. in 1981-1982.

Landuse and Crop Production:

The Lam Ta Khong Irriaation Project covers the total area

5-104 of 127,540 ral In five Amphoe of Changwat Nakhon Ratchasima. The irrigated area for each Amphoe Is shown below:

Amphoe Si Khiu = 4,180 ral Amphoe Sung Noen = 19,990 rai Amphoe Kham Thale So = 6,748 ral Amphoe Muang 884,765 rai Amphoe Jakrarat = 11,857 ral

Landuse for crop production for each Amphoe can be des- cribed as follows:

Afphoe Si Khiu. There are 28 villages In 4 Tambon of Si Khiu using water from Lam Ta Khong for crop production. Five of them are located in irrigated area. The number of villages can be classifiedas follows:

Tambon Irrigated Non-irrigated Total

Si Khiu 1 6 7 Mittraphap 1 3 4 Kud Noi 3 - - 3 Lad Bua Khao - 14 14

Total 5 23 28

Most of the irrigatedareas are utilized for rlce growing in the rainy season while mungbean is the major crop in the dry season. Only small areas are grown with vegetable crops.

The non-irrigated area is used for planting rice and field crops in the rainy season while in the dry season most of the areas in 23 villages are cultivated with mungbean and peanut. Vegetables such as Chinese mustard, Chinese cabbage, cabbage and others are found cultivated in Ban Klong Ta Bak and Ban Mai Samrong.

5-105 Auphos Sung Noen. covers the total area of 19,990 rai in 8 Tambon namely : Ban Maklua Mai, Maklua Kao, Sunq Noen, Sema, Bung Khilek, Non Kah, Karat, and Tambon Kong Yang all located in Lam Ta Khong Irrigation Project area. More areas in Tambon Sema, Bung Rhilek and Korat are used for crop production under an irrigation system. Rice is the most dominant crop grown in the area during the rainy season while other field crops and vegetables are found grown in a smaller proportion of area. Most of the areas during the dry season are planted with mungbean.

Amphoo Khan Thale So. The irrigated area is mainly found in Tambon Kham Thale So. The water demand for crop production in Tambon Prong Daeng is responded by the use of water pumps. Rice is the most popular crop in both areas during the rainy season. Mungbean is the dominant crop in the area in the dry season. Some 1,800-2,000 rai of off-season rice is also found in Tambon Kham Thale So. The area of about 300-400 rai in Tambon Kham Thale So along the road to the town is used for vegetable crops such as yardlong bean, chilies, egg plant, musk melon, etc.

Amphon Huang Nakhon Ratchasima. The majority of the irri- gated areas which total 84,765 ral are located in Amphoe Muang, but the actual land used for irrigation is less than the above figure. Parts of the area have been shifted to housing -project, industrial and other non-agricultural purposes. Most irrigated areas are located in six Tambon namely; Kok Kruad, Pon Krang, Phru Yal, Muen Wai, Nog Jabok and Tambon Ban Mai. Most areas are used for planting rice in the rainy season. Mungbean is more commonly grown in the dry season following by some minor field crops. Off-season rice is also found in Tambon Kok Kruad and Pon Krang for some years. The Irrigated areas In 4 Tambon of Muen Wai, Phru Yai, Nong Jabok, and Ban Mai are considered as the major vegetable producing center in the area. Various kinds of vegetables are grown all year round at two-month intervals. Twenty six species of vegetabies are found

5-106 cultivated In the area, but some 10 species with good market demand include the popular species for farmers such as Chinese kale, cabbage, multiplieronion, chillies, egg plant, yard-long bean Chinese cabbage, Chinese mustard, Chinese celery, Pe-tsai Chinese cabbage and others. The vegetables produce in this area will serve the demand of local markets and other Northeast provinces as well as the customers in Bangkok area.

Amphoo Jakrarat. The irrigated area in this Amphoe is located in the last part a distance away from the re- servoir. Most of the water released through Lam Ta Khong will be consumed by immediateusers, both for irrigation and other purposes. Thus, little amount can reach the area. The irrigation water for this area is mainly obtained from Mun River by using the water pumps. Rice is the main crop grown in the area in the rainy season.

Cropping System and Cultural Practices

Solid planting or monocropping is the system extensively adopted for rice and other field -crops during both rainy season and dry season cropping in the area.

Good quality tillers were found in the rice and peanut plantation but no tillage was practised for mungbean planting. Rice straw is burnt after harvesting and before the planting of dry season crops during the second half of January.

Transplantingmethod is vastly used for growing rice. Hill planting is applied for peanut and broadcasting is prac- tised for mungbean.

No fertilizer is applied to mungbean and none or little amount Is used in rice and peanut fields since the farmers realize that their soil is sufficientlyfertile.

5-107 Few farmers use chemicals to control insects -hd diseases in the rice fields. Only the spraying of chemicals is done to control insects in mungbean field at the flowering or pod-forming period. The spraying of chemical to control insects and diseases is always found for peanut growing.

The Irrigation Authority supply supplementary water to the rice fields in the rainy season, but more of ten during the early planting season or during the dry period. The supply of water for off-season rice is limited in some areas. The water supply for dry season crops is provided during February 1-10. This amount is enough for mungbean. However, the peanut farmers should have their own pumps to irrigate the peanut fields since peanut require 3 periods of irrigation, i.e., at the planting, weeding and har- vesting time.

Vegetable crops are grown five times annually at two-months intervals. The cultivation is done with appropriate input and technology. Good soil preparation is carried out with the heavy application of fertilizers and chemicals in order to increase production. No shortage of water was found since the vegetable growing areas are located in the area where water can be supplied all year round.

5.9.4 IMPACT ASSESSME=T

Water resource is considered as the most important limiting factor for crop production and development in the irrigated area. The more water could be supplied, the more area could be irrigated, and hence more crop could be produced. The construction and operation of the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project will not affect the irrigation system as discussed in Section 5.1. The results of this study also indicate that no possible impact would occur to agricultural production and development in irrigated area. However, more attention should be concentrated on the improvement of water use efficiency as well as the proper management of cropping practices.

5-108 5.10 HIGHWAY/RAILWAY/NAVIGATION SYSTEM

5.10.1 INTRODUCTION

The Mittraphap Highway (National Highway No.2) plays a vital role as the major access road to the left-and right-bank alternative sites (EL-1, UR-1, and UR-2) for constructing the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project. At approximately 187.50 and 196.50 km. along the Mittraphab Highway from Bangkok to Nakhon Ratchasima, there are a single-surfaced treatment road and an unpaved lateritic rdad, respectively. These roads branch to the east at point A and south at point B, and connect with the two right-bank alternative sites (UR-1 and UR-2) (see Figure 5-27).

And at approximately the same distance as point B, but In the opposite highway side, there is a double-surfaced treatment road branching to the north at point C and linking with the left-bank alternative site (UL-1). This study principally focused on the environmental impact of the pumped storage construction on the highway transportation system. The impact on the rai-lway transportation and navigation systems was also considered.

Objectives

1) To investigate the existing conditions of the highway the railway and the navigation systems and their traffic flow patterns. 2) To analyze the future trends of the highway, railway and navigation systems and their traffic flow patterns in response to the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project. 3) To assess the impact of the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project on the highway, railway and navigation systems and their traffic flow patterns.

5-109 O 1 2 3 4 5KM.

KTION6STA 1 0 A RoU 0) / ~RESEXO I RIGHT- BNK |

0( Q/ ~~~~~~LEGEiND: tJ ( t/ ) O ~~~~~~~~~Locationsof Traffic Flow t &l ~~~~~~~~~~~Observatibn / O~~~~~~~Highway Junction

--- Access Road C" OT5sitesAAlftmative Construction

FIGURE 5-27 Access Road Systems to the Left-And Right-Bank Atternative Sites

5-110 4) To recommend mitigatir Ievelopment plans on the highway, railway and na.igation systems.

Scope of Work

The existing conditions of the highway, railway and navi- gation systems, their related activities and their traffic flow patterns were determined from the previous study reports and data as well as from the data obtained from actual field surveys and interviews. The future trends of these elements were based on the interrelation-ship among such elements and on the expectation of the changes of each element during the project construction and the early post construction periods. The proposed mitigation/development plan was based on the results of the analysis. A highway study was intensively carried out in Areas I, II, and III. For the railway and navigation, Area I was emphasized.

5.10.2 METHODOLOGY

The work was conducted through the following steps:

1) Reviewing the previous relevant study reports and collecting data concerning the highway, railway and navigation systems, their related activities and their traffic flow patterns. 2) Conducting field surveys and interviews to achieve more detailed data regardlng the highway, railway and navigation systems, their related activities and their traffic flow patterns. 3) Analyzing the existing conditions of the highway, railway and navigation systems, their related actlvities and their traffic flow patterns and analyzing their future trends as a result of the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project during con- struction and early post construction periods. 4) Assessing the impact of the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project on the highway, railway, and navigation systems and their traffic flow

5-111 patterns during construction and early post construction periods. 5) Drawing conclusions from the analysis and assessment results and proposing the mitigation/ development plan on the highway, railway and navigation systems.

5.10.3 EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

5.10.3.1 Highways

The Access Road System to Area II

Figure 5-27 illustrates the access road systems to the left and right-bank alternative sites for constructing the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project. The existing highway section of the Mittraphap Highway adjacent to the alterna- tive sites is an undivided two 3.50 m. lane highway (one lane in each traffic flow direction) with 2.50 m. wide shoulders on both sides. The running surface of this high- way section is an asphaltic pavement which is in relatively good conditions as shown in Photo 5-13. This highway section is under improvement by the Department of Highway (DOH) into a four 3.50 m lane highway (two lanes in each traffic flow direction) with 2.50 m. (outside) and 1.50 m. (inside) shoulders. Its running surface will be rehabiliated to be a 25.0 cm. thick concrete pavement. This improvement will be completed in 1993.

At approximately 187.50 km. along the Mittraphap Highway from Bangkok to Nakhon Ratchasima, there is a 3.00 m. wide single-surfaced treatment road, namely the access road "A", branching (at point A) approximately 3.5 km. long up hill to the east and extending with an unpaved lateritic road, approximately 0.5 and 2.50 km. long to connect to the UR-2 and UR-1 sites, respectively. The running surface of the single-surfaced treatment road is in good condition as shown in Photo 5-14. However, this road consists of a number of sharp curves as shown is Photo 5-15 and its slopes are

5-112 quite steep (approximately14-20%). Based on the interview with the concerned, many accidents frequently occur on this road. Because of the sharp curves and steep slopes of the access road "A", it is quite difficult and dangerous for heavy trucks to travel up to the UR-1 and UR-2 sites on this road.

And at proximately 196.50 km. along the Hittraphap highway from Bangkok to Nakhon Ratchasima,there is an unpaved lateritic road, namely the access road 'B", branching (at point B), approximately 7.00 and 9.50 km. long up hill to the south to connect to the UR-1 and UR-2 sites, respec- tively. This road is about 5.00-6.00 m. wide. At some sections of this access road, their running surface is in bad conditions with plenty of rock pieces lying and water erosion in the rainy season appearing on its surface as shown in Photo 5-16. In addition, longitudinal ruts as shown in Photo 5-17 (approximately8-19 cm. deep) generally appear along this road. Hence, Its running surface needs to be improved. Its slope is moderately steep (the steepest one is approximately 5-8%) and there is no sharp curve along this unpaved lateritic road.

Eventhough its travelling distance is longer and its running surface conditions are worse, the access road "B" should be used as the main access route to the UR-1 and UR-2 sites. This is because its slopes are significantly less steep than those of the access road "Aw and there is no sharp curve along the access road "B". Hence, it is more convenient and safer for any vehicles, particularlyheavy trucks, to travel up to the two alternative sites when using the access road "B". However, the running surface of the access road "B" needs to be improved.

Traffic Flow Characteristicsof the Access Road System to Area II

Table 5-21 shows the Annual Average Daily Traffic (AADT) observed by the DOH on the littraphap Highway at station 181

5-114 + 800 from 1986 to 1989. In 1989, its AADT totalled 11,604 vehicles per day which was a very high number. Based on the DOH annual report in 1989, the annual traffic growth rate at this station was approximately 11.0%. This, coupled wlth the very high percentage of heavy vehicle composition in the traffic stream (56-62% from 1986 to 1989) could possibly cause traffic congestion and accidents and accelerate the pavement deterioration. It should be noted that during field surveys, traffic congestion on the section of the Mittraphap Highway adjacent to the Area II was also observed.

Tablo 5-21 Traffic VolumesRecords on NationalHighway No.2 at Station 181+ 800by DOHDuring 1986-1989(Area I).

AkmualAverage Daily Traffic (AADT) vehicles/day PercentBi&Tri Hotor Route Year Ierminal Station ------Heavy Cycle Cycle No. Km. Car&Light HeavyLight MediumHeavy Total Vehicle Taxi Bus Bus Truck Iruck Truck

2 1986 VA. 1972 237 1348 1843 932 3818 10120 56.96 41 581 166+0C00 1987 Saraburi 181+B0m1399 235 1269 2133 848 3957 9852 61.75 48 514 District 1988 Junction 3335 549 1580 2472 1'40 5100 13775 56.03 23 616 to 1989 Chaiyaphum 1905 492 1528 2612 1305 4061 11604 56.83 44 937

Source: Departmentof Highways(DOH).

In Area II, there is only one village, namely Ban Khao Yaitiang Mu 6 (group No.2), Tambol Klong Phai, Amphoe Si Khiu, Nak:hon Ratchasima, located adjacent to the UR-1 and UR-2 sites. This village group will, therefore, receive the direct transportation impact from the project construction. The village group consists of 66 households (approximately 300 villagers). The major occupation of these villagers is farmer. Maize and cassava are the main crops whereas mangoes

5-117 and jackfruits are the common fruit trees. These villagers will employ the access road "A' and "B" as their tran- sporting routes.

For the access road "A", the actually observed traffic flows, recorded at location 1 from 8:00 A.M. to 4:00 P.M. on April 26, 1991, were very low (27 vehicles) as given In Table 5-22. This was because the number of villagers living adjacent to the UR-1 and UR-2 sites were small. Most of the observed vehicles were motorcycles (approximately 48%) and light truck (approximately44%). Motorcycles are generally used as people transport and light tr,ucksare primarily used for transportationof agricultural product. However, somes light trucks including is pick-up trucks are employed to transport people to and from the television stations (Channel 3, 5, 7 and 9).

For the access road "B", the actual traffic flow obser- vations were conducted at locations 2 and 3 from 8:00 A.M. to 4:00 P.M. on December 14, 1990 (the first observation) and April 26, 1991 (the secord observation) as given in Table 5.10-2. The observed 8-hour traffic volumes were very low during the first observation.The 8-hour traffic volumes were 23 vehicles at locations 2 and 52 vehicles at location 3. During the second observation, the observed 8-hour traffic volumes were 21 vehicles at location 2 and 42 vehicles at location 3. Most of the observed vehicles in the traffic stream both at location 2 and 3 during these two observed days were motorcycles (approximately63%) and light trucks (approximately 26%). Motorcycles are typical vehicles for people transportation and light trucks are mainly used for transportationof agriculturalproduct.

Comparing among these three observed locations (1, 2 and 3), the traffic volumes when orderly ranked according to its greater value are at location 3, 1 and 2. This means that the villagers living adjacent to the UR-1 and UR-2 sites mostly employ the access road *B" for their transporting activities.

5-118 Table 5-22 The Observed 8-hour Traffic Volumes on the Access Road Systems to the Left and Right-bankAlternative Sites.

Obseredtraffic volumes,(vehicles/8-hour)

Area kAcess Lca- Observ. ------…----- Road tion Date Bi&Jri Hotr Car&Light HeavyLightMedium HvyOthers otal Cycle Cycle Taxi Bus Bus TruckTrk Truck

II A 1 20/4/91 - 13 2 - - 12 - - - 27

14/12/go 2 9 - - - B - - 4 23 2

26/4/91 - 15 2 - - I - 1 21

II B - - - ______

14/12/9O - 32 - - - 17 - - 3 52 3

26/4/91 - 31 - - - 9 1 - 1 42

III C 4 10/5/91 12 592 44 46 - 23736 10 8 985

The Access Road System to Area flI

The Mittraphap Highway serves as the crucial route linking the UL-1 site to other areas in the northeast region and to the central region of Thailand as previously mentioned. Figure 5.10-1 illustratesthe access road system to the left -bank alternative site (UL-1). At approximately196.50 km. along the Mittraphap Highway from Bangkok to Nakhon Ratchasima, there is the access road system, namely the access road "C", branching (at point C) to the north and connecting with the UL-1 site. This access road is approxi- mately 11.0 km. long. It is roughly divided into three different road slctions. The first road section is a double -surfaced treatment pavement having two 3.00 m. lanes (about 3.00 km. long) with its running surface In good conditions. The second road section is a 6.00 m. wide unpaved lateritic road (about 3.50 km. long) with its running surface in relatively good conditions. However, the third road section

5-119 which directly leads to the UL-1 site is an earth road with plenty of big pieces of rock on its surface. The running surface of this road section is extremely rocky and inaccessible by common cars and trucks, as shown in Photo 5-18. Consequently, its running surface needs to be improved. It should be noted that the running surface condition of the third road section (approximately 4.50 km. long) is signi- ficantly worse than that of the access road "B" which leads to the UR-1 and UR-2 sites.

Traffic Flow Characteristics of the Access Road System to Area III

For the access road "C", the actual traffic flow observation was performed at location 4 (representing the traffic flow on the first road section) from 8:00 A.M. to 4:00 P.M. on May 10, 1991 as given in Table 5-22. The observed 8-hour traffic volume totalled 985 vehicles which were high. Most of the observed vehicle were motorcycles (approximately 60%) and light trucks (approximately 24%) including 4-wheel trucks and pick-up trucks. Motorcycles are the typical vehicles for people transportation. Based on the interviews with relevant prople, the existing traffic flows on the second and third road sections are very low. When compared \comparing to those on the first road section.

5.10.3.2 Railways

There are four railway stations, namely Xhlong Phai Station, Khlong Khanan Chit Station, Chan Thuk Station, and Sap Muang Station which are adjacent to the Lam Ta Khong Reservior. The railway route connecting these four railway stations is a single rail track which is in relatively good condition. For each of the mentioned railway stations, regular trains (Trains no. 61, 62, 63, 64 and 66) and diesel trains (Trains no. 205, 206, 211, 212, 213, and 214) will stop (generally for 1 minute) to pick up the passengers according to their arrival time schedule as shown in Table 5-23. The rapid trains, express trains, and freight transporting trains will not stop at these four railway stations.

5-120 Table 5-23 Arrival Time Schedule for Four Train Stations Adjacent to the Lam Ta Khong Reservior (Area I).

Irain 61' 62 63 64 66 205 205 211 212 213 214 Station BKKUR--URBI BKKARURAKK UR*KK SBK KK)SBBKKNR NR'BKK BKKSR SR*KK

[P 12.29 14.59 20.11 21.37 6.44 7.M 18.24 13.43 16.36 16.26 9.24 [[C 12.19 15.07 - 21.47 6.53 6.56 18.32 13.31 16.44 16.19 9.32 CT 12.11 15.15 19.57 21.55 7.07 6.49 18.39 13.16 16.51 16.11 9.43 SM 12.03 15.23 19.48 22.05 7.16 6.42 18.47 13.0B 16.59 16.03 9.48

Sorce IheSi KhiuTrain Statim. Rnarks: P = longPbal Station BKK:Bangkok KG= alongKbam Chit Statio UR =UbonRatchathani CT =ChanIbk Station SB =Sar Buri SN =Sap ngStation [KE K:[nKamn TlrainNiber HR =NakhonRatchasima

t = Tralirg Directim SR Srin

Navigation

Based on field surveys and interviews, most of the boats sailing in the Lam Ta Khong Reservior are small. The typical dimensions of these wooden boats are 0.80-0.90 m.- wide and 5.00-6.00 m. long. These boats are generally installed with 5.0-6.0 HP. power engine and can carry 2-5 persons depending on the wave conditions. The landing places are dispersedly located around the reservior bank (generally in Zones 3-7). For the big landing places, such as at the reservior bank close to Ban Chan Thuk, Ban Pa Phai, and Ban Khoa Noy, there are approximately 10-30 boats landing. The main purpose of the sailing of these boats is fishery.

5.10.4 FUTURE TRENDS

The effects of the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Construction upon nearby highway, railway, and navigation systems can be examined during the project construction and early post construction periods as follows :

5-121 5.10.4.1 Highways

Construction Period

(a) For UR-1 and UR-2 Sites

During the construction period, the pumped storage con- struction activities will create short-term traffic volumes on the access road system to the proposed construction site. The main reason generating these traffic volumes is the transport of constructionmaterials (i.e.cement,reinforcing bars, steel materials, aggregate, asphalt mixing materials, etc.), construction workers, heavy equipments,machineries, and supplies for workers at the proposed construction site. The expected origins of these traffic volumes are Bangkok, Saraburi, Nakhon Ratchasima, Amphoe Pak Chong, Amphoe Si Khiu, and nearby villages. The major categories of vehicles in the expected traffic stream will be motorcycles, passenger cars, small trucks and heavy trucks (i.e. 10-wheel trucks, 10-wheel truck plus fulltraller combinations, tractor-semitrailer combinations). Since this project is the first pumped storage construction in Thailand, it is, therefore, difficult to estimate the traffic flow created during the constructionperiod. However, it is estimated that 200 and 100 vehicles per day will be the traffic volumes generated from the upper pondage construction site and the other lower related construction facilities (i.e. tailrace tunnel, switchyard, control building, tailrace outlet, etc.). This means that based on the constructional purposes, the traffic volumes created on the Mittraphab Highway and on the access road 'B" will be 300 and 200 vehicles per day, respectively.

In addition, another Important reason creating the traffic volumes during the constructionperiod is the removal of the excavated muck of work adit for power cable tunnel, lower access tunnel for penstock, access tunnel for powerhouse, etc. to the disposal areas located along the lower Lam Ta Rhong reservior on the southern side of tailrace outlet

5-122 through the Mittraphap highway. The major vehicle type used to haul this excavated muck will be 10-wheel trucks. It is estimated that 200 vehicles per day will be the truck traffic volumes generated from muck transporting activity. These trucks will travel only on the Mittraphap Highway and not on the access road "B'.

Consequently, during the construction period, the total traffic volumes generated on the highway and on the access road "B" will be 500 and 200 vehicles per day respectively.

(b) For UL-1 site

The traffic flow pattern and traffic volumes created during the construction period according to the (UR-1 and UR-2) and UL-1 constructions wfill be generally similar. The only differences between (UR-1 and UR-2) and UL-1 construction sites are as follows: (i) the traffic volumes of 200 vehicles per day generated from the upper pondage con- struction site and 100 vehicles from the other lower related facilities will travel on both the Mittraphap Highway and the access road "C" which leads directly to the UL-1 site; and (ii) the traffic volumes of 200 vehicles per day generated from the excavated muck transportation will not affect both the highway and tie access road "C".

Hence, during the construction period, the total traffic volumes of 300 vehicles per day will be generated on both the highway and the access road "C'.

Early Post Construction Period

(a) For UR-1 and UR-2 Sites

The traffic flow pattern generated from the Project during the early post construction period will be significantly different from that during the construction period. This is because the trip purpose of the traffic volumes created during these two periods are markedly different. The major

5-123

a trips generated during the early post construction period are the daily working trips between personnel's homes and the pumped storage work places and recreational trips. It is expected that the project working personnel will live near the project work places. Consequently, the anticipated origins of the daily working trips are at Amphoe Pak Chong, Amphoe Si Khiu, and nearby villages. The major vehicle categories will be passenger cars, pick-up trucks, and motorcycles. It is estimated that the traffic volumes including the daily working trips at the upper pondage work place and the recreational trips will be 100 vehicles per day. The daily working traffic volumes at the other lower related work places such as at central building, etc. will be 50 vehicles per day. It should be noted that these traffic volumes exclude bicycles, tricycles, motorcycles, and others.

Consequently, during the early post construction period, the total traffic volumes generated on the Mittraphap Highway and on the access road "Bt to the upper pondage work place will be 150 and 100 vehicles per day respectively.

(b) For UL-1 site

The traffic flow pattern and traffic volumes generated during the early post construction period according to the (UR-1 and UR-2) and UL-1 constructions are generally similar. The only difference is that the traffic volumes of 100 vehicles per day combining the daily working trips at the upper pondage work place and the daily traffic volumes of 50 vehicles per day generated at the other lower related work places will travel on both the Mittraphap Highway and the access road "C".

Therefore, during the early post construction period, the total traffic volumes of 150 vehicles per day will be created on both the highway and the access road "C'.

5-124 5.10.4.2 Railways

The Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Construction at any alternative sites will not affect the adjacent railway transportation system during the construction and early post construction periods.

5.10.4.3 Navigation

The Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Construction at any alternative sites will not affect t4 nearby navigation system during the construction and early post construction periods.

5.10.5 3EPACT ASSESSEkNt

The assessment of the expected environment impact of the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Construction was performed only on the highway transportation system. This was because the pumped storage construction at any alternative sites would not affect the nearby railway and navigation systems. The environmental impact of the pumped storage construction on highway transportation system among UR-1, UR-2, and UL-1 sites rather than the five alternative layouts was examined.

5.10.5.1 Construction and Early Post Construction Periods. Impact

(a) The Access Road System to UR-1 and UR-2 Sites

In 1989, the annual average daily traffic (AADT) observed by DOH on the highway at stations 181 + 800 was very high (11,604 vehicles per day). This, coupled with the very high percentage of heavy vehicle composition (56-62%) in the traffic stream and the relatively high annual traffic growth rate of approximately 11% can cause traffic congestion and accidents and also accelerate pavement deterioration. This highway section is, however, under improvement by DOH. This improvement is that the highway section will be reconstructed

5-125 The improvement is expected to be completed In 1993 and to considerably reduce traffic congestion, accidents, and pavement deteriorationon the highway section. Consequently, the traffic volumes of 500 and 150 vehicles per day generated from the pumped storage construction during the construction and early post construction periods, respecti- vely, will have little effects on the traffic flow charac- teristics (in terms of traffic congestion and accidents) and on the pavement conditions of the highway. However, parts of the traffic volume generated during the construc- truction period, especially from heavy trucks, may possi- bly cause traffic congestion and accidents during their turning manoeuvre to the upper pondage construction site, lower related construction sites, and lower disposal areas.

The access road "B", an unpaved lateritic road is a principal access route directly leading to the UR-1 and UR-2 site. The existing tra-fficvolumes on this access road observed at locations 2 and 3 are very low. For example, the traffic flows (regardlessbicycles, tricycle, motorcycles, and the 'others") observed at location 2 and 3 were 12 and 25 vehicles per day, respectively. It should be noted the multiplying factor of 1.5 was applied to convert observed vehicles per 8-hour period to vehicles per day. This was because the number of villagers living in the village group adjacent to the UR-1 and UR-2 sites was small. Consequently, the 200 and 100 vehicles per day created from the pumped storage construction during the constructionand early post construction periods will not bring about traffic congestion dn this access road. However, the traffic volume generated during the construction period partly will consist of heavy trucks (i.e.10-wheeltrucks, 10-wheel truck plus fulltrailer combinations, tractor-semitrailercombinations, etc.). This coupled with the existing bad access road surface conditions will rapidly deteriorate the existing road surface (parti- cularly in the rainy season) and will easily cause traffic accidents. Hence, its running surface needs to be improved. It should be pointed out that the major difference between the access road system leading to the UR-1 site and that to

5-126 UR-2 site lies in their travelling distances which is approximately2.5 km.

(b) The Access Road System to UL-1 Site

The Impact of the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage on the Mittraphap highway is generally similar to what already assessed in the previous section. However, the only difference is that the traffic volumes of 300 rather than 500 vehicles per day will be generated from the pumped storpge construction during the constructionperiod. The access road 'C", is the main access road approaching to the UL-1 site as detailed in section 5.10.3.1. The running surface of an earth road section is In extremely bad conditions. The existing traffic volume of 560 vehicles per day (regardless of their being bicycles, motorcycles, or others) on the first road section (a double-surfacedtreat- ment pavement) observed at location 4 was relatively high. The factor of 1.5 was again applied to convert vehicles per 8-hour period to vehicles per day. Hence, the traffic volumes of 300 and 150 vehicles per day generated during construction and early post construction periods, respectively, will possibly cause traffic congestion and accidents. However, this is not the case for the second (an unpaved lateritic road) and the third (an earth road) road sections, because the existing traffic volumes on these two road sections are very low compared to that on the first road section. Some of the traffic volumes generated during the constructionperiod will be from heavy trucks. Con- sequently, to prevent severe road damages on the second road section due to heavy truck passes (particularin the rainy season) and to allow these heavy trucks an access to the UL-1 site via the third road section, the second and the third road sections need to be improved.

It should be noted that the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage construction sites when orderly ranked according to their preferable transportationimpact characteristics,are UR-1, UR-2 and UL-1, respectively.

5-127 5.11 ELECTRICITY GENERATION AND TRANSMISSION

5.11.1 INTRODUCTION

Electric power demand in Thailand recorded an annual growth rate of 14 percent in 1990 as a result of the domestic economy, rapid industrialization, tourism and business. In EGAT regions, There was a 13.8 time difference between peak generation and peak demand in 1990. For energy balance electricity must be supplied continually from EGAT regions 1 and 3 by transmission line system. It is clear that the development of a hydropower project will increase the peak load generation capacity of the overall power genera- tion system. The optimum scale of divelopment of the Lam Ta Khong pumped storage power plant is 1,000 MW having the capability of 8 hours' continuous operation.

There are three standard voltages used presently for electric power transmission in the EGAT system which consists of 230 KV, 115 KV and 69 Ky, all of which have a 50 Hertz frequency. The power generated from the Lam Ta Khong pumped storage plants would be connected to the adjacent existing northeast line system.

Objectives

1) To investigate the need for electricity genera- tion and transmission lines in the existing condition. 2) To determine a suitable electricity generation system configuration that meets the system peak demand.

Scope of Work

1) The most suitable site from the upper reservoir (II or III) will be elaborated for generation and transmission requirements.

5-128 2) The need for electric energy before and after this project. 3) The benefits of power generatlon and tran- smission.

5.11 .2 METHODOLOGY

1) Review the actual and estimated data concerning power demand for EGAT Region 2. 2) Field investigation and estimation of alternative sites.

5.11.3 EXISTING EHVIRONNENT L CONDITION

5.11.3.1 Existing Power Capacity and Future of GAT's,Region 2

The capacities of existing power generation plants, plants under construction and future plants of EGAT's region 2 up to 2006 A.D. are summarized in Table 5-24 and shown in Figure 5-28.

The existing power plants in Regioni 2, as of August 1990, are categorized as; hydropower plants (1OB.06 MW), gas turbine (Diesel) power plants (28.0 MW), power from region 1 (200 MW), power from region 4 (400 MW) and power purchased from Laos (30 MW).

The planned future power plants comprising hydropower (1 project), combine cycle (1 project) and retirement (1 project) would have a total installed capacity of 1,456.06 MW by the year 2006.

5.11.3.2 Load Forecasts of EGAT's Region 2

Due to rapid expansion of electrification, the demand for electricity in Thailand has greatly increased. According to the records of EGAT's Region 2, the annual average growth of peak demand and energy generation in the past decade were

5-129 U~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ w!(f f M13Hf 'S f S GumjlX %MAE .7~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~. ISA J)>SL

\ REGION4CHULABH\ORN

t? .Ma :OoE Ee--triE SyNs-

XHADLAEM Si INo 2 y> S~~~ULFOf THAILAHOD %

X / \t ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~BANCGHL

. < S e . ~~~~~~~~~GREATERBANGKOK AREA AND VICNITY

CHIlEN RH NOM 500KV Transmission Line

= \ \ \ - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~230 KV TronsmlssionLine \SCt~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -15 I KV Tronsmlhstn Line

KRA9SI XD50 KV Subs1tioan za~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~r 2su30KV Subsatiohn 6 \ ~~~~~~L!ivaol A~~~~~~~~115 KV Suibslolion t X~~~~~Wt zl~~~~~~CT'hormrnowor plowi

91 \ HTT41 §3 sIt~~~~~~~~~HdrcPovsr Plant

<,. 3 < & ~~~~~~~~FIGIIBES-28

SUKITKETRJ6 .mN . % 1ap of EGAT Electric Prower System

1MA L - YSIA 1.43% and 12.4% respectively. For the load forecast, the annual average growth is 8.2t for peak demand and 8.4t for energy generation (in 1992-1996, Table 5.11-2).

Comparing Table 5-25 with Table 5-24 it is clear that the existlng power generatlon In Region 2 is in balance with the regional demand.

Table 5-24 Capacity-of EGAT Existing, Under Construction, and Future Paver Plants in Northeast Region Up to 2006 A.D.

Power(KW' Average Plant ------Energy ComissioningDates No. of Installed Dependable(GWh/yr) Units

1. ExistingPower Plants 1.1Hydropower Ubolratana 3 25.0 25.0 58.0 196B Sirindhorn 3 35.0 36.0 86.0 1984 Chulabborn 2 40.0 40.0 95.0 1972 HuaiKu. 1 1.06 1.05 2.0 1982 NauPung 2 5.0 6.0 15.0 1965 1.2Combine Cycle Nam PhongCC1+2 (SI) 2 242.0 242.0 - 1990 1.3 GasTurbine (Diesel) NakhonRatcbasima 1 15.0 15.0 33.0 1958 Udon Thani 1 15.0 15.0 33.0 1959

Total 380.05 380.06 320.0

2. UnderConstruction PowerPlants 2.1 Gas Turbine Na. PhongCC1 2 113.0 .113.0 - Dec. 1991 2.2 HydropowerPlants Pak Hun 4 135.0 136.0 - June 1993 - Nov. 1994

Total 249.0 249.0 -

5-131 Table 5-24 (continued)

Power(NlW) Average Plant ------Energy CommissioningDates No. of Installed Dependeble(GWb/yr) Units

3.Future Pow_erPlants 3.1 Combinecycle NamPhong CC2 2 355 355 - Jan. 1993 - Jan. 1994 3.2 Hydropower Lanla Khong 4 1,000 1,000 - Dec. 1996 - June 1997

Total 1,355 1.355 -

4. Retriement Gasturbine (NR) 2 -28 -2B - Dec. 1993

Total -28 -28 -

Grandtotal upto 2006 A.D. 1,856.06 1,855.06 -

Notes * 1. Asof August1990. 2.Source: EGATPower Development Plan 1990-2006.

5.11.3.3 Transmission System

The records of substations and transmission lines in EGAT's Region 2 as of August 1990 are presented in Table 5-26. A total of 35 substations had been installed in northeastern Thailand. These were 230 KV. (12.5 percent); 115 KV. (79.6 percent); and 69 KV. (7.9 percent). As for the Lam Ta Khong pumped storage project, the transmission line plan (PDP 90-06) also shown ln this table would support this project. The transmission line would be relatively short (15 km in length), because there is a main 230 KV. line running close to the proposed project sites from Nakhon Ratchasima 2 (NR 2) to Saraburi 2 (SR 2). The power generated from the project could easily be phased into the transmission line system.

5-132 For pumping power, the project could gain the power from this line and from the 230 KV. line which links between Tha Tako (TTK) and Khon Kaen 3.

5.11.3.4 Suitable Power Generation System

There are three types of alternativepower generation plants that have the capacity to meet peak demands and are sum- marized In Table 5-27. For hydropowerplant (Pumped storage) a pumped storage power plant need to have a machine that can be worked as a generator and a pump in itself. When the machine is working as the generator,it supplies the-energy to the system. On the contrary, when it works as the pump., it consumes an energy from the system. If the system has an abundance of energy for the latter case, there will not be so much difference in the variation of loads. Thus, the unit committmentof the thermal power plant will enable the plant to operate at maximum efficiency.

- The plant will be operated during peak load hours, however, the plant can also be operated as an operating reserve In case of failures of other power sources or a sudden change in energy demand. - Unit capacity can be designed to meet the requirement of the existing system.

The effective storage capacity of-Lam Ta Khong reservoir at NHWL is 290 MCM. The upper reservoir effective storage is 9.9 MCM, which at 383 meters high, does not affect the irrigation purpose of the Lam Ta Khong reservoir. According to the data concerning the unit capacity, and the load curve provided by EGAT, pumping energy for the Lam Ta Khong power plant was studied and the result showed that enough pumplng energy could be supplied from the available thermal power plant.

5-133 Table 5-25 Load Forecast by EGAT, Reglon 2.

Peak Generation Energy Generation Fiscal ------Load year Increase Increase factor MV ------Vh------MV S GVh 1

Actual 1980 207.70 16.70 8.75 992.58 75.74 8.26 54.55 1981 250.40 42.70 20,56 1,137.65 145.07 14.62 51.86 1982 313.80 63.40 25.32 1,293.98 145.33 13.74 47.07 1983 361.40 47.60 15.17 1,488.48 194.50 15.03 47.02 1984 414.40 53.00 14.67 1,707.08 218.60 14.69 47.03 1985 454.50 40.10 9.68 1,843.97 168.89 8.02 46.31 1986 480.50 26.00 5.72 1,970.36 126.39 6.86 46.81 1987 541.00 61.30 12.76 2,133.29 162.93 8.27 44.95 1988 617.30 75.50 13.94 2,462.84 329.55 15.45 45.54 1989 718.60 1D1.30 16.41 2,792.55 329.71 13.39 44.36 1990 787.10 68.50 9.53 3,186.28 393.73 14.10 46.21

Average Growth - 54.19 14.28 - 271.17 12.37 - 1981-1990

Forecast 1991 910.00 122.90 15.61 3,597.00 410.72 12.89 45.12 1992 1,018.00 108.00 11.87 4,031.00 434.00 12.07 45.20 1993 1,133.00 115.00 11.30 4,510.00 479.00 11.88 45.44 1994 1,210.00 77.00 6.80 4,820.00 310.00 6.87 45.57 1995 1,278.00 68.00 5.62 5,098.00 278.00 5.77 45.54 1996 1,351.00 73.00 5.71 5,389.00 291.00 5.77 45.54 1997 1,411.00 60.00 4.44 5,707.00 318.00 5.90 46.17 1998 1,474.00 63.00 4.46 6,080.00 373.00 6.54 47.09 1999 1,539.00 65.00 4.41 6,477.00 397.00 6.53 48.04 2000 1,606.00 67.00 4.35 6,883.00 406.00 6.27 48.92 2001 1,677.00 71.00 4.42 7,383.00 500.00 7.26 50.26 2002 1,751.00 74.00 4.41 7,762.00 397.00 5.13 50.60 2003 1,828.00 77.00 4.40 8,139.00 377.00 4.86 50.83 2004 1,909.00 81.00 4.43 8,490.00 351.00 4.31 50.77 2005 1,993.00 84.00 4.40 8,868.00 378.00 4.45 50.79 2006 2,082.00 89.00 4.47 9,260.00 392.00 4.42 50.77

Average Growth 1989-1990 - 85.90 13.62 - 325.33 12.79 - 1992-1996 - 88.20 8.22 - 358.40 8.42 - 1999-2001 - 65.20 4.42 - 398.80 6.50 - 2002-2006 - 81.00 4.42 - 375.40 4.63 -

Note : According to load forecast (October 1989, the EGWT's high case).

5-134 Table 5-26 Existing and Future Transmissionline and Substatlon Existing, and Future In north-eastRegion Up to 2006.

SubstatiDn rransmissionlines (km-circuit) Voltage------Commissioning Date (KY) No. of Transformer Double Single Total Units Rating (MVA) Circuit Circuit

1. Existina svster 230 2 800 519 - 519 115 29 1,126 1.718 1,590 3,308 Go 4 47 - 327 327

Total 35 1,973 2,237 1,017 4,154

2. Future CDnstruction 230 1 - I - 300 ITK--)KK31992i

230 1 200 1 - 130 SR2-->NR2199211

230 - - 2 - 15 SR2-NR2--ALK19561.

;otes L/ TIK--YKK3: Tha lako--)Khon Kaen 3. SR2--)NR2: Sara Buri 2 --)Nakhon Ratchasima 2. SR2-HR2--)LTK:SR2-NR2--)Las la Kbongproject.

5.11.3.5 Probable Effects

1) The power and energy generated for the Lam Ta Khong pumped storage project would be sapplied mainly for peak period. 2) The base load equipment can operate efficiently by pumping water at off-peak hours. This will reduce fuel expenses, and will replace the low efficiency base load power plant. 3) The environmental effects of the project tran- smission line construction, would be minor because the transmission line is very short and there already exists main transmission lines in this region.

5-135 Table 5-27 Power Generation Plants Characteristics.

SystemCharacteristics Plants ------Environmental CapacityOperating & Maintenance Fuel cost EfficlencyConstruction Application lePBct (CHW) Cost(B/KV) B/KWh Period(yrs)

1.Gas Turbine ads 1-130 Low High Mledium Short Peakor EmergencyMedium Diesel 1-25 (11,000-14,000) (1.5-3.0) (2-4) Reserve 2.Thermal Gas,Coal, lignite 1-1,300High Medlum Highat Medium Baseand Medium woodetc. (18,000-25,000) (0.45-1.00)reated power (0-7) Intermediate 3. Hydropower 1-250 High Low High Short Peakor Emergency Low (pumpedstorage) (20,000-50,000) forpumping (3-5) Reserve 4.Solar power (20 Veryhigh None Medium Short Suitablefor Low dependson solar radia- tiontime

Noies: 1.Source : EGATDevelopment Plan, 1989. ' -

5-137 5.12 RECREATION DEVELOPMENT

5.12.1 INTRODUCTION

The Lam Ta Khong dam is one of the prominent tour4sm resource in Nakhon Rachasima Province. On Mittraphap High- way, which passes the Lam Ta Khong area, tourists and passers-by to the Northeast usually stop to rest or sto& for leisure at Lam Ta Khong area. The quality of vista along the dam edge attracts tourists to spend their recreation time there. The restaurants and food shops are the attached components that also increase visitors to the Lam Ta Khong. It is beleived that the construction of the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project will hav0 an effect on land development in the areas:- on the hill top (upper reservoir area) and the lower reservoir area along Mittra- phap Highway.

Objectives

1) To evaluate and assess the beneficial and detrimental effects of environmental changes associated with the Project development on the veiwpoint of recreation. 2) To identify the recreational activities at the Lam Ta Khong Reservoir and the upper reservoir for the benefits of tourism network. - 3) To identify and evaluate the project potential upon the regional recreation and tourism activities and development. 4) To recommend the mitigation plan to lessen the adverse impacts and/or to enhance the Project potential upon the regional tourism and recrea- tion development.

Scope

The study covered the investigationof the existing seasonal features and conditions of both recreation activities and

5-138 tourism system for delineating and characterizing their components In the Project area. Then the beneficial gain and or losses were estimated and the mltigation/devel6pment plan recommended.

5.12.2 MBTHODOLOGY

In order to achieve the objectives of this task the following investigationactivities were conducted:

1) Reviewing literature, plans and projects related to recreation activitles and tourism development in the Project area and its vicinity. 2) Collecting and analyzing data on recreation and tourism demand and supply through various sources during each season. 3) Conductingfield surveys to collect data on attitudes of tourists, government officials, local residentsand tourism related businessmen in Nakhon Ratchasima towards the proposed Project. 4) Assessing adverse and beneficial impacts of the proposed Project on recreationand tourism. 5) Recommendingrecreation and tourism mitigation and developmentplans as a guideline for future development.

5.12.3 EXISTING ENVIRON ENTAL CONDITIONS

The data on recreationdevelopment for the Project sites have been updated by field survey investigation. Question- aires were used to gather opinions and attitudes on recreation activities as well as suggestionsfrom citizens; tourists, passers-by, food sellers in the area as well as the dam officials.

The investigationconducted at the lower reservoir and its. vicinity revealed that the most popular recreation

5-139 components especially during the National holidays comprised sight-seeing locations and restaurantsand food stalls along Mittraphap Highway. From the 88 returned questionnaires, the most popular vislt was on Songkran Day (47.5%) following by Loy Kratong Day (20%) and New Year Day (5%). 27.5% said they visited the places on other occasions. About 73.86% percent of the samples visited the Lam Ta Khong Dam s'te with the main purpose for sight seeing. The attitudes about the aesthetic values which were related to recreation activities depended on seasonal features and atmospheres; water level, sky, cloud, vegetation, people etc. The most appreciated season Is the winter because the water. is in the most beautiful condition with its highest level, lts deep blue green color and the clear and brights sky, Many trees and shrubs have some attractive colors and textures on both their foliages and flowers. All these enhance the recreation activities in the lower project sites.

The suggestions and opinions about the recreation develop- ment in the lower project site were collected from the questionaires. 92.05 percent of 88 samples recommended that some recreation activities should be established in this area such as public park, reforestation and landscaping. The second desirable activities are souvenir shops and camping sites along the drive around the lower reservoir (75.00% and 73.86%). Suggestions for boat cruising in the reservoir, marina sports club, carnival/festival annual sites and fishing accounted for 70.46%, 69.32%, 68.18%, 59.09% and 50.00% respectively.

The opinions for the project sites on the hill top especially UR-1 site were collected by questionaires. About 25.00% used to go up there, about 28.41% never went there and about 7.96% only heard about it.

And most of the hill top visitors used to see the vista of the lower reservoir from the hill top and about 28.41% of the 88 samples have never seen it. The most beautiful vista that viewers can observe is in the western side of the hill

5-140 which means the view of the lower reservoir that one can sees from UR-1 site.

From the opinions and attltudesof the 88 samples about the upper reservoir project on the hill top 31.82% agreed that the project would enhance the aesthetic values of the site, 6.82% said "it will be ln the same values as usual," and 5.68% said that it would decrease the aesthetic values of the site.

The proposed activitieson the hill top recommended by the most hill top visitors are; camping ground, resorts, recreation parks, souvenir shops, reforestation, athletic yards (22.73%, 18.18%, 13.63%, 9.09%, 9.09%, and 4.55%, respectively).

The tourism Authority of Thailand and Nakhon Ratchasima Province realize the popularity of the Lam Ta Khong reservoir as a tourism resource. Studies for developmentof tourism resources have been conducted by the province and by educational agencies funded by TAT. Recommendations to improve the quality of the rest areas and to provide more tourism facilities have been made, but there has been no co-operationbetween implementationand responslbleagencies yet.

5.12.4 IMPACT ASSESSMENT

5.12.4.1 ConstructionPeriod Impact

During the constructionthe view of the lower reservior which can be seen from MittraphapHighway will become less attractive because of the excavation activities and con- struction plant and material storage. However, this does not seriously affect the recreationactivities because all of the mentioned activitiesare on the proposed deposed area lower than the highway and so they will not disturb the popular existing sight-seeinglocations.

5-141

l The construction activitles on the hill top will cover a vast area but will not disturb the recreation activities which are not so many according to the investigation.

5.12.4.2 Long-Term Impact

During the operation period, the recreation activities which will be provided both in the disposal areas near the lower reservoir and in the upper zone area will not be disturbed from operatlon activities because the water level in the lower reservoir will not change so much enough to affect the aesthetic values that viewers can clearly observe. 'And on the upper reservoir the water level will go down in the night time, so the viewers wlll not easily have a chance to see it. As for the transmissionline which was laid on the hill side higher and further from the main Highway, it will not give any dangerous nor obstruct the views of the area.

5-142 QUAI... I T5r O F L I7E:er AI.UT

6.1 SOCIO-ECONOMICS/INSTITUTION

6.1.1 INTRODUCTION

Of the three Areas studied, our survey indicates that two of these Areas will be affected soclo-economically by the Project. These include:

Area I - will receive a slight impact from the Project as this is the Area surrounding the Lam Ta Khong reservoir. Area II - will receive most of the impact from the Project. However, the construction site affects only the farming not the settlement area. Area IV - This area is situated on the lower part of the landscape that receives irrigation water from the Lam Ta Khong Dam. It will receive no impact from the Project.

Objectives

1) To investigatethe socio-economicstructure in the Project Area. 2) To collect the baseline information of the people in the Project area. 3) To develop necessary recommendations and mitigation measures.

Scope of Work

1) The area receiving direct impact from the Project: The study will focus on demographic structure, housing conditions and facilities, land holding and land use, cropping pattern, farm and non-farm activities, sources of

6-1 income, debt problems, net cash income from main crop, obstacles confronted by the people, and attitudes of the people. 2) The area receiving no impact from the Project: The study will focus on the structure of popu- lation, land holding, their occupation and main sources of income.

6.1.2 METHODOLOGY

The major methods of study involved a series of household interviews and questionnaires. The additional methods included the Interviewing of the village leaders and related government officials, and the gathering of available official reports from related governmental agencies. For the major methods the following sample design was used:

Basis for Selection of Sample Villages

Area I - Two villages were intentionallyselected from a total of 7 villages surrounding the Lam Ta Khong reservoir. The two villages selected are nearest to the Project Area, namely Ban Khao Noi LOJI unu), Mu 12, Tambol Nong Sarai (nua4n1au) and Ban Ta-Ngoi (Zivni4su) Mu 13, Tambol Jan Tuek (Fiuainu), Amphoe Pakchong as shown in Figure 6-1.

Area II - The village to receive the direct impact from the Project is Ban Khao Yai Tiang (i1utvlu¶u- LIu4), Mu 6, Tambol Klong Phai (Wiva"B0,11), Amphoe Si Khiu (D'L4n4f1), Nakhon Ratchasima province as shown in Figure 6-1. The land held by the households in this village was officially assigned by the local official units under the Royal Forest Department. The village was sub- divided Into 3 groups i.e. Agro-Forestry Village (MxZIunlU) Group I, II and III. Among these, the farm land of Agro-Forestry village Group II

6-2 0 1 2 KM.

039*SaTiipl r rg vill lages: Xm X l-Ban Khao Noi, Hu 12 , 7I / n K 3-Ban Khao Yai Thiang,Mu 6 4 f -

I4 -. r'X

;hA1-- di 1, i j ______LX.14_ m_

'I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

_ _ __ I T_ _ I 2

Tn ~~~~FIGIISE6-1 .

; t v --2s 8 !;~Socio-economic Sampllng.Villags:

69C ;a 11 00ift . 1.17 will receive the most severe impact from the Project. This Group was further subdivided into 2 sections both of which were selected for this study (Figure 6-1).

Area IV - A total of 35 villages (25.4%) distributing among 5 distric of Nakhon Ratchasima Province were selected for this study. Listing of the villages are as follows (Figure 6-2):

District: Muang Nakhon Ratchasima

1. Ban Hua Thale (ululn: La) Mu. 1 Tambon Hua Thale. 2. Ban Kao (OluLnI) Mu. 2 Tambon Ban Kao 3. Ban Ko (uiutni:) Mu. 1 Tambon Ban Kao 4. Ban Khanai (Unu-unu) Mu. 3 Tambon Ban Kao 5. Ban Pong Malaengwan Mu. 5 Tambon Khok Krowd (Ou1uUEOnuMa45u) 6. Ban Khong Krabue Mu. 7 Tambon Khok Krowd !(iuflaB4nituiza) 7. Ban Ta-lad (I1unuflnl) Mu. 3 Tambon Ban Pho. 8. Ban Pho (-I5 ulw) Mu. 4 Tambon Ban Pho 9. Ban Fai (t1ugnu) Mu. 4 Tambon Muenvai 10. Ban Khok Voa (unuflun1n) Mu. 6 Tambon Muenvai 1I. Ban Sam Poi (OnuhAnau) Mu. s Tambon muenval 12. Ban Khok Pai (uiulvinlb)Mu.14 Tambon Muenvai 13. Ban Si Hum (01U0nU) Mu. 6 Tambon Pon Krang 14. Ban Pae (ZIuUiz) Mu. 8 Tambon Pon Krang 15. Ban Ma Kok (riuwunan) Mu.10 Tambon Pon Krang 16. Ban Si Mum (iuIUWUu) Mu.17 Tambon Pon Krang 17. Ban Thanon Hak(nulutun) Mu. 3 Tambon Nong Chabok 18. Ban Nong Pru (iuIueUn) Mu. 4 Tambon Nong Chabok 19. Ban Khon Chum ('iuflUfIu) Mu. 1 Tambon Pru Yai

District: Sung Noon

20. Ban Maklua Kao (uiumtLnaL&i) Mu. 1 Tambon Maklua Kao 21. Ban Nong Sano (uilnumua-tu}) Mu. 5 Tambon Sung Noen. 22. Ban Khlong Khwang(Ziunafl mrf.) Mu. 3 Tambon Se-ma.

6-3 di t %'k~~~ 7. . C 3

- .--- -,~-. . . a,.paC.- ¶r

4; Dan Kh6nJ 14KMDiuJ pae4 3 Nami 2&S la23,.. 2. *r 1M.Fis. I ("Ob~~~~~~~~~~~~~.-,.1- --

.\.7

.. J V~~~~~~~~~~~~~~' 1~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1lio -aw s 2abqctg h-5 %~~~~~..j1bkM&J

Dltrt Huan Nakhonti Sun Noenj: 5acasm4.4,rictt Jakara Vl tt.'5 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ at 1

6, ~~ ~16 ~ Bo~ Sl~~~U~HU ~ ~ ~ZS, 3anctwa~ ~ ~ ~~• Dan~,Jn KrabueIhn SIDn Dnmne hiSt

-~~~~~~~~~~w ~ ?e. 7Zk .~ :>..Ž 1 ;-s~~ .' a - ~~~ ~-\~~'x \ b 1 2 jM~~~ , v. ~.-

LEGEND: * Surveyed Village

District: Huang Nakhon Ratchasima District: Sung Noon District: Jakarat

I. Ban Hue Thatla II. Ban Sam Pal 20. Oan Maklua Kao 25. Ban Rang Uang 33. ban Rang Dueng 34. Ban Amid 2. Ban Kao 32. Dan KCitokPal 22. Ban Nang Sana 27. Ban Nang Sakee 3. a Ko I.BnIfum22. BaniKhiang Khwang 23. Ban Khlang Pudaha 4. DBn, Khsnal 14. Ban PeaH 23. Ban Na Ta Khrak 29. Ban Takhlang Laung District: Si Khiu 5. Ban Pang Hals.n.wan IS. Ban Ma Kok 24. Ban Rua Beung 30. Ban Ran Tago 6. Ban Khang Irabue 16. Ban SI Hum 25. Ban Kutwaln 35. Ban Darnwanao 7. Ban Ta-ad 17. Bn Thernon I4ak roI.BnO.Ba Hong Pru District: Kh1mm Thale go 9. Ban Pal 9.Ban Khon Chum flIOURS 6-2 10. Ban Rhok ¶Iaa 31. Ban Hang Khun 32. Ban Pang Daeng sociu-Econamics Sampling Villages: Ares IV

6-5 23. Ban,Na Ta Khrok (i5 1uflulKfn7n)Mu. 4 Tambon Korat. 24. Ban Hua Beung (i5Uiidh) Mu. 5 Tambon Korat. 25. Ban Kutwain (lnutW%uu) Mu. 6 Tambon Boung Keelek. 26. Ban Hong Uang (IIUrnuINLDS) Mu. 7 Tambon Boung Keelek. 27. Ban Nong Sakae (qunnueua:un) Mu. 7 Tambon Von Kra. 28. Ban KhlongqPudcha (ihusmamflhl) Mu. 4 Tambon Khlong Yang. 29. Ban Takhlong Laeng(Znuwtnau4ILh) Mu. 1 Tambon Khlong Yang. 30. Ban Non Tago (nCuLlJuu1n) Mu. 6 Tambon Kud Jik

District: Kthe Thule So

31. Ban Nong khun (uiumuawiu) Mu. 4 Tambon Kham Taleso S 32. Ban Pong Daeng (I1?Cn4u;4) Mu. 2 Tambon Pong Daeng

District: Jakarat

33. Ban Nong Daeng (%nunun4NIf4) Mu. 1 Tambon Nong Ngu-luem 34. Ban Smed (O?uLAR) Mu.11 Tambon Nong Ngu-luem

District': di Khiu

35. Ban Donmaoan (SIuseuut:u¶n) Mu. 7 Tambon Kud Noi

Household Sampling Criteria

Area I - A systematic sampling method was used which Included 50 percent of the housheolds in the two villages. From this, a total of 34 and 64 households from Ban Khao Noi and Ban Ta-Ngol were selected respectively. Area II - Fifty-four households (81.8%) from a total of 66 households were included In this study. (The 12 households not accounted for were absent during the survey period.

Area IV - All 35 selected villages were studied, based on the report No.2 of the community Development Department. More detailed study was also conducted with 19 villages. Ten families from each village were sampled systematically.

6-6 6.1.3 EXISTING ENVIRONHENTAL CONDITIONS

The socio-economic structure of the households in the studied Area can be summarized as follows

Area I 1) Household, population and occupation. Most of the households (66.3%) migrated from almost every region of the country. The majority of these households (58.5%) either moved into the Area from other parts of the province or other provinces within the northeast region. Seventy five per cent of these house- holds had a settlement record of more than 10 years.

The average .size of these households was 4.8 persons/household with almost equal sex dis- tribution. The average size of the working age (15-59 years) was 2.8 persons/household.

The level of education of the heads of these households (i.e. husband and wife) was rather. low. Most of them (74.5%) only completed Pratom 4 (lower than the present compulsory elementary education standard).

Most households (about 50%) were engaged in agriculture. Maize was a major upland crop. The occupation of the remaining sector were casual labour, trading, government employees and fishery.

2) Land holding and-land use. The average land holding of these households was 22.6 rai/household. Most households had their own farm land and very few households need to rent it. However, our study indicated that the proportion of the households owning no

6-7 farm land was about 34.7%. As the land In Area I belongs to various governmental agencies e.g. military, Royal Irrigation Department, these households settled down in the area without any official land owning certificates.

Most of the farm land (78.3%) was suitable for upland crops. The main crops were maize and cassava. The remaining area was used for cultivation of paddy rice, vegetables, trees or pasture.

3) Crop production (1990 season). The whole Area was seriously affected by drought in 1990. This led to low crop yields of maize (both seasons) (<200 kg/rai), cassava (1.43 ton/rai) and baby corn (350-400 kg/rai, normal yield is 1,000 kg/rai). To the least extent, vegetables were grown along the edge of the reservoir. Chinese mustard was the major vegetable crop; about 17.3% of the growers cultivated this vegetable. Fruit trees were grown for domestic consumption only.

4) Livestock production and fishery. Beef cattle production can be regarded as the most important livestock In this Area. The animal were raised by 43.9% of the households at a commercial scale. Chicken raising was very common but was mostly done for household consumption. To a minor extent (1-2%), other animals being raised included dairy cattle, ducks and geese. About 3.1% of the households were involved in fishery. The major purpose was again for household consumption.

5) Household income and expenditure. The total average annual household income of the Area was 86,555.5 Baht. This was rather

6-8

AL high compared with the regional average. The main reason was that all the farm products were completely sold each year. Unlike rice, which some of the product was generally stored in the barns. The proportions of the on-farm income (from beef cattle, maize and vegetables) and off-farm Income were 47 and 53% respectively.

Our study also Indicated the average annual expenditure was 59,639.4 Baht. About 65% of this was for the cost of living and the remaining part comprised on-farm expenditure.

The high cost of living was due to the fact that these households, unlike paddy rlce growers, had to buy necessary food and articles (see Table 6-1).

The average household income and expenditure of different main occupation of the household head are shown in Table 6-2.

Area II 1) Household, population, education and occupation. The Area is located in the National Forest reserve (Pah Khao Tian-Khao Khuen Lan =

YU1J-LT1LTuaU). The affected village is situated on Khao Yal Tiang. All households in this village moved into the Area from other parts, 70.4% of these were from Nakhon Ratcha- sima province. Others were from other parts of the northeast, the central region and Bangkok. Over 80% of the households had a settlement period of more than 10 years.

The average household size of this Area was 4.6 persons with almost equal sex distribution. Our study also revealed the average working age of 2.8. person/household and the dependency ratio of 63 percent.

6-9 Table 6-1 A Soclo-economic Summary of Area I.

Item%

1. Household, population and occupation 1.1 Migrated from other parts 66.3 1.2 Migrated from other prts but

within northeast region - 58.5 1.3 Migrated from other parts of Nakhon Ratchasina province 50.8 1.4 Settling down record of more than 10 years 75.4 1.5 Average household size (person/household) 4.8 1.6 Population growth rate 1.6 1.7 Age distribution young age (0-14 years) - 29.9 working age (15-59 years) 58.3 old age (>60 years) 11.8 1.8 Education, (heads of house- hold) -illiterate 11.2 -elementary 74.5 -secondary 13.3 -university 1.0 1.9 Occupation -agriculture 46.9 -casual labour 22.5 -trading 13.3 -government employee 9.2. -fishery 3.1 -others 5.0

2. Land holding and land use 2.1 No land holding 34.7 2.2 Average land holding (rai/household) 22.6

6-11 Table 6-1 (continued)

Item

2.3 Land use pattern -paddy rice 2.4 -upland crop 78.3 -trees and fruit tree 3.0 -others (vegetables, pasture, 4marginal land) 16.3 2.4 Average crop yield (1990 season, kg/rai)

-paddy rice -119.7 -maize (first season) 195.4 - -maize (second season) 141.9 -baby corn (first seaso*) 419.3 -baby corn (second season) 357.1 *. -cassava 1,428.6

3. Livestock production (proportions of households raising the following livestock) -beef cattle 43.9 -dairy cattle 2.0 -chicken 45.9 -duck 8.2 -geese 1.0

4. Income and expenditure (Baht) 4.1 Average annual income: 86,555.5 -on-farm 40,618.4 -off-farm 45,937.1 4.2 Average annual expenditure 59,639.4 -on-farm 21,088.3 -off-farm 38,551.1

* 1 hectare = 6.25 ral Source: Survey Data.

6-12 Table 6-2 Average Household Income and Expenditure of Different Main Occupations of the Household In Area I (Baht)

Main No.of Income Total Expenditure Total Net Occupation Household Income Expen- Income Far Non-Farm For. Hon-Farm diture

Agriculture 46 73,050.5 48,245.7 121,296.240.399.5 45,183.1 85,582.735,713.6 Casual Labour 22 2,701.439,509.7 42,211.12,580.9 25,8B1.9 20,462.8 12,748.3 Trading 13 15,150.351,172.8 06,323.15,160.4 41,228.7 46,389.1 19,934.0 Govemsent 9 17,492.772,850.9 90,343.64,742.9 39,131.3 43,B74.2 46,469.4 Employee Fishery 3 68,819.310,223.6 79,043.014,186.7 54,524.8 68,711.5 10,311.5

Others 5 - 12,349.4 12,349.4 - 11,291.4 11,291.4 1,058.0

Totaland 98 40,618.4 45,937.1 86,555.5 21,088.338,551.1 59,039.4 2e,916.1 Average

Source Survey Data

6-l3 Most of the heads of household (92.6%) com- pleted elementary education (cPratom 4) and the majority (85.1%) of these households were engaged in agriculture. The major crops culti- vated were maize, cassava and cashew. A small proportion of these households also raised beef cattle as a source of income.

2) Households and assets. In general, the households In this Area owned the land aIlocated by the units under the Royal Forest Department. The actual size of resi- dential land per household varied slightly but the average holding per household was 0.71 rai.

The majority (68.5%) of the houses were one- storey houses built on high poles. Other two common types were - one-storey houses built directly on the ground and two-storey houses built from wood and cement blocks. Most houses had corrugated iron roof wlth wobden wall. The area underneath the high-pole, one-storey houses was generally left as -an empty ground.

Electrical appliances can not be used as the village -had no access to the power line. Battery-operated radios were owned by most households (75.9%). About 33.3% of the house- holds had motorbikes.-

3) Land holding and Land use. Only about 3.7% of the households in this Area did not possesr their own farm land. In general, these households will be provided with a farm land of 14.5 ra/ifamily-by- the Royal Forest Department.-7For a household having a member of over 20 years 6-od, another bi-ockof land of the - same size w-lllbe additionally allocated. As a result,- some oif these householdi Wad more than

6-14 one block of farm land. Furthermore, some households also owned the land which was not affected by the land allocation program. These led to unequal land holding. However, the average land holding of the households in thls Area was 34.3 rail/household.

The land use pattern of this Area gradually changed with time. Orlginally, most of the farm land was used to cultivate upland crops and later this was increasingly replaced by jackfrult. Cashew was introducedto the Area 1986 by the support of the Bank of Agriculture and Agricultural Cooperatives (BAAC). At present, the proportlonsof the land used for upland crops, fruit trees and trees were 55.1, 33.1 and 11.8%rrespectively.

4) Crop production. The major upland crops continually cultivated in the Area were maize and cassava. The average yields of the crops were relatively low: i.e.,160-170and 2,300 kgfrai for maize and cassava respectively. The net cash Incomes derived from these crops were 150-170 Baht/rai for malze and 1,412.70 baht/rai for cassava. A rather high income from cassava was largely due to the high cassava price In the year 1990. In addition, mango, cashew and jackfruit were also cultivated, the average numbers of these fruit trees per household belng 182, 48.5 and 26.7 for cashew, mango and jackfruit respectively. Due to unsuitable land conditions,no paddy rice was cultivated.

5) Livestock production. The only livestock being raised commercially was beef cattle. About 42.6% of these house- holds owned this type of llvestock, the averagp number being 5.6 animals/household.

6-15 6) IXnoom, ezpanditursamd assets. The average annual income of the households in this Area was 80,518.30 Baht. The On-farm and -off-farmproportions of this Income were 63 and 37% respectively. The off-farm income was malnly derived from wages.

Thesm households, however, had an average annual expenditure of 78,233.40 Baht. Therefore, on average these households had a net cash income of only 2,284.90 BMhttyear. The low lncome condition had led to indebtednessamong the 61.1t of the households. The average size of debt was 12,409.40 Baht/household at the survey period.

7) Problems. -All households experlenced various types of diLfficulties and problems. These include:

o Deterioratlon of soil fertility. The problem was a major cause of low crop yields. Applicationof chemlcal fertilizers raised the cost of investment. Fairly little profit was made in the year the crop price was too low. O Water. As the cultlvationbeing done in the whole area was rainfed, the crop yield was therefore subject to drought. o Fluctuationand conditions of low crop prices were also the major problem that put the people in this area at economic risx. o These households lacked appropriate facility to dry their product especially maize seeds. They had to sell the product imediately after threshing while the -seeds contain exceedinglyhigh moisture content to obtain a good price.

6-16 Another problem was related to the increaslng cost of Investment regardlng fertilizers, labour and higher interest rate. Coupling all these with the unpredictabilLty and fluctuationof crop prices, the households ln this area were in a serious economical con- dition.

8) Attitudes towards the development of the Lam Ta Khong Pumpod Storage Project.

At the day the survey was conducted about 81.5% of the households agreed with the development of the Project. Only 1.8% disagreed with lt and 9.3% were still uncertain and about 7.4% had no knowledge of the project. The main reasons for the people disagreeing with or uncertain of the Project were resulted from fearness that their land would be taken away If the Project was developed (see Table 6-3). The average household income and expenditure of different main occupation of the household head are shown in Tgble 6-4.

Data on range of income of household, cost of of production and net cash-income of maize and cassava are shown in Table 6-5, 6-6 and 6-7

respectively. -

Area IV

1) Household, population, education and occupation. Most of the people were born in the area with only 26.3% migrating from other parts within the region, or from Nakhon Ratchasima province. These migrating households had a settllment perlod of more than 10 years.

6-17 Table 6-3 A Soclo-economlcSummary of Area II.

Item

1. Household, education and occupation 1.1 Migrated from other parts 100 1.2 Mlgrated from other parts wlthln northeast reglon 85.4 1.3 Migrated from other parts of Nakho! Ratchaslam province 70.4 1.4 Settline down record of more than 10 years 78.4 1.5 Average household size - (person/household) 4.6 1.6 Population growth rate 1.6 1.7 Age distribution -youngage (0-14 years) 34.4 working age (15-59 years) 61.5 old age 4.1 1.8 Education (heads of household) -illiterated 5.6 -elementary 92.6 -secondary 1.8 1.9 Occupation -agriculture 85.1 -casual labour 7.4 -government employee 1.9 -prlvate sector employee 3.7 -unspecified 1.9 2. Housing and assets 2.1 Average household area (rai) 0.71 2.2 Type of housing -hlgh poles, one storey-wooden house 68.5 -two storey-house, mixture of wood and bricks 5.6 -one storey-house built directly on ground 25.9

6-18 Table 6-3 (continued)

Item

2.3 Household belongings (number) -radio 75.9 '-television (black & white) 57.4 -motorbike 33.3 -television (colour) 5.6 3. Land holding and land use 3.1 No land holding 3.7 3.2 Average land holding (rai/household) 34.3 -beef cattle 42.6 -buffalo 1.8 -chicken 63.0 -duck 1.8 3.3 Land use pattern -upland crop 55.1 -trees and frult trees 33.1 -upland crop mixed with fruit tree 11.8

4. Crop yield (kg/ral, 1990 season) -maize (first season) 166.7 -maize (second season) 172.7 -cassava 2,300.0

5. Net cash income form upland crops (Baht/rai) (1990 season): -maize (first season) 148.9 -maize (second season) 167.6 -cassava 1,412.7

6. Number of trees and fruit trees/ household

6-19 Table 6-3 (continued)

- Item

-mango 48.5 -cashew 181.8 -jackfruit 26.7

7. Livestock production (number of households raising the following livestock) -beef cattle 42.6 -buffalo 1.8 -chicken 63.0 -duck 1.8 8. Average annual income, expenditure and debt (Baht) 8.1 Average annual household income 80,518.3 -on-farm 29,762.8 -off-farm 50,755.5 8.2 Average annual household expenditure 78,233.4 -on-farm 22,653.6 -off-farm 55,579.8 8.3 Debt -number of household indested (%) 61.1 -average amount of debt/house- hold (Baht) 12,409.4

9. Attitudes toward the Project development -agreed 81.5 -disagreed 1.8

- -uncertain 9.3 -no knowledge 7.4

6-20 Table 6-3 (continued)

Item

10. Main reasons for those disagreed or uncertain -fear of loosing farm land 83.3 -not certain If the project will actually be developed 16.7

11. Readiness to move out of the Project Area if the Project was developed -Yes 22.2 -No 50.0 -No decision making 27.8

12. Main reason for those answering 'Now in item 11 -No place to move to 96.3 -rather certain that new farm land will be provided 3.7

Source Survey Data

6-21 Table 6-4 Average Household Income and Expenditure of Different Main Occupations -of the Household Head In Area II (Baht)

llain No.of Income Total Expenditure Total Net OccupSti4o Household Income Expen- Incom Fam Non-Farm Fam Non-Form diture

Agriculture 46 29,257.4 53,493.7 82,751.622,354.4 50,109.9 81,474.21,277.4 CasualLabDur 4 18,3B8.231,511.5 49,879.7 7,704.1 32,352.2 40,056.1 9,823.6 Private 2 59,818.557,628.5 117,440.8 68,087.5 46,907.6 114,095.1 2,451.6 Sector Employee Goernmnt 1 58,220.330,794.5 105,014.9 27,542.1 56,978.5 84,520.6 20,404.2 Employe Unspecfied 1 - 1,98. 1,088.0 - 2,054.5 2,054.5-65.7

Totaland 54 29,752.850,755.5 80,518.3 22,653.0 55,579.8 78,233.4 2,284.9 Average

Source Survey Data

6-22 Table 6-5 Number of Households In Area II Classlfied by Range of Income.

Range of lncome (Baht) No. of household

C5,000 1 1.85 5,001-10,000 10,001-15,000 1 1.85 15,001-20,000 2 3.70 20,001-25,000 2 3.70 25,001-30,000 1 1;85 30,001-35,000 2 3.70 35.001-40,000 6 11.11 40,001-45,000 3 5.56 45,001-50,000 3 5.56 50,001-55,000 3 5.56 55,001-60,000 4 7.41 60,001-65,000 5 9.26 65,001-70,000 4 7.41 70,001-75,000 2 3.70 75,001-80,000 2 3.70 80,001-85,000 1 1.85 85,001-90,000 1 1.85 90,001-95,000 2 3.70 95,001-100,000 1 1.85 >100,000 8 14.83

Total 54 100.00

Source : Survey Data

6-23 Table 6-6 Cost of Production and Net Income Derived from Maize in Area II (Baht/ral).

Investment and Income First season Second season (Baht) (Baht) (Baht)

1. Investment costs 326.19 3f"SY£ Labour/Farm machine hirinq 125.13 127.33 Wages : -sowlng 33.86 30.84 -weeding 50.74 44.60 -fertilization 3.91 4.44 -harvesting 23.08 28.94 -seed collection 18.44 22.27 -seeds 20.66 18.36 -fertilizers 45.87 33.87 -pesticides 2.75 3.03 -interest/purchase and repairs of farm tools 1.75 2.28 2. Income 475.09 483.56 (average yield = 166.7 kg/rai (average price = 2.85 Baht/kg) yield = 172.7 kgq/rai price = 2.80 Baht/kg) 3. Net income (2-1) 148.90 167.60

Source : Survey Data

6-24 Tuble 6-7 Cost of Production and Net Income Derived from Cassava in Area II (Baht/ral).

Investment and income Baht

1. Investment cost 427ZI Farm machine hiring 55.37 Labour 9.09 Wages : -preparation of cuttings 13.37 -planting 23.99 -weeding 29.72 -fertilization 0.90 -harvest 86.15 Transport 60.02 Stems (for planting) 13.11 Fertilizer 15.50 Interest/purchase and repair of farm tools 120.08

2. Income 1,840.00 (average yield = 2,300 kg/ral price = 0.80 Baht/kg)

3. Net Income (2-1) 1,412.70

Source : Survey Data

6-25 Table 6-8 A SocLo-economlcSummary of Area IV.

Item

1. Household, population, education and occupation 1.1 Migrated from other parts 26.3 1.2 Migrated from other parts within northeast region 86.0 1.3 Nigrated from other parts of Nakhon Ratchasima 72.0 1.4 Settleing down record of more than 10 years 86.0 1.5 Average household size (person/household 4.7 1.6 Population growth rate 1.6 1.7 Education (head of the household) -illiterate 2.6 -elementary 90.0 -secondary 7.4 1.8 Occupation -agriculture 49.0 -casual labour 31.5 -trading 9.5 -government employee 5.3 -employee of private sector 2.6 -other 2.1 2. Land holding and land use 2.1 No land holding 10.0 2.2 Average land holding (rai) 13.8 2.3 Land use pattern -paddy rice 63.1 -upland crop 26.2 -trees and frult trees 1.5 -others 7.2

6-26 Table 6-8 (continued)

Item

2.4 Average crop yield (kg/ral, 1990 season) -paddy rice 324.0 -maize (first season) 244.3 -maize (second season) 282.5 -cassava 2,175.0 -mungbean 113.0

3. Livestock production (Number of households raising the following 1ivestock) -beef cattle 13.7 -swine 12.1 -duck 14.2 -chicken 37.4 -buffalo 1.6 4. Average annual household income (Baht) 52,665.8 -on-farm 18,714.2 -off-farm 33,951.6

* 1 hectare = 6.25 rai Source : Survey Data

6-27 On average, the household size was 4.7 persons/ household, with almost equal distrlbution between male and female. Most-of the heads of these households completed only elementary education (Pratom 4).

Farming and labour were the main occupation. The proportions of the households engaged in farming and labour were 49% and 31.5% respec- tively. The remaining sections were Involved in trading, government and private employment.

2) Lanu holding and land use. About 90% of these households farmed on thelr own land (average holding = 13.8 rai/household).

Host of the farm land in thls Area (65%) had access to irrigation water. The land use patterns Included paddy rice (63.1%) and upland crops (28.2%). Fruit trees, vegetables and pasture species were also grown but to a minor extent on the remaining section of the farm land.

3) Crop production in 1990 season. The maln crops cultivated In the 1990 season Included paddy rice, maize, cassava and mung- bean. The yields obtained were generally higher than other Areas as most of the farm land was irrigated (see Table 6-8).

4) Livestock production. The livestock animals being raised in this area were be}f cattle, swines and ducks. Very few - households did this commercially. Fishery was practised mainly to fulfill domestic con-

sumption. - - -

6-28 5) Household income. The average annual Income of the households In this area was 52, 665.80 Baht. The proportions of the on farm and off-farm incomes were 65% and 35% respectively. Most of the on-farm In- come was derived from crop production (see Table 6-8).

6.1.4 ZUIPACTABSESHEET

6.1.4.1 Project ConstructionImpact

Negative Impact:

Forty-five households in the Project site (Ban Khao Yai Tiang, Mu 6, or the second group of the forest coizunity village) will lose 1,393.75 rai (223 hectares) of land, which is about 64% of the total farm land of the vlllage. As a result, the majority of the households will permanently lose their subsistence land as well as their net cash income of 16,450 Baht/year from upland crops. The findings indlcate that the Project will not bring about any impact to the houses or other construction materia2s at Ban Khao Yai Tiang.

Positive lmpact:

1) The inhabitants of working age in the above village, villages along the edge of the reservoir, and the areas nearby will have more opportunity to work and obtain an income from the Project. Some of the villagers will be able to run small businesses and services for the wokrs and the project engineers.. 2) There will be an increase in the amount of circulating money provlding a continuous flow of

6-29 trading and businesses both at the dlstrict and provincial levels. This will consequently improve the overall economical conditions of the people in Pak Chong Distsict, Si Khlu Distrlct, and Muang District, Nakhon Ratchasima province. This impact will eventually benefit the economy of the country as a whole.

6.1.4.2 Long-Term Impact

Negatiwe Impact:

1) Forty-five households in Ban Khao Yal Tiang, Mu 6 will permanently lose their subsistence land as well as incomes from growing field crops, fruit trees, and perennials,as mentioned before for the constructionperiod. 2) Inhabitantsof villages along.the edge of the reservoir who used to fish for household consumptionand for selling will catch less fish due to the fact that their fishing area infront of the intake outlet will be decreased about 0.25 km2 or about 0.7t of the reservoir area at NHWL.

Positive Impact:

1) Inhabltantsof Ban Khao Yai :Tiang In the upper reservoir and the vicinity are likely to obtain more income from doing business with and giving service to tourists visiting the area. With an increase in torist number, services in Pak Chong District, Si Khiu District, and Huang Distriet will improve. This will eventually bear good results on the country's economy as a whole. 2) The road that goes through Ban Khao Yai Tiang will be improved.

6-30 6.2 RESETLE T/R3LOCATION/CDHPEMBSATON

6.2.1 INTRODUCTION

As a consequence of the development of the Project, the properties and assets of the people especlally In Area II (Ban Khao Yal Tiang Mu 6 Tumbol Klong Phai = ZLU I1UnU1'U4 6 fslaflaea') will be unavoidablyaffected. This study was conducted to evaluate the compensation costs which will be required if the Project Is to be developed.

Objectives

L) To investigate the existing. conditions of income and assets of the households receiving impact from the Project. 2) To assess the cost of land, houses and other possessionsof the households. 3) To give recom endations concerning the methods and procedures of compensation to the households.

Scope of Work

1) Villages receiving direct impact from the Project were investigated. 2) The cost of house, rice barn other constructions, land and crops of each households receiving impact from the Project were appraised. 3) Alternative areas were recommended.

6.Z22 B2NODOLO5Y

6.2.2.1 Components of campensationcost

As there were no houses in the affected Area, the calcula- tion method for Total Compensation Cost (TCC) which generally includes the compensation cost for housing was not

6-31 used in this case. The compensation costs were therefore worked out to cover the followings :-

2.1.1 Compensationcost for land (CL). and 2.1.2 Compensation cost for trees and fruit trees (CT).

The equation was

TCC = CL + CT

CL = Compensation cost for 1 rai of land x the total area (rai) to be affected by the Project. CT = Compensation cost for each individual type of tree and fruit tree x the total numbers of trees and frult tree existing In the affected area.

6.2.2.2 Calculationmethods for compensationcosts

Compensation cost for Iand

As the Area is situated in the National Forest Reservation Area, these households have no eligibility to obtain any form of land certificates. They only hold receipts for payments of local land tax (POR BOR TOWP = n.u.in. 5 ) which can not be used to certify land right. According to the laws, the government reserves the full right to either reclaim the land without compensationpayment or to make a minimal payment in terms of land developmentcost. However, as these households have been settling down in the Area for more than 10 years, such actlons will certainly cause enormous conflicts and suffer among the people which can lead to varlous forms of antigovernment confrontatlon. As a result, estimates of compensation for land were computed based on the actual land price of the Area. This price was quoted from sellers, buyers, brokers as well as the people living in the Area in general.

6-33 Compensation cost for trees and fruit trees

The steps being taken when the compensationwas calculated were as follows:

1) Classifying the trees and fruit trees into 2 groups, non-yielding and yielding, according to their stages of development. 2) The compensation -for the non-yielding plants by the Investment costs incurred since plantation commenced plus the interest of the Investment costs. This was then added to the opportunity cost expected if these households are to plant the trees and fruit trees to the same stage of growth. To avoid or minimize possible conflicts, the ages of the non-yielding plants of all species were averaged and used to calculate for the compensation. The total compensation for trees and fruit trees were then calculated for all tree types taking their total number into account. 3) Compensation assessment for fruit trees and perennials at yielding periods. The method applied in the assessment was adding the compensation cost of a certain tree during the year prior to its yielding period to the net income the farmer should receive from such tree when It is cut down. For instance, If a tree starts yielding when It is 5 years old and it is to be cut down at this yielding period, the compensa- tion cost computed when it was 4 years old (non-yielding stage or one year before Its yielding period) plus the net income the farmer should receive from this tree when it is 5 years old.

6-34 6.2.3 IMPACT ABERHMEUT

Based on the above methodology, The Total Compensation Costs (TCC) in the year 1990 were estimated as follows:

6.2.3.1 Compensation cost for land

The compensation cost for land was estimated at 22,996,875 Baht for a total area of 1,393.75 rai (= 223 hectares), using the estimated land price of 16,500 Baht/ral.

6.2.3.2 Coupensation for treas ed fruit trues

The compensation costs for both yielding and non-yielding plants are presented in Table 6-9. The total individual counts of trees and fruit trees were made. The types and numbers of trees and fruit trees to be affected by the Project are presented in Table 6-10.

From the information in these two Tables, the total estimated compensation cost is 4,306,356 Baht (Table 6-11) Combining all these items together the Total Compensation Cost (TCC) for the affected Area becomes 27,303,231 Baht as summarized-below.

(1) Compensationcost for land 22,996,875 Baht (2) Compensation cost for trees and fruit trees aQLf6.lj Baht Total 3Z.-231 Baht

However, if the land price in the construction site is estimated on the theory that the value of land price does not exceed the overall income to be derived from that price of land, the compensation rate/rai will be 19,23011 Baht. Hence , the total compensation cost for the land of 2.23 square kilometer or- 1,393.75 ral (the construction site) in this case will be 26,801,813 Daht.

6-35 A summary of the assets to be affected by the Project.

1) Farm land of 1,393.75ral or 223 hectares. 2) 13,916 trees or fruit trees. 3) 45 affected households.

N.gtn ]f The compensationcost for land was calculated from net cash income from the following equation :

V = R/i

Where R = Average net Income per rai of the farm land I - Interest rate and V = Land price For this case, which R = 2,307.50 Baht, I = 12% the Land Price (V) 2,307.50/0.12 = 19,230 Baht/rai

6-36 Table 6-9 Compensation Costs for Trees and Fruit Trees (Baht/plant).

Stages of development Types of tree… ------Not yielding Yielding

1. cashew (Mt14nJiwluffl) 190 590 2. manqgc (Jti1) 300 950 3. jackfruit (uuu) 250 520 4. tamarind (=1Jt') 450 1,500 5. coconut (N:74nr) 170 530 6. rambutan (L4nt) 300 1,050 7. longan (a''u) 300 1,050 8. pamela (Xu1t) 80 280 9. guava (W7.3) 80 200 10. goosebery (3itu) 80 180 11. custard apple (iusuun"I) 50 100 12. papaya (utatne) 15 25 13. banana (n;iu ) 20 270 14. lime (s:wru) 100 270 15. lemon (utnio) 16. kapok tree ("uu) 20 100 17. bamboo 4s)4 18. eucalyptus (hifiuiJAO) 20

Source : Survey Data

6-37 Table 6-10 Numbers of Trees and Fruit Trees In the Area Affectad by the Project.

Stages of development Types of tree ------Total Not yielding Yielding

1. cashew (2za4iuzrue) 4,820 2,600 7,421 2. mango (wtii4) 1,271 714 1,985 3. jackfrult (Tuu) 134 959 1,093 4. tamarind (ustnl) 172 60 232 5. coconut (U:nsnn) 40 16 56 6. rambutan (L41:) 7 - 7 7. longan (Wllu) - 16 16 S. parAelo(Lulo) - 5 5 9. guava (W1pi) - 16 16 10. goosebery (utum) - 5 5 11. custard apple (iusuwui) 54 78 132 12. papaya (Rna:n9) 47 83 130 13. banana (naru) 393 - 393 14. lime (mt:ui) - 31 31 15. lemon (Utn7o) - 5 5 16. kapok tree (9nau'U) 114 105 219 17. bamboo (li) 1,849 - 1,849 18. eucalyptus (AuuifwljiJf) 321 - 321

Total 9,223 4,693 13,916

Source : Survey Data

6-38 Table 6-11 Compensation COsts.for Trees and Fruit Trees. (Baht)..

Stages of development Types of tree ------Total Not yielding Yielding

1. cashew (wtirhmnuqi) 915,990 1,539,000 2,449,990 2. mango (ut:in) 381,300 678,300 1,059,600 3. jackfruit (WUu) 33,500 498,680 532,180 4. tamarind (un'r') 77,400 90,000 167,400 5. coconut (untmi'q) 6,800 8,480 15,280 6. rambutan (W.r:) 2,100 - 2,100 7. longan (a','lu) - 16,800 16,800 8. pamelo (iude) - 1,400 1,400 9. guava (dv) - 3,200 3,200 10. goosebery (u:wj) - 900 900 11. custard apple (lau1fl) 2,700 7,800 10,500 12. papaya (I:ia:n) 705 2,075 2,780 13. banana (niiu) 7,860 - 7,860 14. lime (:utur) - 8,370 8,370 15. lemon (uzn7%) - 1,400 1,400 16. kapok tree (Auiwu) 2,280 10,500 12,780 17. bamboo (ol) 7,396 - 7.396 18. eucalyptus (Auutm1aJ) 6,420 - 6.420 U

Total 1,444,451 2,861,905 4,306,356

Source: Estimated from Survey Data

6-39 6.3 PUBLIC IEALTS AND PUBLIC AarrTr

6.3.1 INTRODUCTION

Among the most important resources of the country, human being Is the most vluable asset. It has been well accepted that a healthy population Is the ultimate goal of socio-economic and social developments. In turn, population in good health could contribute more to national economic growth, and health is a substantial factor for the quality of life. Public health is therefore regarded as a multidis- ciplinary and multisectoral concern as well as an integral part of general community development. A development project, while primarily aiming at improving socio-economic condition of the population, commonly covers Improvement of public health as one of its purposes. Nevertheless, a development project that results In an ecological change like the construction of "A Pumped Storage Project" might have direct adverse effects on certain aspects of public health. - This Is why a public health study is needed in the pre-constructionstage, with a particular respect to setting up a plan to minimize any serious unavoidableeffects.

Objectives

The objectives of thls study were as follows:

1) To study base line data of the community. 2) -To identify causes and consequences along the course of the project development relating to public health and public safety. 3) To develop public health, public safety mitiga- tion measures and monitoring programs.

Scope of.Work

This study was divided into 2 major parts, analysis of existing data and survey data. The existing data, were further divided into 3 parts: (i) health facilities and

4-40 health personnels; (ii) morbidity and mortality, outpatients, inpatients, food and water-bornediseases, diseases of the respiratory system, mosquito-bornediseases, vaccine preven- table diseases, sexually transmitted diseases and HIV infections, accidents, and parasitic diseases; (Mii) other health status, environmental sanitation,nutritional status, maternal and child health, and family planing. The survey data, on the other hand, were sub-divided into 4 parts: (i) morbidity, causes of illness, accidents and injuries, and parasitic diseases; (1i) mortality; (iiI) disability; (iv) other health status, environmental sanitation, nutri- tional status, maternal and child health, family planing, and mental health and stress.

6.3.2 DETHODOLCOY

The methods of this study consisted of the following procedures:

1) Data on demography,health facilities or health delivery system, health personnel, morbidity and mortality rates, and other health status were collected from reports and records of various governmentagencies In Nakhon Ratchasima Province. 2) The survey on community health was carried out by an interview technique based on a structured interview schedule and an observational form to gather data on people health (illness and in- juries) and environmental sanitation. The villages studied included Ban Khao Nol (ZIUL11- usi), Ban Tha Ngoi (?iuiiomu) of Pak Chong district, and Ban Khao Yai Tiang (1Luh1JLnu%), and Ban Sub Sri Chan (Z1s9UrnUffiUW7)of Si Khiu district (See Figure 6-3). 3) Stool examination for parasitic diseases and nutritional status assessment. 4) Projection of the consequencesof public health changes due to the proposed project.

6-41 1 * ~~~ __-_1 7ZV* N *1

-A-I__~~~~~~~~~VA

0 12 KM.;,C7

0Studiedvil.lage 1 - Ban Khao Noi 3 Khao- YaiTi AB 4 -Ban Sub Sri Chan

InulF - X 5ru'uiirnarll . AvM *~~~~~~rwosTAKNONGRSF.O

._ - X -sn Publ ic Bealth Studied Vi llages - ts it 68 ;t 71st. e130

1642- 6.3.3 EUISTZUG EaVI NOMNTIL CONDITIONS

6.3.3.1 Existing Data

The Minlstry of Public Health Is responsible in provlding care for all people ln the whole country lncluding health promotion, disease prevention and control, and treatment and rehabilltation. In Nakhon Ratchaslma provlnce, curative services were mainly conducted by the regional and dlstrict hospitals while health promotion and disease prevention and control services were mainly provided by health centers located in tambons and villages. Private medical clinlcs and the private health sectors which were mostly located in urban areas maLnly provided curative services. In rural areas, people usually sought medical and health care from drug stores, local traditional healers, community health volunteers and government health centers. The findings of existLng data analysis were summarlzed as follows:

Public Health Pacilities and Personnels

There were many head quarters of government health agencLes, private hospitals, clinics, and midwLfery and nursing schools. The Nakhon Ratchasima regional hospital, namely Maharatch, also served as a provinclal or general hospital that supported community hospitals and general hospitals in other provinces. There were 21 community hospitals served In all dlstricts (except Muang distrlct), 267 health centers, 1 extended hospital, 3,174 health post volunteers, 25,915 health educators, 2,670 model mothers, 930 traditionalbirth attendants, 826 vlllage sanitationmechanics, 6 private hos- pitals (395 beds), 130 medlcal clinics, 35 dental clinics, and 78 midwifery clinics. (see Table 6-12)

In general, it was considered that the health facilities and personnels of Nakhon Ratchasima province were adequate with a very solld foundation of primary health care programs ln the community.

6-43 Tuble 6-12 Health Facillty in Nakhon Ratchasima Province 1990.

Health personnel Number

Iooal Hsalth Facillties 1. Provincial Health Office 1 2. Regional Hospltal/General 1 Hospital (1,000 beds) 3. Community Hospital (60 beds) 6 4. Community Hospital (30 beds) 5 5. Community Hospltal (10 beds) 10 6. District Health Offle 24 7. Extended Hospital 1 8. Health Center 267 9. Radio Medical Service Statlon

Primasy Health Care Volunteers 1. Health Post Volunteer 3,174 2. Health Communicator 25,915 3. Model Mother 2,670 4. Trained Traditional Birth 930 Attendant 5. Community Sanitation 826 Mechanic

Private Hsalth Facilities 1. Private Hospital (395 beds) 6 2. Medical Clinic 130 3. Dental Clinic 35 -4. Midwifery Clinic 78 5. Drug Store 284 6. Drug Store (Herbal Medicine) 73

Source : Health DevelopmentReport, Region 3, 1991.

6-44 Morbidity

a) Outpatients The leading causes of morbidity In out- patients were the diseases of the respiratory tract system, diseases of the digestive system and ill-defined conditions. Morbidity rates which were 147.5, 99;5 and 81.1 per 100,000 population respectively, were not dif- ferent when compared-tomorbidity rates of the whole region. (see Table 6-13)

b) Inpatients The most leading causes of morbidity of in- patients In 1990 were diseases of enteritis and diarrhea (272.1 per 100,000 pop.). The morbidity rate was whigher than that in 1989 (246.7 per 100,000 pop.), and 1.32 times higher than that of the whole region.

The next leading cause of morbidity was infections and others (229.1 per 100,000 pop.). The morbidity rate in 1990 was 1.56 times higher than that In 1989 and 1.74 times higher than that for the whole region.

The third leading cause was the symptom and ill-defined condition. The morbidity rate in 1989 and 1990 were 218.3 and 226.4 per 100,000 pop. respectively. The morbidity rate for the whole regLon was 1.5 time hiqher than that in Nakhon Ratchasima prorince.

Other important diseases were pneumonia and malaria. The morbidity rate was less than that for whole region. The morbidity rates of malaria in 1989 and 1990 were 19.3 and 23.6 per 100,000 pop. respectivelywhile the morbidity rates for the whole region were 111.6 and 79.0 per 100,000 pop. respectively. The pneumonia morbidity rate was lower than that for the whole region too.

The morbidity rates from other diseases such as Dengue Haemorrhagic fever, anemia, accidents and so on. were not significantly different from those -for the whole region. (see Table 6-14)

6-46 Table 6-13 The Cause of Illness of Out patients in Nakhon Ratchasima Province and Region 3

Regioa3 NakhonRatchasiua

Causes 1989 *990 1389 1990

Nuuer Rate Number Rate Number Rte Number Rate

1 710,219 73.5 587,072 70.2 125,082 54.7 130,405 55.5 2 29,202 3.0 29,655 3.0 9,322 4.1 9,524 4.1 3 201,357 20.9 214,575 21.9 41,375 18.1 48,543 21.0 4 42,771 4.4 43,397 4.4 10,441 4.5 11,042 4.8 5 212,701 22.1 294,562 30.1 55,804 24.4 91,640 39.7 a 275,427 28.5 278,521 28.5 71,477 31.3 81,714 35.4 7 135,548 14.1 152.844 15.6 35,261 15.4 45,219 19.6 B 1,470,705152.5 1,424,445145.6 320,457 140.2 340,540 147.5 9 915,519 94.9 960,949 98.2 200,579 87.5 229,665 99.5 10 220,521 22.7 237,855 24.3 52,142 22.8 55,617 24.1 11 85,264 8.8 86,925 8.9 16,477 7.2 22,979 10.0 12 371,270 38.5 311,173 31.8 68,953 30.2 74,210 32.2 13 275,370 28.6 306,998 31.4 57,727 29.6 83,745 35.3 14 9,404 1.0 6,451 0.7 632 0.3 1,247 0.5 15 9,598 1.0 9,018 0.9 1,786 0.8 1,595 0.7 16 855,611 88.7 874,188 89.4 159,305 69.7 187,163 81.1 17 433,764 45.0 454,039146.4 90,951 39.8 109,516 47.5

Total 5,254,551548.5 5,372,732651.3 1,327,771580.9 1,524,366560.4

Source : Health Development Report Region 3, 1991 Remarks : Date per 100,000 population.

1 = Infectious and Parasitic Diseases 2 = Neoplasm 3 = Disease of Endrocrine, Nutrition & Metabolism 4 = Disease of the Blood Forming Organ 5 = Mental Disorder 6 = Disease of Nervous System-& Sensory Organ

6-47 7 = Disease of the CirculatorySystem 8 = Disease of RespiratorySystem 9 = Disease of the Digestive System 10 = Dlsease of the Genito-urinarySystem 11 = Complicationof Pregnancy & Puerperium 12 = Disease of the Skin & Subcutaneoustissue 13 = Diseases of musculo-Skeletal System and Connectlve Tissue 14 = CongenitalAnormalies 15 = Certain Causes of Perinatal Morbidity and Mortality 16 = Ill-definedCondition 17 = Accidents, Violence and Poisoning

6-48 Table 6-14 The Cause of Illness of Inpatients in Nakhon Ratchasima Province and Region 3

Region3 MakhonRatchasima

Causes 1989 190W 1989 1990

Number Rbte Nuiber Rate Number Rate Number Rate

1.Enteritis end 34,632 359.1 33,251339.8 5,539 246.7 6,280 272.1 DiErrboes 2. Systompad 33,271 344.9 30,082 307.6 4,989 218.3 5,225 225.4 III Define condition 3. D.H.F. 12,957 134.4 18,370 167.6 2,225 97.3 3,578 155.0 4. Infectious 12,731 132.0 17,038 174.1 3,370 147.4 5,288 229.1 Disease and others 5. Traffic Acci- 13,414 139.1 16,321 155.8 3.288 143.8 4,222 182.9 dents 6. Accident From 15,706 162.8 16,277 156.4 3,407 149.1 3,971 172.0 All Cause 7. Fever of Un- 16,907 176.2 15,554 159.0 3,210 140.4 2,657 115.5 knownOrigin 8. Pneumonia 15,521 150.9 12,787 130.7 2,051 116.0 2.158 93.2 9. Bronchitis 12,507 129.7 11,073 113.2 2,805 122.8 2,755 119.8 Bronchiecta- sis and as- thms 10. Peptic Ulcer 9,620 99.7 9,803100.2 2,258 98.8 2,328 100.9 11. Appendititis 7,847 81.4 8,790 89.8 2,117 92.5 1,991 85.3 12.Abortion 8,068 83.7 8,404 85.9 1,514 66.2 1,679 72.7 13. Malaria 10,759 111.6 7,730 70.0 441 19.3 545 23.6 14. Disease of 6,621 68.7 6,883 70.4 1,535 57.2 2,138 92.0 Skinand Subcutaneous Tissue

6-49 Table 6-14 (Continued)

Regon 3 NakhboRatchasims

Causes 1989 10900 1989 1090

Nunber Rate Number Rate Number Rate Number Rate

15. Neoplasm 6,553 61,9 5,269 53.9 1,328 58.1 1,614 69.9 16. Coplication 4,604 47.7 4,804 49.1 1,371 60.0 1,602 60.4 of Pregnancy andPuerpe- riw. 17. Anemia 3.702 38.4 4,712 48.2 820 35.9 901 39.0 18. Hypertension 3,343 34.7 4,148 42.4 861 37.7 1,183 51.2 19. All Other 5,488 56.9 3,804 38.9 1,390 61.2 1,127 48.8 cause 20. All Other 94,976 984.7 96,659 987.9 20,205 887.9 20,445 885.7 Diseases

Total 329,3273,414.4 331,7593,390.8 65,5252,866.5 71,701 3,100.3

Remarks: Rate per 100,000 population. Source: Health Development Report Region 3, 1991

6-50 c) Food and Water Borne Diseaaes

Nakhon Ratchas1a Province. Using data from epidemiologicalsurveillance system, it was found that the most notificationaldisease was diarrhea, the morbidlty rate of which was 948.01 per 100,000 pop. In 1989 and increased to 1,103.62 per 100,000 pop. in 1990. The other important diseases in this group were dysentery, food poisoning, typhoid and hepatitis. Their morbidity rates in 1990 were 181.70, 133.61, 15.73 and 18.54 per 100,000 pop. respectively. So diarrheal disease was the most important cause of morbidity in the population. (see Table 6-15)

Pak Chong and Si Dhiu Dlstricts. Diarrheal disease was the highest morbidity rate In Pak Chong and Si Khiu distrlcts too. In Si Khiu district, the morbidity rate in 1988 was 1,384.47 per 100,000 pop. It then decreased to 931.55 and 852.4 per 100,000 pop. In 1989 and 1990 respectively. In 1990, the morbidity rate of diarrhea in Pak Chong was 1.6 times higher than that in Si Khiu district.

For other important diseases in this group In Pak Chong district in 1990, the morbidity rates of food poisoning, dysentery (unspeciried)and infectious hepatitis were 162.8,:84.8 and 24.8 per 100,000 pop. respectively. In Si Khiu district, the important diseases in this group were dysentery (unspecified), food poisoning, typhoid and becillary dysentery (118.7, 78.3, 43.5 and 3.6 per 100,000 pop. respectively).

It was noticed that the morbidity rates of typhoid fever and bacillary dysentery in Si Rhlu were 4.5 and 17.2 times higher than those in Pak Chong district respectively, but the morbidity rates of enteric fever and food poisoning In Pak Cong were

6-51 Table 6-15 Number and Morbidity Rate of Food and Water Borne Disease in Nakhon Ratchasima Province

1959 1990 Causes Remarks Number Rate Number Rate

Acute Diarrhea 21,672 961.09 25,474 1103.62 Dysentery 3,670 160.55 4,194 181.70 Food Poisoning 3,312 164.89 3,014 133.61 Typhold Fever 402 17.59 363 15.73 Hepatitis 409 17.39 438 18.54

Remark : Rate per 100,000 population Source Health Development Report Region 3, 1991

6-52 8.23 and 2.1 times higher than those in Si Khlu dlstriet respectively. d) Mosquito-borne Diseases. Using data from a health deve- lopment report of reglon 3 in 1990, it was found that :

Dangue IlmmorrhagicFever The morbidity rate of D.H.F. in 1989 which was 129.1 per 100,000 pop. increased to 157.7 per 100,000 pop. in 1990. Never- theless, the morbidity rate In Nakhon Ratchasl.a province was lower than that In the whole region.

The morbidity rate of D.H.F. ln Pak Chong district was 24.07 per 100,000 pop. in 1988 and increased to 61.95 and 82.8 per 100,000 pop. In 1989 and 1990 respectively. In Si Khiu district, the morbidity rate was Increasing too, 63.24, 150.42 and 222.0 per 100,000 pop. In 1988, 1989 and 1990 respec- tlvely. It was 1.4-1.7 times higher than that in Pak Chong district.

Enephalitis The morbidity rate of encephalitis in Nakhon Ratchasima province was about 2.0 per 100,000 pop., a lLttle lower than that in the whole region. (The morbidity rate of encephalitis in the whole region was 1.6 per 100,000 pop). The morbidity rate in Si Khiu was 2 times higher than that in Pak Chong district (2.6 and 1.4 per 100,000 pop. respectively)

Malaria Incidence rates of malaria in 1990 ln Si Rhlu and Pak Chong district were 0.1-0.3 per 1,000 pop. approxlmatelyequal to those ln Nakhon Ratcha- sima province (0.27 per 1,000 pop.) and 18-41 times lower than those In the whole country. It was noticed that the incidence rate of malaria in the two districts was decreasing. And according to the slide positive rate, it was found that the slide

6-5' positive rate in the two distriets was 7.57-8.85 times lower than those in the whole country, and the trend were decreasing also.

Meningitis The morbidity rates of menlngitis in Nakhon Ratchasima province in 1989 and 1990 were 3.1 and 3.3 per 100,000 pop. respectively (see Table 6-16)

O) Diseases of Respiratory Bystes. It was found that the morbidity rates of pneumonia and Influenza were decreasing. Nevertheless, the morbidity rates of penumonia and influenza were still hlgh (100-170 per 100,000 pop.) (see Table 6-17) f) Vaccine PreventableDiseases. In this group, diseases whose morbidity rates were lower than 1.0 per 100,000 pop. were poliomyelitis, diphtheria, tetanus neonatorum, and pertussis (0.00, 0.04, 0.19 and 0.52 per 100,000 pop. respectively). Measles caused the highest morbidity rate in this group, 52.68 per 100,000 pop. In 1990, 2.9 times higher than in 1989. Tuberculosis was the next leading cause in this group, 31.0, 39.0 per 100,000 pop. in 1989 and 1990 respectively. (see Table 6-18) g) 8exually Transmitted Diseases and EIV Infection. Data from health development reports and monthly reports from Nakhon Ratchasima provincial public health office in 1991, revealed that HIV Infectionwere increasing from 4.91 per 100,000 pop. in 1989 to 28.59 per 100,000 pop. in 1990, 5.72 times higher. But other sexually transmitteddiseases were decreasing, especially gnonorrhea,which was 2 times lower. (see Table 6-19) h) Accidents. Based on data from accident surveillance reports, and special reports, of Nakhon Ratchasima province, 12 groups of accidents were categorized. In Pak Chong district, there were 5,353 accidents and 41 deaths in 1990.

6-54 The most leading cause was traffic accidents (39.7%). In Si Rhiu, In 1990, there were 5,438 accidents, and the most leading cause was also trafflc accidents (2,241 cases). (see Table 6-20)

1) Parasitic Diseases. Information on stool examination for parasitlc lnfectlon was collected from community hospitals. 26-36% of the total stool samples (217,482 samples) were positive for parasitic infections. Hookworm infections were the most frequent parasitic infection (85.9% and 65.9% in Pak Chong and Si Rhiu district respectively). Opisthor- chiasis was the secondary parasltic infection (13.81% and 24.14% in Pak Chong and Si Khiu dlstrict respectively), the third was Taenia species infection (0.5B% and 0.61% in Pak Chong and Si Khiu district respectively), and the others (less than 1%) were Intestinal fluk, ascariasis,strongyloi- dasis and so on. It was noticed that schistosomiasiswas not found in the studied area. (see Table 6-21)

Mortality

The important leading causes of deaths were heart failures, diseases of the respiratory system, cancer, accidents, hypertension, and coronary diseases (42.7, 37.6, 31.5, 16.4 and 15.6 per 100,000 pop. respectively). Notice that the important leading causes of death were non-comunicable diseases, and the mortality rate of diseases of the respi- ratory system, hypertension and coronary diseases were 2-3 times higher than those for the whole reglon. (see Table 6-22)

Other Health Status

Data from *The village public health record (record 1-9)' of Nakhon Ratchasima province, were analysed for the following summarized results:

6-55 Table 6-16 Causes of Food/Water Borne Diseases and Kosqulto Borne Diseases in Pak Chong and Si Khiu Dis- trict, 1988-1990.

Pak Chong Si Kbiu

Diseases - 19088 1019 190 1980 1989 1090

Water/FoodBorne Diseases 1. Hepatitis 8.50 31.33 24.8 11.78 14.95 18.5 2. Cholera 35.81 1.30 7.6 6.34 3.52 8.8 3. AmoebicDysentery 0.00 1.39 1.4 - 0.88 1.8 4. Bacillary Dysentery 7.79 8.35 2.1 52.55 28.15 36.1 5. Unspecified Dysentery B0.88 75.18 84.8 94.23 80.05 118.7 6. TyphoidFever 40.55 14.62 9.7 26.27 68.01 43.9 7. Enteric Fever 19.11 14.62 21.4 7.25 10.55 2.6 B. FoodPoisoning 63.72 131.50 152.8 135.00 90.60 78.3 9. Diarrhea 1286.35 1135.77 1357.3 1384.47 931.55 852.4

-losquito Borne diseases 1. Malaria 60.00 43.00 27.6 23.00 25.50 11.4 2. Encepbalitis 2.83 0.00 1.4 2.72 2.64 2.5 3. HaeaorrhagicFever 24.07 01.95 82.8 63.24 150.42 222.0

Source: Heelth Deve4opmentReport Region3, 1991

6-56 Table 6-17 Incidence of RespiratoryDiseases in Nakhon Province.

1989 1990 Diseases Number Rate Number Rate

Pneumnia 5,104 233.3 3,918 169.7 Influenza 3,710 162.3 2,675 115.9

Remark : Rate per 100,000 Population. Source : 1. Health DevelopmentReport, Region 3, 1991 2. Personal CommuLication

6-57 Table 6-18 Number and N4orbidlty Rate of Imunizatlon Disease in Nakhon Ratchasima Province.

1989 1990

Caumes- -- T- Number Rate Number Rate

Tetanus neonatorum' 6 0.16 7 0.19 Diphtheria 6 0.16 1 0.04 Pertusass 25 1.22 12 0.52 Pollouyelltiu 0 0.00 0 0.00 Measles 140 17.94 1,216 52.68 Tuberculosl. 724 31.67 580 38.12

Remark X Rate per 100,000 population (') Rate per 1,000 live birth Source : Health Development Report, 1991

6-58 Table 6-19 Sexually transmitted Diseases. and HIV Infection In Nakhon Ratchasima Province.

1989 1990 Diseases Number Rate Number Rate

Syphilis 839 36.70 707 30.63 Ghonorrhoea 7,127 311.79 3,412 147.82 Others 4,577 200.23 2,174 94.18 AIDS 1 0.04 2 0.08 AIDS Related-Complex 4 0.18 5 0.22 HIV Positive 110 4.91 660 28.59

Remark : Rate per 100,000 population. Source : 1. Health Development Report, Region 3, 1991 2. Nakhon Ratchasima Provincial Health Offlce, 1991

6-59 Tabl. 6-20 Number of accidental cases Pak Chong and Si Khiu districts,.1990

Causes Pak Chong Si Khiu

Total accidents 5,353 5,438 Traffic accidents 2,125 2,241

Source: Health DevelopmentReport, Region 3, 1991.

6-60 Table 6-21 Num}ber and percentage of parasitic lnfection Nakhon Ratchas ma province, PaFkChong and Si Xbiu districts, 1990.

Areas Total O.V. Hookworm leenis Strogyloides Others Spp. Spp.

NakbonRatchasima No.ensmned 217,482 217,482 217,482 217,482 217,482 217,482 No.of positive 79,540 25,993 52,330 1,522 354 4,541 Percentage 35.62 32.B4 85.71 1.90 0.44 5.83

PakCbong No.examined 2,504 2,604 2,640 2,640 2,540 2.540 No.of positive 688 95 591 4 19 40 Percentage 26.42 13.81 85.90 0.58 2.75 5.81

Si Khiu No.exmuined 13,453 13,453 13,453 13,453 13,453 13,453 No.of positive 3,512 872 2,381 22 12 76 Percentage 25.85 24.14 55.92 0.51 0.33 2.10

Source:Health Development Report, Region 3, 1991.

6-61 Table 6-22 The Cause of Death in Nakhon Ratchaslma Province and Region 3

Region 3 NakbonRatchaslse

Causes 1989 1900 1989 1990

NuRber Rate Number BRte Number Rate NuHber Rate

HeartFailure 3,205 33.2 3,120 31.9 1,051 46.4 985 42.7 Cancer 2,50A 27.1 2,080 30.5 734 32.1 726 31.5 Diseaseof Liverand 1,597 15.6 1,402 14.3 215 9.4 200 B.7 Pancrease of Respiratory System 1,662 17.2 1,304 13.3 1,026 44.9 867 37.6 Accident 1,213 12.6 1,211 12.4 272 11.9 378 16.4 luberculosis 1,055 10.9 937 0.5 155 7.2 195 8.5 A!cidentfrou Ireffics 762 7.9 776 7.9 161 7.0 243 10.5 Hypertension and Coronary Disease 061 5.9 659 5.7 371 16.2 359 15.6 Disease of Kidney 481 5.0 550 5.6 107 4.7 124 5.4 Paralysis 481 5.0 492 5.0 95 4.2 125 5.4 Suicideand Homicide 521 5.4 396 4.1 149 6.5 154 6.7 Hurdur 390 4.0 293 3.0 118 5.2 100 4.3

Iotal 14,637 151.8 14,120 144.3 4,474 105.7 4,457 103.

Remark: Rte per100,000 population. Source: HealthDevelopment Report, Region, 1991.

6-62 a) Environm ntal Sanitation

Latrine: The coverage of households having their own latrine in Pak Chong dlstrict was approximately equal to that in Si Khiu district (70.5% and 68.8% respectively). In the studied area, the coverage of households having latrine was quite low in Ban Khao Noi of Pak Chong district, Ban Khao Yal Tiang and Ban Sub Sri Chan of Si Khiu district (59.S%, 52.3% and 29.4% respectively).

Water supply: Most of the households had adequat drinking water. The percentage for drinking water adequacy was low In Ban Khao Noi, Ban Khao Yai Tianq and Ban Sub Sri Chan (58.6, 40.4, and 38.5 respectively).

Refuse disposal: The majority of households in the studied area had containers to collect refuse before disposing It by various methods such as burning, dumping in the open areas, and so on. (see Table 6-23) b) Nutritional Status

Nutritional Status In Infauts (0-1 year of age): The percentage of first decgreemalnutrition (weight for age) was 6.77% but the second and third degree malnutrition was not found. The percentage of first degree malnutrition was high in Ban Rhao Noi (33.33%) and Ban Sub Sri Chan (20.00t). (see Table 6-24)

Nutritional Status in Children 1-4- years: The percentage of first degree malnutrition was about 23%-38.71%. It was highest in Ban Khao Yal Tiang (38.71%). Notice that In Ban Sub Sri Chan, there was 2.38% of second degree malnutrition. In con-

6-63 Table 6-23 Environmental Health Status In Project Area and Project Vicinity, 1990.

Latrine Use of Latrine Edequacy of waste Drink Vater Disposal Plece District Ioubonb Have Not Use Rot Enougb Not Have Not Village (Z) Have use Enouth Have .2) (Z) (2) (2) (z) (2) (M)

PLkChouungis- 70.48 29.52 74.62 25.38 81.44 18.55 80.03 10.07

TeubonRong Sami 63.53 35.47 57.83 32.17 78.14 21.86 81.09 1B.91 BenKhso Vol 59.45 40.54 62.16 37.84 58.55 41.45 90.00 9.91 TeubonChan Iuk 71.54 28.35 75.84 24.15 71.00 28.90 00.00 1.00 BanThe Dgoi 96.51 3.39 97.45 2.55 72.03 27.07 09.15 0.85

Si CLiuDistrict 58.77 31.23 77.09 22.91 83.03 16.07 92.53 7.47 TIsbonKlong Pei 51.05 48.95 56.49 43.51 71.47 28.53 77.00 23.00 BanKhbo Yai 52.29 47.71 55.88 43.12 10.35 59.53 83.49 16.51 Iiang BanSub Sri Chan 29.35 70.54 31.20 68.90 38.53 61.46 67.00 32.11

Sourze Record(8-9) Provincial and District Health Office RemarksThose Have no latrine, sows use neighbour's, andsowes don't

6-64 Tible 6-24 Nutritional Status of the Chlldren 0 - 1 Year in Project Vicinity TJsing Weight For Age, 1990

NutritionalStatus

District Numberof Numberof First Second Third Taubon& Village CMildren 0-1Children Normsl Degree Degree Degree 0-1Tear leighed

PakCioug District 1,756 1,541 02.47 7.80 0.25 0.00 TabonKong Sarsi 250 179 73.1B 26.82 0.00 0.00 BanKbao Noi 6 5 65.67 33.33 0.00 0.00. TaubonChan Tuk 159 145 85.15 5.03 0.00 0.00 BanTha Ngoi 9 0 88.8B 11.12 0.00 0.00

SiIbis District 1,303 1,001 94.11 5.69 0.20 0.00 TaubonKlong Pai 119 112 89.28 10.72 0.00 0.00 BanCbsw Yai Tiang 7 5 85.71 14.29 0.00 0.00 BanSub Sri Chan 11 10 80.00 20.00 0.00 0.00

Source Provincialand District Health Office.

6-65 clusion for the overall nutritional status, the percentage of malnutritional In Pik Chong was higher than that in Si Xhlu district. (see Table 6-25)

Nutritional Status of the -Bchool Children: The malnutrition of children was quite high in Ban Sub Sri Chan (37.40) and Ban Khao Yai Tiang (34.31%). When data were characterized by tambons, the percentage of underweight school children in Tambon Rhlong Phai was higher than that in other tambons. (see.Table 6-26) c) Maternal md Chl.ldHealth

Autenatal Care and Post Natal Cares At the district level, the percentage of antenatal care was about 51%-59%. At the tambon level, the percentage of antenatal care in Tambon Khlong Phai was 1.5-2 times higher than that in other tambons. At the village level, the percentages of antenatal care In Ban Khao NoL, Ban Khao Yai Tiang and Ban Tha Ngoi were 83.33%, 50.00% and 12.50% respectively. (see Table 6-27)

Vaccine Coverage in Infants: The coverage of

vaccines received: BCG, DTP,, DTP2 , DTP3, Polio 1 , Polio., Pollo% and measles, were. 100.00%. (see Table 6-28) d) Familly Planing. The most popular methQd of contraception was oral pills. The less popular methods were injection, female sterilizatlon, intrauterinedevice, male sterilization and lntradermaldevice, respectively.(see Table 6-29)

6.3.3.2 Survey Data

In the studied area, 4 villages were selected and about 50' of all households were sampled by a simple random sampling

6-66 Table 6-25 Nutritional Status of the Children I - 4 Year in Project Vicinity Using Weight For Age, 1990.

Nutritional Status

District Numberof teuber of First Second Third Iaubon & Village Children 1-4 Children Normal Degree Degree Degrm 1-4 Year Weighed

PakChong District 6,075 5,033 61.28 18.14 0.58 0.00 TambonHong Sari 028 558 72.58 26.70 0.72 0.00 DenKhoa Noi 27 21 71.42 28.57 0.00 0.00 EatbonCh1n Iuk 522 554 71.22 16.72 1.26 0.00 BenThu Ngoi 29 26 76.92 23.08 0.00 0.00

S1 [hisDistrict 4,724 4,085 77.18 21.15 1.64 0.02 TaubonKlong Psi 444 368 55.30 31.80 1.90 0.00 Ban Bho Yaihiang 34 31 51.29 38.71 0.00 0.00 Ban Sub Sri Chan 49 42 69.05 28.57 2.38 0.00

Source Provincial and District Health Office.

6-67 Table 6-26 Nutritional Status of The School Children in The Project Vicinity, 1990.

Nutritional Status District, Tambon And Village In Number of School Meet Standard Not Meet

Project Vicinity Children GI-G6 - Standard Weight

Pak Chong District 14,047 11,721 (83.44) 2,326 (16.56) Tambon Nong Saral 1,726 1,511 (87.54) 215 (12.46)

Ban Khao Nol - _ Tambon Chan Tuk 1.483 1,307 (88.13) 176 (11.87) Ban Tha Ngoi - -

Si RhIu District - _ Tambon Klong Pal 1,072 842 (78.54) 230 (21.46) TImbon Xhao Yal 102 67 (65.68) 35 (34.31) Tiang Ban Sub Sri Chan 131 82 (62.59) 49 (37.40)

Remark : (-) No data Source : Provincial and District Health Office.

6-68 Table 6-27 Number and percentage of maternal and child health status.

District, Tambon Number of Antenatal Tetanus VDRL Village Pregnancy Care Booster

Pak Chong District 1,103 572 (51.86) 675 (61.19) 881 (79.87) Tambon Nong Sarai 1B3 130 (71.04) 148 (80.87) 144 (78.68) Ban Khao Nol 6 5 (83.33) 6(100.00) 6(100.00) Tambon Chan Tuk 118 59 (50.00) 105 (88.98) 144 (96.61) Ban Tha Ngol 8 1 (12.50) 6 (75.00) 6 (75.00)

Si Khlu District 1.015 600 (59.11) 689 (67.88) 947 (93.30) Tambon Rlong Pat 32 11 (34.37) 18 (56.25) 32(100.00) Tambon Khao Yal 4 2 (50.00) 3 (75.00) 4(100.00) Tiang Ban Sub Sri Chan 7 2 (28.57) 2 (28.57) 7(100.00)

Source : Provincial and District Health Office

6-69 Table 6-28 Coverage of Immunization for Children 0-1 Year in Project Area, 1990.

District Coverae of Iuunization

TabImn& - Village BMO DTPI DTP2 DIP3 Poliol Polio2 Polio3 Measles

Pak CheagJIL 1909.15 08.04 04.20 91.54 08.04 94.29 01.54 71.88 trlet thbon long Srmil 100.00 1 l0.00100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 58.33 Baniheo Rol ------Tubon Chn Iuk 100.00 100.00 100.00 .05.45 100.00 100.00 05.45 91.81 BInThe igoi 100.W 100.00 100.00100.00 1O.0 100.00100.O 100.00

Si Idi ilet 92.15 03.83 D0.53 86.55 93.83 00.53 86.56 06.26 subornglong Pai 100.00100.0 98.21 92.56 100.00 08.21 02.89 W*29 Ban KbaoVYi 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.0 100.00 1.00

ri1mg . BanSub Sri Cben 100.00 100.00100.00 100.00100.00 100.00 100.00 109.00

Rurks : (-) no live birth Source: Provincial and District Helth Office

-4-70 Table 6-29 Famlly Planning In Nakhon Ratchasima Province, Pak Chong and Si Rhlu district, 1990.

Family Planning Nakhon Ratchastim Pak Chong Si Khiu Nethod 1990 1990 1989 1990

Family Planning Prac- 68.60 79.25 80.03 71.23 tice Oral pills 33.23 35.57 34.56 29.52 Female Sterilizatlon 21.63 24.75 20.50 23.76 Injection 21.43 10.71 15.09 12.60 Intrauterine Device 16.35 24.86 5.21 8.03 Male Sterilization 7.36 4.10 4.51 3.29

Source : 1. Health Development Report, Nakhon Ratchasima Provincial Health Office, 1991. 2. Personal Communication

6-71 approach. Thus, 239 households were studied. A health survey was conducted by uslng a structured questlonnalre. The findings were summarized as follows:

Morbidity a) Accldents and Injuries. About 60%-70% of all the house- holds In the studied area used to go to Lam Ta Khong for fishing, animal feeding, recreation and fetching water for domestic and agriculturaluses. Regarding accidents ln the Lam Ta Khong area, the morbldity rate of accidents In Ban Sub Srl Chan, Ban Rhao Nol, Ban Khao Yal Tiang, and Ban Tha Ngol were 4.62%, 3.4%, 3.3% and 0.81' respectively. The leading causes of accidents were the lnjurles by wood and broken bottles or glasses (54.17%), nails (25%), fish (2 cases) and drownlng (1 case). (see Table 6-30) b) Parasitic Dissases. A survey for parasitic diseases was conduction In Tambon Khlong Phai, where the villagers were encouraged by the local health personnel to send in their stools for parasitlc examination (The Kato Thick smear method). The local health personnel In Tambon Khlong Phai received 3B2 stool specimens for examination. It was found that 226 samples were positive for parasitic Infection (59.15%), 43 cases (19.03') for opisthorchis, 194 cases (85.84') for hookworm infection, 4 cases (9.5.%)for Taenli species, and others (4 cases). (see Table 6-31)

Mortality

There were 11 deaths in the studied areas, tLe crude death ra-tewas 1.02 per 100 pop. The most leading cause of death was accidents (6 cases). (see Table 6-32)

Disability

The area with the greatest number of disability cases was Ban Khao Yal Tiang (3.82% of total populatlon). The

6-72 Tmble 6-30 Number percentage of accidents by leading causes and village.

Villages Leading causes Total Sub Sri Chan Khao Yal Tiang Khao Nol Tha Ngol

Home accidents 4 6 3 0 13 (19.42) Occupational 5 3 0 0 S (11.91) accidents Traffic acci- 6 10 9 5 30 (44.81) dbnts Homicide 2 1 0 0 3 (4.51) Anlual bite 4 8 1 0 13 (19.41)

Total 21 28 13 5 67(100.01)

Source Survey Data

6-73 Table 6-31 Number and percentage of parasitic infection tambon Khlong Phal, Sri Khlu dlstrict, 1990.

Parasites No. of examined No. of Percentage samples positive

Opisthorchis spp. 382 43 19.03 Hookworm 382 194 85.84 Taenia spp. 382 4 1.80 others 382 4 1.80

Total 382 226 59.16

Source : Survey Data

Table 6-32 Number and percentage of deaths by village.

Villages Population No. of Percentage accidents

Sub Sri Chan 350 5 1.43 Khao Yai Tiang 314 2 0.64 Khao Nol 240 1 0.42 Tha Gnoi 175 3 1.71

Total 1,079 11 1.02

Source : Survey Data

-6-74 percentage of disability in BsriSub Sri Chan and Ban Tha Ngoi were 2.57t and 2.28% reapectively (see Table 6-33). 26.9% of the cases were mental disorder. The others were blindness (26.9%, 0), infirmity of legs and arms (26.9%), ear disorder (15.4%),-and mentol retardation (3.85%). The leading causes of disability ilCre accidents (6.4%), con- genital (23.1%) and others. (see Table 6-34)

Other health status

Latrine The percentage of Dopulation having their own latrine was 60.67% which was quite low according to the prevention of diseases of the gottrointestinaltract system. The percentages of households having a latrine were even lower in Ban Sub Sri Chan (41.22t), Lower Khao Yai Tiang (47.37%) and Upper Khao Yal Tiakoq (50.0%). (see Table 6-35).

6.3.* IPACT ASSESSMENT

6.3.4.1 Construction Period Iuapct

During the project constructicn period, immigration of labour force from outside may tortribute to more health pro- blems including:

Food and Water-Borne Diseases. The incidence of diseases in this group were found to be g4ite high still, especially diarrhea. The people from O'tside may contract local diseases and get ill due to lPSufficientimmunity. There may be an outbreak of diseases particularly In an area with poor environmental sanitation sieh as a camp for workers.

Mosquito-Borne Diseases. DengJethaemorrhagic fever was the highest incidence found in this group. Malaria and encepha- l-itis, on the other hand, did not pose a serious threat because of their low lncidence and because there were very good control programs organlsed by the malaria center. Regarding the dengue haemorrkagic fever, children from

6-76 Table 6-33 Number and percentage of disability cases by village

Villages Population No. of Percentage accidents

Sub Sri Chan 350 9 2.57 Khao Yal Tiang 314 12 3.82 Khao Noi 240 1 0.42 Tha Gnoi 175 4 2.28

Total 1,079 26 2.41

Source : Survey Data

Table 6-34 Number of disability cases by tupes and village.

Village mentaldisorder blindness ear disorder leg & arms others total

Sub Sri Cban 3 4 a 2 0 9 KhaoYa Tisng 2 2 2 5 1 12 KbuONoi 0 1 0 0 0 1 lhs Gnoi 2 0 2 0 0 4

Total 7 7 4 7 1 26 (26.01) (26.0z) (15.41) (26.90) (3.851) (1001)

Source SurveyData

6-77 Table 6-35 Nunber and percentage of Latrine having by village.

Villages No.of No.of Latrine Percentage Households having

Sub Sri Chan 72 34 47.22 Khao Yai Tiang (upper) 54 27 50.00 Khao Yai Tiang (lower) 19 9 47.37 Khao Noi 11 9 81.81 Mor Yang Pla 43 29 67.44 Tha Ngoi -40 37 92.50

Total 239 145 60.67

Source : Survey Data

6-78 outside who come with their parents may get ill because of their insufficient immunity.

Vacclne PreventableDiseases. The incidence of diseases in this group was very low (exceptmeasles) and the coverage of immunizationwas very complete. Nevertheless, all of the workers'childrenshould receive full courses of immunization from local health personnel on a routine basis.

Sexually Transmitted Diseases. Nakhon Ratchaslma is a very big province. There are a lot of recreation places and brothels. It was found that HIV infectlon in thls province was increasing while other sexually transmitted diseases were not but their incidenceswas still high. So the workers in this project may spread and contract these diseases.

AccLdents and Injuries. Since this project will be situated at the top of the hill and the road was not good enough, traffic accidents should be considered. Preventions of accidents and injuries during working time that are caused by engines, instruments,and so on should be considered as well.

Parasltic Diseases. Hookworm infection was found to be quite high especially in Ban Khao Yal Tiang, where there was a low percentage of households having latrine (50%). If the workers do not take precautlons,they may be infected by this parasite and finally get anemia. As for oplsthor- chiasis, the incidence was low and there were a good campaign. Nevertheless, if the workers keep the habit of eating raw or fermented fishe, they may get opisthorchiasts. Other parasites did not pose a serions threat.

EnviromnentalSanitation. There was a low percentage of latrine and clean drinking water, while the incidence of food and water-borne diseases and parasitic infection was high. As a result, an outbreak of these diseases may easily occur particularly in areas with poor environmental sanitation.

6-79 Nutritional Status. During the project construction period, some parents who go to work for this project do not have enough time to take-good care of their children. For thls reason, there may be more cases of first degree malnutrition that was already quite high in the studied areas.

Maternal and Child Health. Although maternal and child health care services in the studied areas were very well provided by local health personnel, fertility women and children from outside should receive complete routine services.

6.3.4.2 Long-Torm Impact

It Is believed that after the construction period, the project -areawill be a new recreationalarea and many people will come to visit. The impacts that may occure are as follows:

Food and Water-Borne Diseases. Outbreaks of diseases that result from poor food sanitation and unclean water are caused by (i) people who come for recreationand bring food and water with them to consume; (11) food stores that have business in the project area.

Accidents and Injuries. The more people come to visit the project area, the more accidents may occur, both traffic accidents and other accidents such as injury from broken bottles or glasses.

Environmental Sanitation. Poor environmental sanitation in the project area will be caused by both people who come to visit and food stores in the project area.

6-80 6.4 HISTORICAL AMD IRCHABOLOGIALLVALUBES

6.4.1 ITRODUCIOE

This section presents informationobtained through library and field researches on the history and archaeology of the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project Area and its vicinity. The researches were undertaken with the mains objectives and scope of work described below.

Objeotives

1) To identify historical and archaeological sites in the project area. 2) To evaluate values of the historical and archaeologicalsites in the project area. 3) To evaluate the impacts of environmental changes on the historical and archaeologicalsites. 4) To recommend an appropriate interventionfor the historical and archaeologicalsites.

Stope of Work

The scopes of the study are as follows:

1) The project area will be intensively investi- gated ln order to Identify, survey and Inventory the existlng historical and archaeological sites. 2) The project area will be analyzed in terms of archaeology, history and ancient settlements. 3) Archaeological/historical sites and evidence found in the project area will be analysed and evaluated. 4) Recommendations on appropriate interventions will be made If there seem to be Impacts on historical and archaeologicalsites.

6-81 6.4.2 METhODOLOGY

The method of study employed in the assessment of impact of the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project on historical and archaeological sites Includes several stages of work as follows :

1) Documentary research This includes the review of the literatures, reports and publications on history and archaeologyof the project area.

2) Pield Survey In this step, the project area was intenslvely surveyed as the villagers in the nearby communities were Interviewed in order that the historical and archaeological sites, if any, can be located exactly and fully recorded and analyzed. Topographicmaps (1:50,000)and aerial photographs were also utilized in the surveys.

3) Data Analysis All of the data collected through the literature reviews and archaeologicalfield investigations were analyzed so that historical/archaeological significance of the area can be evaluated.

6.4.3 EXISTING MlYflONTRL CONDITION

6.4.3.1 Archaeological and Historical Background of the Xorat Baud n of Northeast Thailand.

Intensive archaeological research in the Karat Basin of the Northeast Thailand Plateau during the past few years has shown that thls region has a long history. The earliest evidence indicating human occupation in this basin can be dated back to around 3,000 years ago, if not earlier. This was found in several provinces of the lower basin of the Plateau.

6-B2 The archaeological investigationsso far conducted indicate that most of the 3,000 years old prehistoric sltes are located on the remnants of the middle terrace along both the major rivers and their tributaries. These archaeological sites were either occupation areas or cemeteries. Archaeological evidence found so far also points out that the population of this period already practiced rice agriculture and animal domestication. Bronze metallurgy was also very well known. The presence of bronze artifiacts as well as other objects made of non local materials shows clearly that a regional exchange network was well developed during that time.

During the later prehistoricperiod, which is marked by the appearance of iron, and can be dated around 2,700-1,600 years ago, human settlements increased in number. This time the low terrace and high terrace were occupied even though these two types of landformswere not well suited for rice agriculture. Population increase is suggested to be one of the major factors leading to the expansion of settlements into those less attractive environmental zones. Abundant resources of Iron ore and salt, In turn, are belived to be the factors that encouraged the people to settle in the less fertile lands during the late prehistoricperiod.

In the successive Early Historic Period, the beginning of which can be dated to around 1,500 years ago, the Korat Basin became even more densely populated. Hundreds of early historic moated settlementshave already been identified on the flat low lying plain of the basin. There was also a number of religious sites or monuments of this period distributed widely in the area. These are the sites with boundary or 'sima stones.

The Korat Basin continued its importancedown to the Lopburi

Period, which is dated around the llth-13th century A.D., as is evident by the presence of numerous moated settlements and religious buildings with ancient Khmer art and architectural styles. A large number of man-made reservoirs

6-84 of this period were also found in various part of the Korat Basin.

Durlng the Ayutthaya and Early Bangkok periods, the Korat as well as the Sakon Nakhon Basins to the North became territories under the sovereignty of the Klngdoms of Ayutthaya and Ratanakosin respectively.

Archaeological and historical evidences of all the time periods described above were also found in the area of the present Nakhon Ratchasima province. For instance, prehistoric cemeteries and villages have already been located in Amphoe Si Khiu, Sung Noen, Phimai, Pak Thongchai, Prathai, Bua Yai, Non Sung, Non Thai, Dan Khun Thod, Chumphuang and Khong. The early historic or "Dvaravati"and *Lopburi" moated settlementsand religious buildings have been found in all of the districts of this province. Phimai seems to be one among the most important ancient monuments and towns in Thailand. Historical records also point out clearly that Nakhon Ratchasima had maintained its Importance as one of the major outpost towns in Northeast Thailand down to the Ayutthaya and Early Bangkok Periods.

6.4.3.2 Historical and ArchaeologicalSites in the Project Area and Its Vicinity

The historical/archaeological investigationin the area of the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project includes both the lntensive ground surveys and the interviewingof the local villagers in the nearby settlements. Neither archaeological artifact nor trace of ancient settlement was found from the ground surveys. No information lndicating the existence of any archaeological/historical sites was obtained through the Interview of the local inhabitants. Thus, lt can be concluded that there is no archaeological/historicalsite in the project area on the top of Khao Yai Thiang. Based on the informationderived from the analysis of the pattern of ancient settlement locations in the Northeast Thailand, the probable explanation for the absence of historical/archa

6-85 eological site in the project area ls that the area is on an elevation so high that it becomes unsuitable for a permanent settlement.

However, there are 9 important archaeologicaland historical sites in the viclnity of the project area as shown In Figure 6-4. These sites are located at the distance varying from about 5 to 35 kilometres from the targeted upper reservoir area. The study team also visited these sites in order to assess If there would be any impact of the project on the sites. The detailed descriptions of the sites are as follows.

Site No.1

Site Name : Khao Chan Ngum Rock Painting, Ban Lert Sawad, Amphoe Si Khiu, Changwat Nakhon Ratchasima.

Geographical Location : Lat. .140 48' 50' N. Long. 101° 34' 15" E.

Pariod : Prehistoric/ca.3000-2500 years ago.

This prehistoric rock painting site is found in a rock shelter on the northeasternslope of Khao Khuan Lan at an elevation of about 400 meters above the mean sea level. There are altogether 40 individualpaintings. Among them, 31 are human figures, 4 are animal figures, and 5 are probably some kinds of symbolic paintings. All of the paintings are in red. The most famous scene depicts a ceremony in which men, women and children take part. There is also another important scene depicting a man shooting with bow and arrow, with his dog standing nearby him.

This site is now well protected by the abbot of Wat Khao Chan Ngam, and is a well known tourist attraction.

Site No.2

Sito Ne : Ancient Sandstone Quarry, Ban Lert Sawat, Taobon

6-86 7~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-

~~~,..j* .*~~~~~~~~~~~~~6

J, ~ 4~ I LEGENDU-

'I 6'~~~~~~~FG E - .7.~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~HsoialadAcaolgclSt Lad Bua Khao, Amphoe Si Khiu, Changwat Nakhon Ratchaslna.

Geographic Location : Lat. 140 51' 35' N. Long. 1010 40' 55' E.

Period : Historic (Lopburi)/ca. 111t.h-13th century AD.

This sandstone quarry is located on a small sandstone hill at an elevation of about 280 meters above the mean sea level. Highway No.2 (NitraphapRoad) is situated next to the northern edge of the site.

Some rectangular and cubic blocks of sandstone are found at this site. Numerous parallel chiseled cut from ancient sandstone quarry can be readilv observed throughout the exposed sandstone outcrop here. This site could have been one of the sandstone resources for the construction of some of the Lopburi period shrines and sculptures found in the Nakhon Ratchasima Province.

The site is now developed as a tourist attraction.

Site No.3

Site Name : Wat Thammachak Semaram, Ban Khlong Kwang, Tambon Sema, Azphoe Sung Noen.

Geographic Location : Lat. 14° 54' 55 N.

Long. 1010 47' 54' E. -

Period : Early Historic (Dvaravati)/ca.7 th- 9 th century AD.

The present temple of Wat Thamaachak Semaram was founded in 1752. However, archaeologicalevidence indicates that this area is also a Buddhist monument of an early historic or the so-called 'Dvaravati'period Buddhist monument.

-6-88 ArchaeologicalevLdence found here Includes

1) A sandstone Dvaravate art style declining Buddha image measuring 11.70 meters long. 2) A sandstone Thammachak (or Wheel of Law) the diameter of which is 1.45 meters.

This religious monument ls situated on the plain at an elevation of about 170-180 m. above the mean sea level.

The Fine Arts Department registered this site as the National Monument in 1939.

Site No.4

Site Name : Muang Sena, Ban Sema, Tambon Sema, Amphoe Sung Noen, Changwat Nakhon Ratchasima.

Teographic Location : Lat. 140 55 30" N. Long. 1010 48 00' E.

Period Early Historic (Dvaravati)fca.7th_.. 9 th century AD.

This ancient settlement is located adjacent to Wat Thammachak Semaram (Site no.3), and is a moated site. It is an ovoid shape measuring 1,400 m. wide and 2,000 m. long. The site is on the plain at an elevation of about 170-180 m. above the mean sea level.

Within the site, there are some brick and,laterite ruins. In many cases, the ruins are associated vwth boundary or 'Sema' stones. Some artifacts bearing D/ravate art style found here indicate that this site is comtexporaneous and related to the site of Wat Thaumachak Semaram (Site no.3).

Site No.5

Site Name : Prasat Bin Noen Ku, Ban Boat, Tambon Korat, Amphoe Sung Noen, Changwat Nakhon Ratchasima.

6-89 Geographic Location : Lat. 140 54' 20" N. Long. 101° 50' 30" E.

Poriod : Historic (Lopburi)/ca. 10th century AD.

This site is an ancient shrine located on the low lying plain of Lam Ta Khong river which is about 170-180 m. above the mean sea level. It is believed to be a religious building within the boundary of an ancient town called "Korakapura".

Noen Ku Shrine has been registered as National Monument since 1936. It Is now under a programme to be developed Into a tourist attraction.

Site No.6

Site ame : Prasat Muang Iaek, Ban Kud Hun, Tambon Korat, Amphoe Sung Noen, Changwat Nakhon Ratchasima.

Geographic Location Lat. 14° 54 33 N. Long. 1010 50' 23' E.

Period : Historic (Lopburi)/ca.l 0 th century Ad.

This site is a historic monument with ancient Khmer architectural and art styles, and is made of brick and sandstone. It is located on the low lying plain of the Lam Ta Khong river which is about 170-180 a. above the mean sea level.

The sandstone lintel found here bearing the Koh-Ker/Prae- Rupe art styles of ancient Khmer Civilization. It is therefore suggested that this monument can be dated to the l 0 th century.

Prasat Muang Kaek has been registered as the National Monument Since 1936. The Fine Arts Department is now developping this site into a tourist location.

6-90- Site No.7

Site Name : Prasat Hln Kuang Kao, Ban Kuang Kao, Tambon Korat, Amphoe Sung Noen, Changwat Nakhon Ratconasia. geographic Location : Lat. 140 54 25 N. Long. 1810 51' 55" E.

Period : Historic (Lepburi)/ca. 1 2 th-1 3 th century AD.

Thls is another historic monument with ancient Khmer art and architectural styles. Scholars suggest that this monument was one of the small hospitals built by King Jayavaraman who ruled the ancient Khmer empire during AD. 1181-1220.

The building is agair situated on the low lying plain of the Lam Ta Khong river which is about 170-180 m. above the mean sea level.

Prasat Hin Muang Kao is now being excavated under a programme-that will develop it into a tourist attraction. site No.8

Sito Name : Prasat Ban Bhu Yai, Ban Bhu Yai, Tambon Korat, Amphoe Sung Noen, Changwat Nakhon Ratchasima. geographic Location : Lat. 14° 53' 02' N. Long. 1010 52' 07" E.

Period : Historic (Lopburi)/ca. llth-12th century AD.

This historic building with ancient Khmer art style is located about 100 metres to the south of Highway No.2, on the low lying plain of the Lam Ta Thong river. The plain is about 210-220 metres above the mean sea level.

6-91 Originally, the building was a religious shrine made of laterite and sandstone blocks. It has been registered as the National Monument since 1937.

Site No.9

Site Nae : Prasat Kin Sra Pleang, Ban Sra Pleang, Tambon Sung Noen, Amphoe Sung Noen, Changwat Nakhon Ratchasima.

Geographic Location : Lat. 140 49 29 N. Long. 1010 51 412 E.

Period : Historic (Lopburi)/ca. loth- 1 3th century AD.

Prasat Hin Sra Pleang is located on the plain the elevation of which is about 250 metres above the mean sea level.

This historic building was originally a shrine bearing an ancient Khmer art style. It was about 8 metres wide and 15 metres long. At present, however, this historic site is not well preserved because of the deteriorationof the construction materials.

The Fine Arts Department has registered this shrine as the National Monument since 1937.

6.4.4 I3Pnn ASESSST

The implementation of the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project will not create significant impacts on archaeolo- gical/historical values of the project area. This is based on the facts that there Is no archaeological/historical site in the targeted upper reservoir area, and that the existing important ancient activity areas and monuments are located quite far away from the project site. All of the historical/archaeological sites, furthermore,have already been developed and well protected legistatively. - --

6-92 Table 6-36 ArchaeologicalhiLstorical sltes in the area from amphoe Pak chong to Amphoe luang, Nakhont Ratchasima province.

Aduinistrative GeographicLacation Distance Impact from Lecation fromthe PumpedSto- No. Site ames Project Importance rage Project VillageDistrict LBt (j) Long(E) Site (km)

1 Ban ChanNg BanLert Si Khiu 14048' 50' 101 34 15 2.5 Prehistoric No impact RockPainting Sawad RockPainting 2. Ancient Sand- Si Khiu 14051' 35' 101 40 55 13 Ancient Sand- KNimpact stone Quarry stone Quarry 3.Vat Ihamechak Khlong SungNoen 14° 54 55" 101 47 54 25 A Buddhisttu- No impact Semaram [wang numentof Dva- rmvati Period 4. Hang Sene Senae 14055' 30' 101 4800 26 Ancient Setle- No impact sent Contempo- raneousand related to the site No.3 5.Prasat Din Boat . 14054' 20 101 50 30 30 Ancient Shrine Noimpact NoenKu 6.Preset Kuan Katbin 14054' 33" 101 50 23 30.5 Historie lonu- No impact Kaek ment with An- cient khber architeeturel and art styles 7.Preset Bin Huangkao . 14054' 25' 101 51 55 32 Historic Nonu- No impact HuangKao uent sisilar to site No.6 B.Preset B3n 9bu Yei . 14053' 02' 10152 07 32 Historic Bull- No impact Bhuyal - ding vith an- cient khmer artstyle 9.Preset Bin Sm , 14049' 29' 101 51 41 31 Historic Bull- - No impact Ban Sra Pleang - ding with an- Pleang cient khmer art style

6-93 6.5 hESTar=ZC VALUES

6.5.1 NTRODUCTION

In order to investigatethe aesthetic values of Lam Ta Khong areas and its vicinity, the objectives of the work will be undertaken as follow:

1) To evaluate and assess the beneficial as well as detrimental effects of the environmental changes assoclated with the project development in the aesthetic viewpoint. 2) To identify the aesthetic values related to other activities, especially recreation and tourism. 3) To identify and evaluate the project potential upon the aesthetic values as perceived and viewed by the public. 4) To recommend the mltigation plan to lessen the adverse impact and/or to enhance the project potential upon the aesthetic values.

SCOPE OF WORK

The existing seasonal characteristics and features of natural and pultural aesthetic and amenity values in the project area and its vicinity were studied (Areas I and II). The benefit and loss of aesthetic values associated with the project developmentwere evaluated. Then, mitigation and development plans were establishedto enhance the aesthetic and amenity values in the project area.

6.5.2 TBODOLOGY

The methods of study were as follows.

1) Reviewing the literature,plans and Project on the basis of aestheticalaspects and amenity in the project area and Its vicinity.

6-94 pe I

ri

L

"I11C VI

-WA

PHoTo 6-11 scenic vLaw of the right bank of Lam Ta Khang reservoir 2) Conducting field surveys on existing conditions, attitudes, and perception both in terms of cultural and aesthetic values of the people from various occupations. 3) Interpretingand evaluating adverse as well as beneficial impacts of the proposed project on aesthetic values and amenity. 4) Recommending the guidelines for future mitiga- tion development in terms of aesthetic and amenity values.

6.5.3 EXISTING ENVIRONNEMTAL CONDITIONS

The study of the existing environmental conditions of the project was conducted in two major areas. The first area was the Lam Ta Khong Reservoir and its vicinity, and the second was the three proposed upper reservior sites on the surrounding mountains.

6.5.3.1 The Lam Ta thong Reservoir

There is a seasonal variations of the environmental features and conditions of the Lam Ta Khong Reservoir, namely the water level, the characteristics of vegetation, the topography of the reservoir and the surrounding area. The aesthetic values of the reservoir are one of the important factor worth considering as they can be observed by the passers-by both on Mittraphab Highway and on the railway beside the reservoir itself.

In the rainy season (September-October1990) the water level of the reservoir was very low and there was some attractive scenery from the red color of the water that came from western upstream contrastingwith the old deep green color. Vegetations in the surrounding area also enhanced the beauty because of its fresh green color. However, the atmospheric conditions were rather gloomy because the weather was so cloudy and stormy. The vegetation was wet and green.

6-96 In the winter (December 1990 - January 1991) the water level of the reservoir was higher than in the rainy season. Thls greatly increased its attraction. The color of the water was deep bluish green, almost being in a static condition which gave much reflections of the surroundingsceneries. This could be seen very easily from every direction. The sky Was clear with some light clouds. So the visualizationwas very bright. There were some attractive red and orange indigenous flowers and foliages surroundingthe reservoir.

In the summer (March-April1991) the water level did not affect the aesthetic values which were in a moderate level. The colors were blue and green with some reflections of the surrounding mountains and the sky above.

Most trees and shrubs gave the atmosphere of a dry season. Many trees had fewer foliage. This offerred broader views and longer vision to the viewers. Occasionally the Lam Ta Khong Reservoir seen from the highland was not clear because there were a lot of fogs covering the water surface below.

6.5.3.2 The Upper Reservoir

The three proposed project sites on the mountains near the Lam Ta Khong Reservoir have specific seasonal features of landform, topography and vegetation. UR-1 is the best site for Its accessibility and its location which have great potential to enhance more aesthetic aspects for recreation development.

In the rainy season, the moisture made the trees green and attractive. However, the access from Mittraphab Highway to UR-1 site was dangerous due to the slippery road.

In the winter season, the site UR-1 had some atmosphere of dry season. Most shrubs and field crops died and many trees had fever foliages. From this site, the Lam Ta Khong Reservoir could be seen only occasionally.

6-97 In summer, the environmentalconditions were the same as in the winter time. But there were some attractlve aspects from the features of vegetation and topography. There were some red, yellow, orange and purple indigenous flowers on the mountain along the access to UR-1 site.

6.5.4 IMPACT ASSESSHMET

6.5.4.1 ConstructionPeriod Impact

During the Project construction period the aesthetic values of Lam Ta Rhong Reservoir will not be much disturbed because most of the constructionactivities will be on the high land of the upper reservoir and the underground tunnel wlli not disturb the existing environment conditions. However, the excavation of the two disposal areas near the reservoir shore along the western side of Nittraphab Highway will be seen from the highway but this is not a serious problem.

On the highland, the constructionof the proposed reservior at site UR-1 will -have some effect to the land and people on the mountain. During the construction the aesthelic values on landform topography,vegetation, and viewpoints will be disturbed or will be missing from viewers.

As regards the construction of the access road to the Project sites and the constructionof the transmittion line, only little disturbance from the transportation system on the highway will be faced by the communitiesaround the Project area since the access road to the Project site and the transmission line are on the mountain far from the main public activities.

6.5.4.2 Long-Term Impact

After the constructionthe aesthetic values of the Project area during the operation period will not be much affected from the operation activities provided that the environ-

6-98 mental conditions and the features of the area are main- tained in the good and proper conditions. The Lam Ta Khong Reservoir's aesthetlc values will still remain as they used to be. The water level will change a little daily and will not affect the overall pictures of the scenery of the reservoir. Beside this If good management is observed at the two disposal areas beside Mittraphab Highway more attractive visions will be enhanced to the area.

On the highland the new the topography and landform will be alt-eredto a better condltlon. Thus, the aesthetic values of this site will naturally be improved as a result of the construction.

6-99 C:FAI'lnEl 7

7.1 X.TRODUCTION

The assessment,presentedin the previous chapters (Chapter 3 to 6) has been carried out for the individual environmental resources/valuesaccording to the NEE guidelines. For each environmental resource/value,the existing condition and the Project impacts have been identified and described in details. This Chapter will present the overall view of the assessment by drawing relevant findings from the assessments item by item into integrated analysis.

Approach

The ecological system analysis approach was used in this Integrated assessment. The overall ecological system was considered to be continuously Inter-related. The ecological components were catagorized into three sub-systems of: (1) land, (2) water, and (3) human. For the three sub-systems, the Project construction and the subsequent environmental impacts were identified, quantified and/or qualified in alignment with the two Project development stages, i.e.; the Project construction period, and the Project operation period.

Accordingly, the needed mitigation/developmentmeasures were indicated.

7.2 LAND

7.2.1 CONCERNED LAWD AREAS

The development of the Lam Ta Rhong Pumped Storage Project will affect the following land areas:

7-1 - the proposed sites for the upper reservoir, switchyard,water way, and their peripheries. - the proposed disposal areas which includes the area along the eastern side of the upper reservoir and the area along the lower reservoir on the sides of the tailrace outlet. - the proposed access road and its vicinity.

The affected areas are depicted in Figure 7-1.

7.2.2 IMPACT FROM TBE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION

Actions Causing Impacts

In the project coustruction period, the actions causing impacts upon the concerned land areas are:

-) Constructlonof the Upper Reservoir. The upper reservoir is a large scale pool type reservoir in the form of a square with a side of about 750 m and a large curve at each corner. The reservoir will be constructedby excavating and partially embanking a slow-sloped plateau. In order to conserve proper environmental condi- tlon and to comply with the watershed classifi- cation regulation designated by NEB, the selected site for the upper reservoir is located in the watershed class 1 B where restriction is not so strict as in the watershed class 1 A.

2) Construction of the Waterway. The route of the waterway is designed in such a way that the distance of the waterway on the mountaln ridge Is mostly confined. Since the penstock Is installed across the watershed class 1A, it has to be underground to be in accordance with the environmental control.

7-2 o o0 - -- -~~~~~~~~~~~~~LL

I C P~~~~~~~~~~~~~WE~~~CoTItMAUCWRYffll

( WTERSHD) CLASFICAIVN HPROJCTASREATOOA

AM 2. 22 MECT~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~CncradLnAIEA3 NVR Ast~~~~~~~~. 3) Construction of the Powerhouse and the .Switchyard. Just as In the case of the water- way, the power statlon is constructed under- ground and the entrance of the access tunnel of the -powerhouse and the opening of the swltchyard are minlmized in order to avoid disturbing the watershed class IA.

4) Disposal of the Muck. The disposal area for the muck from the upper reservoir and the penstock upper horizontal tunnel Is provided along the eastern side of the upper reservoir. The muck from the powerhouse and the waterway Ls dumped into the disposal area provided along the lower reservoir on the sides of tailrace outlet. The surface of the upper disposal area is designed to be gradually inclined (1:5). The level of the top end Is the same level with the dam crest. A wide area Is provlded on the top end to enable effective use in the future and to ensure that this area is kept in harmony with the surrounding area. For the lower disposal area, the surface of this area is designed to be wide and on the same level with the Highway No.2. This area is intended to be developed as a park in the future.

5) Improvementof the Access Road and Increase of Traffic Volumes. The existing access road needs to be improved due to Its bad existing condition. The increase of traffic volumes could dlsturb the existing land ecosystem.

6) Xnstallation of Transmission Line. The tran- smission line Is expected to connect with the three substations totalling a dlstance of about 95 km. The installation. wil be carried out almost along the entire route of the national hlighway.

7-4 :4 ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~

A Lj' i';. ,; {i ,IIt . 4 II *s r L t LIo ; ; * ,, ,i t '' "''Ur:' ' ; ' *

. * ihe P T r o i t n a > 4 ), s tS.:: ;SI ., ' ". .t 'i *S . " . , , i.*i S ;j~~~~t I U ' ,' -. .5 5. j ... -.8. .5l9;%SI 'V ,.gQ'), , 9j, * i? '-;. C.i *sr . .' ; i ij

'4 8.i ,? , t' j..I:: , *f .1rI'|i I, b %. * * 5.:i ,' *, *'; ;1

PH{OTO7-1 The upper reservoir construction site on lB area Environmental Iupacts

The two major aspects covered in this integrated assessment of the impact from the project construction include landuse, soil erosion, and forest/wildlife/rarespecies.

Lzaduse and Soil Erosion. Accordlng to the fact that the watershed class 1A as designated by NEB will be avoided In the project construction, proper landuse and environmental conditions can therefore be conserved. *The major part of the project areas, i.e. the proposed upper reservoir and the proposed disposal area are low-productive farmland with very low to low soil fertility. In these land areas the anticipated negatlve impact in terms of landuse and soil erosion is therefore only slight. However, ln the case of the proposed areas for the waterway, the powerhouse and switchyard, and the access road, soil erosion problem has a wide range of severity depending upon slope factor. To prevent or reduce this negative Impact, soil conservation measures must be taken during the constructionperiod.

Forest/Wildlife/RareSpecies. The proposed project areas are mostly used for crop plantation or left Idle suitable for only limited number of wildlife species. No threatened, rare, or endangered species was found. The existing wildlife species will be affected by the consequent activities from the project construction and from pollutants like noise, vibration, exhaust gas, etc during the construction period. Since the proposed areas are relatively small with only a limited number of wildlife species common to other parts of the country and the proposed activities are temporary, only slight and short-term impacts are anticipated.

7-6 7.2.3 IMPACTS FROM TEE PROJECT OPERLITON

Actions Causing Impacts

The completion of the project constructionwill end most of the nuisance activities occurring during the construction period. However, in the project operation perlod the traffic volume of the access roads will increase slightly.

Increase in traffic volume. The Increased traffic volume induced by the Project operation is anticipated to cause small negatlve impacts due to air pollution, noise pollution, vibration, dis- turbance of the natural ecosystem, etc.

Environmental Impacts

Landuse and Soil Erosion. After the completion of the project constr-uctionperiod the degree of seriousness of soil erosion problem will gradually decrease as the appropriate reforestationand soil erosion prevention schemes are applied.

Forest/Wildlife/PareSpecies. The impacts from the increased traffic volume are anticipated to exert only a slight negative Lapact on the existing land ecosystem. In the long run the affected ecosystems will be able to adapt them- selves and maintain their stability.

7.3 WATER

7.3.1 CONCERNED WATER BODIE a

The Project will use the exlsting Lam Ta Khong reservoir as the lower reservoir. Consequently,the Lam Ta Khong river downstream/irrigationsystem and other related water supply

7-7 systems downstream will be indirectlyaffected. Thus, the assessment will concentrate on these two water bodies:

1) the Lam Ta Thong reservoir. 2) the Lam Ta Khong river and irrigation system downstream.

Fiqurer 7-2 and 7-3 show physical features of the two water bodies.

7.3.2 zuPACTFROu THE PROJaCT COSfUCTION

Actions Causing Impacts

Durinq the Project constructionthe following actions can cause impact to the ecology of water sub-system:

1) Earth Work. The construction will concern ground cover openning, excavating, hauling, embanking, and disposing of soil, dirt, and muck. These actions can cause soil erosion, and consequent transport of soil particles, sus- pended and soluble materials to the reservoir during the rain period. Here are the construction activities likely to cause some impacts: (1) The excavation of tailrace tunnel, access tunnel, and power cable tunnel. resulting excavated muck to be disposed of at the provided area on the reservoir rim. (Period:Feb94 - Feb 95) (2) Ground preparing work for the switchyard and access roads. (Period:Dec95 to Jun 96)

2) Underwater Work. The construction at the tailrace outlet will require underwater work. The bottom of the reservoir located in front of the outlet will be excavated to a trapezoid section gradually widened outward to the length of approximately 700 m. A cofferdam is to be

7-8 * * *44 W.sANna

5 ulhECeB E ar

.9~~~~~~I

z H mm M C1 ME E ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~VGR7-2

7-9 UPPER LAM TAKONGPROJECT LOWERLA

0

I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~e (E) 1-1E

l_s

asse~~~ 24" el a4*@9J,bt

1~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1"

TIsURE 7-3 T.) Concerned Water Bady (2): Lam Ta Khang 7-10 River and Irriqatlon Area Downstream (UInnr Arnal UPPER LAM TAKONG PROJECT LOWERLAM TAKONGPROJECT " ,,// < . __ -->/;ta* tS 7XCh6*@ /SnrI. : ^... t.r.E |~P

- §1 a \ .4, ,, a, V MlYloN - fZmORfsT. T_phi_m t11, r trrb ~~ Ltrtrtccw atF~O U"none / M^vI't \ g . | ^*9 Iaetle^.iIdd r4hw 21 " xllc >Zz1 urt_.,c

- ' -*KA A r J tx "^X"+"~~~~~~~~~~~~~ONG@_sm X " e =-@ _ F \ ^\ J h lzat ~~~~~~~~~~IdcS^-1 er" ses

.^,:GL 'A I ,^~~~~>PZ keth-rt t^ 614 *zz~~~ONxlIer :

4~~~~~~~~~~~~~9

Conecrned~~~~~~~~oBodyo sote lb.JgapTKon Rtvr ndIrlsctlneaDowstesa Lowr re) -1 built with an embankment of earth and steel sheet piles for this purpose.

Dnvironmental Impacts

The Project actions during the constructionperiod can cause short-term impacts on the aquatic ecology of Lam Ta Khong reservoir. The impacts are confined In the action areas, i.e., the muck disposal area and the talirace outlet area. The two periods where severe lmpacts on the water body could occur are the period when the cofferdam is built around the site where underwater work is required and. the finishlng period when the cofferdam ls removed. During construction, the water pumped from the constructionsite could slightly affect the main water body of the reservoir.

The anticipated impacts are:

i) The water quality in the vicinity will be deteriorated in terms of higher suspended solids and turbidity resulting from the Lncrease eroslon in rainy periods and from the underwater work (building the cofferdam, pumping out water, etc.) 2) Aquatic life will be disturbed partly as a consequenceof water quality deterioration and partly from the direct disturbance of the Project actions: muck disposal and underwater work at the tailrace outlet. The anticipated affect is the lowering of aquatic biological activities, i.e., phytoplankton, zoo-plankton, including the restrictionof habitat area for fish.

No further impacts from Project construction is expected to occur on the reservoir main water body and the Lam Ta Thong river downstream.

7-12 7.3.3 IMPACT FRO! PRO=Cr OPERATION

Actions Causing Impacts

The Project operation action that directly cause impacts on the water bodies is the daily operation of pumping-storing- discharging of water at the maximum amount of 9.9 MCM per cycle.

This amount of water which Is pumped from the reservoir will cause daily drawdown of water level in the reservoir as shown in Figure 7-4. The affected drawdown depth ranges from 0.28 m to 2.20 a at normal high water level (NHWL 277 m msl) and low water level (LWL 161 m msl), and the resultlng drawdown area ranges from 0.75 sq km to 1.55 sq km at NHWL and LWL. ComparLng to the normal condition, the ratlo of drawdown depth to normal depth ranges from 0.03 to 0.60 at HWL and LWL, and the ratio of drawdown area to normal area ranges from 0.01 to 0.32 at NHWL and LWL.

In considering the lower reservoir capacity, it was found to correspond with the turnover period in the range of appro- ximately 2.0 days to 31.3 days at LWL (reservoir volume 20 MCM) and NHWL (reservoirvolume 310 MCM).

Envlrozmental Impacts

The environmental impacts on water sub-system caused by the Project actions are:

1) Restriction of Water Availability. The available water for the existing requirement, i.e., irrigation, water supply, pollution control will be restricted only in the case when the reservoir water level comes close to the formerly designed LWL. On the other hand, the reservoir LWL should be raised to the level correspondingto the existing death storage

7-14 LOWER LAM TA KHONG RESESVOIR VATER LEVEL VS DRAWDOWN 3.0 * 2.8- 2.6- 13 2.4-

2.2-

20 1.4 -4 3.2 -

0.0 0.6 0.4

0.2

260 262 264- 26 26 270 272 274 276 278 280 WATER LEVEL (PA MSL)

LOWER LAM TA KHONG RESESVOIR WATE LEVE VS O7W-15 RATo 1.0

0.9

0.6

0.7

3: 0.5 3 ~~~~~ORWOWNDEPTH/NORMAL. DEPITH 0.4

0.3-

0.2-

0.1 DRWOWN AREA/NORMLAE

260 262 26' 266 266 270 272 274 276 278 260

WATER LEVE (M MOL)

IFIGURE7-4 Lower Lam T& Khong Reservoir Dravdovn Curves Affected by the Pumped Storage operation

7-15 volume plus 9.9 NCM. Thus, the LWL should be raised from 261.00 m msl to LWL 263.00 m msl for reservoir operation.

2) Plankton and Fish Kill. The daily pumping, storage, and discharge (9.9 MCM per day) will result in plankton and' fish kill, and con- sequently reduce the aquatic life population and fish yield. The magnitude of impacts varies Inversely with the reservoir storage volume. Thus, the impact in a dry year will be higher than In a met year. Mathematical model analysis indicated that the Project impact on decreasing phytoplanktonis small in normal- year conditions mainly because of its high replacement rate. However, the impact on dry- year conditions Is a little higher. For fish which use plankton as basic food stuff and Its replacementprocess is slow, the Project impact on fish population is high. However, the impact can be reduced by effective partitioning fish from entering the intake tunnel. With an effective protection it is expected that the reduction in fish yield will be caused mainly by the decrease in available food i.e. plankton about 10% in a normal year and 17% in a dry year. Without protecti3n the reduction in fish yield can be tremendous.

Besides the above impacts, no other impacts are significant.

7.4 HUMA

7.4.1 ONCERNED AREA

Resulting from the Project impacts on the two ecological resources, i.e., land and water, people in the concerned areas as mentioned in the previous two sections will be disturbed. In addition, the Project itself will cause both

1i 7-17 positive and negative impacts on the people in the local area, and on the people in the sourounding regions.

7.4.2 INPACT PROM PROM=CT CONSTRUCTION

Negative Impact

1) Forty-five household in the Project site (Ban Xhao Yai Thiang, Croup 6, or the second group of the forest community village) will lose 1393.75 rai (223 hectares) of farm land. As a result, the majority of the households will permanently lose thier subsistence land as well as cash income of 22,232 Baht/year from fruit trees and perennials. 2) The inhabitantsof Ban Khao Yai Thiang which Is on the route to the Project site will be disturbed by the dust arising from passing vehicles and by the constructionnoise. 3) Owing to the fact that there will be a great number of workers during the construction period at the Project site, there is a tendency for more accildentsamong these workers. Also, if their eating halits and sanitation are poor, diaerhoea and illness from hook worms can occur as a sesult. 4) Fishing area around the Project construction site will be restricted for approximately 0.3 km2 or about 0.7% of the reservoir area at NSWL.

Positive Impact

1) The lnhabitantsof working age in the above village, villages along the edge of the reservoir, and the areas nearby will have more opportunity to work and obtain an income from the Project. Some of the villagers will be

7-18 able to run small businesses and services for the workers and the Project personnel. 2) There will be an increase in the amount of circulatingmoney providing a continuous flow of trading and businesses both at the district and provincial lvels. This will consequently improve the overall economical conditions of the people In Pak Chong District, Si Khiu District,andMuang District, Nakhon Ratchasima. This impact will eventually benefit the economy of the country as a whole.

7.4.3 IMPACT PROM PROJECT OPERATION

Negative Impact

1) Forty-five households in Ban Khao Yai Thiang, Group 6 will permanently lose their subsistence land as well as incomes from growing field crops, fruit trees, and perennials, as mentioned before for the construction period. 2) Inhabitants of villages along the edge of the reservoir who used to fish for household consumption and for selling will be slighly affected for their fishing area will be decreased. 3) There may be more accidents as there will be more tourists.

Positive Impact

1) Inhabitantsof Ban Khao Yai Thiang in the upper reservoir and the vicinity are likely to obtain more income from doing business with and giving services to tourists visiting the area. With an increase in tourist number, services in Pak Chong District, Si Khiu District, and Muang District will improve. This will eventually

7-19 bear good results on the country's economy as a whole. 2) The road that goes through Ban Khao Yal Thianq wl1 be improved.

After the upper reservoir on the hill top of Khao Yai Thiang has been fully constructed and all the trees being planted around the con- struction site, the surroundingenvironment and asthetic value will be considerably improved compared wilththe conditions existing in the present days.

7.5 AmSoBs"E= OF BoVIRONEr=IL ZMPACI ON THE VAIERSHED AV= J1A

During the Project construction, some parts of the com- ponents, i.e.,the powerhouse and some parts of the penstock, tail race tunnel, power cable tunnel, and access tunnel will be built underground within the watershed area class 1A (Figure 7-1). The area Is the protected forest and headwater source by law and so it should remain in permanent forest cover. In order to avoid any disturbanceto the protection forest area, the structures should be located deep under- ground at the depth 100-300 m below the ground surface of 1A area.

However, to as certain the safety of both physical and biological environmental resources in the area from any disturbance, specific environmentalassessment for 1A area has been carried out, the results of which are presented hereunder.

7.5.1 E=ST3I3G ZNVIRONMEETALCOkDIT=ON

Morphology. The concerned watershed 11 area is characterLzed as a table land plateau. The ground surface elevation ranges from 450 to 650 m (NSL) with *a slope of

T-20 approxlmately 1:2. The geological formation consists of siltstone,fino-grainedsandstone, claystone, and alternation of fine-grained sandstone and siltstone. The relation between the layers are conformable, the strlkes of the layers are N 300W to N 700, and the dips 5O to 100 NE.

Sail and Landuo. The soil in the area consists of colluvial deposit and talus deposit which attain approximately 2-8 m ln thickness. Soll fertllity in the area ranges from low to very low, since the area is subjected to very severe erosion. The remaining soil, thus, is low in fertility. The dominant ground cover consists of grasses, bamboo, and some remnant trees. Neither agricultural activities nor construction exists In the area.

Forest and Wildlife. From the survey, neigther big trees nor economically valuable trees were found. The forest is of secondary type. The plants found mostly were weeds and bamboo.

As for wildlife, no sign of biq game mammals, rare, or endangered species were found. Birds are most frequently observed. However, they are common in other areas as well.

Geology. The bed rock of the Project site consists of two rock formations: the Phu Kradung formation with an approxi- mate thickness of 300 a, and the Phra Wihan formation with an approximate thickness of .250 a. The Phu Kradung formation consists of siltstone, fine-grained sandstone, and partly conglomerate. The Phra Wihan formation consists of coarse- grained sandstone, claystone, alternation of fine-grained sandstone and siltstone. In terms of hardness of rock, the sandstones are generally massive and hard while the degree of consolidation of siltstone is slightly low and that of claystone Is lows The relations between the layers are con- formable and the strikes of the layers are N 30°W to N 70° and the dips 5P to 100 (average 60) NE. Colluvial deposit and talus deposit which attain 30 m in thickness are distributed in the slope above the waterway tunnel.

7-21 In this area no fault was found in the outcrop. However, the drilling resulted In small-scalefaults.

Hydro-geology. The results from hydrogeological study indicate that groundwater is present at the depth 38-40 m from the ground surface at the upper reservoir site and at the depth 6-38 m from the ground surface along the waterway in 1A area. The aquifers are the formation of coarse-graind sandstone and siltstone overlaid by the impervious layers of clay and claystone. Yield of the aquifers In the area is low except at some locations where cracks, joints, and porous rock exist. In general the water permeability of the aquifer is less than lxlO-5 cmfsec, making the aquifer unsuitable for groundwater resource development.

7.5.Z XDPaCT PROMPROJECT CONSTRUCTION

Actions Causing IXpactx

The actlvitles which can possibly cause environmental impact to 1A area are those concerning the construction of the underground structures, i.e., the powerhouse, the penstock, the tailrace tundel, the power cable tunnel, and the access tunnel. The activities of concern are as follows:

a) Blasting The steps in performing the blastlng activities are: 1) Drilling. Before blasting the area to be blasted will be drilled all over at 25 um diameter and 2 m deep for dynamite packing. 2) Blasting. Dynamite will be packed in the drilled holes. An appropriate amount of dynamite will be used dependlng on the hardness of rock to be blasted. In the Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project, the amount of dynamite expected to be used will not be over 50 lbs.

7-23 After packing the dynamite and installing triggeringcable which will be operated from outside the blasting process will be triggered. The blasting will proceed for approxlmately10 second. All workers must be evacuated to a safe place during the operation. 3) Ventilating. After the blastlng dust and smoke will disperse within approximately 40 m from the blasting point. These di t and smoke will be blown out of the tunnel by fanblowers. b) Muck Conveying The size of the muck from blasting will be less than 50 cm. Small vehicles will be used for conveying the muck to the tunnel portal and transferredto dump trucks for conveying it to the proposed disposal area. a) Vibration The calculatedvibrations on ground surface in terms of particle velocity from blasting of 50 lb-dymamiteat the depth 50 a, 100 m, and 300 m are 18 m/sec, a am/sec, and 1.3 mr/sec respectively. According to the US Bureau of Mines which has set the maximum safety vlbration not to exceed 50 mm/sec, the Project blasting operation is considerablysafe. d) Noise The source of noise will be from the blasting and muck conveying which will occur 3-4 times per day and the conveying will take approxi- mately 6-8 hours per one blastlng.

7-24 Environmental Xnpacts

The impact from the Project construction on 1A area is estimated to be trivial. The impact analysis to support this statement is as follows.

Soil Erosion. Since the excavation/blastingactivities will be performed at a considerable depth of 100-300 a, no disturbance to the soil of ILAarea will occur.

Forest/Wildlife. Neither direct nor Indirect disturbance to the existing forest and wildlife in 1A area will occur. The impact on groundwater will be confined to the deep aquifer thus, it will have no effect related to the water table or soil moisture.

Geological structure. The geologlcal formation of the area is so stable that the vibration from blasting will not cause any effect to the geological condition. groundwater. The tunnel excavation will slightly affect the piezometric pressure in the aquifer during the construction period expecially in the high permeable area. However, after finish concrete lining the effect will be alliviated.

Noise. Noise from blastinq and muck conveying will go toward the tunnel portal. The noise intensity diminishes with distance and direction deflecting from the tunnel portal. 1A area boundary at the closest point is sufficiently far from the portal (approximately500 m) and is in the direction of about 1800 against tunnel portal. Therefore, the noise effect in IA area is estimated to be fairly small.

7.6 REQUIRTD MZTXQATION/DEYVLOPEENT MEASUMES ADM MONITORING PROGRAMS

The required mitigation/developmentmeasures to minimize the negative impact and/or enhance the positive impacts are as follow.

7-25 Preliminary Measures

1) Public relation Implementationto create good/ clear understandingand good attitude among the people toward the Project. 2) Compensation for the people whose farm land is to be inundated at the upper reservoir site.

Construction-PeriodMeasures

1) Measures for minimizing soil erosion/transport/ sedimentation. 2) Measures for minimizing nuisance from dust, noise, and vibration. 3) Measures for traffic control to prevent accident. 4) Measures for health and safety.

Long Term Measures

1) Land rehabilitation and development at the construction sites, disposal areas, and the vicinities. 2) Fishery resource conservation in the existing Lam Ta Khong reservoir (the Lower reservoir). 3) Management of water resource to properly allocate and plan for the operation of the Lam Ta Khong reservoir in accordance with the Project operation.

Details of the required measures and monitoring programs are presented in Volume III: Environmental Impact Mitigation Plan.

7.7 myVIROUNETAL DEVELOPMENTREC IEHDkflON

In addition to the required mitigation measures which are necessary to mitigate the adverse Project lmpacts, the study results have also indicated environmental development

7;26 potential to further enhance the environmentalquality and/ or enhance efflcient uses of tl'he environmental resources/ values. The environmentalpotentials and possible develop- ment are outlined ln the following paralraphs.

Occupatlonal Development

Lam Ta Khong Pumped Storage Project will bring about an impact on approximately 45 households living in the Project site, or in the area of Kao Yai Tiang Village Hu 6 (V1uT1_ uJIJJLWn Muin6). The total of land loss will be. around 1,393.75 rai (223 hectare), which is about 64A. of the total aqricultural land of the village. This means that the affected population will lose the opportunities in carrying out farminq activities as they used to do.

In order to assist these unfortunatevillagers to find new occupation, SGAT may need to initiate an occupation development plan which will involve the villagers who cannot help themselves to find new jobs. The study team sees that beef cattle raising is appropriatefor the area because of its good return. The marketing conditions of beef cattle, both at present and ln the future are also promLsing. Moreover, beef cattle raising would not be difficult for the villagers to carry out since they already have some background knowledge and experience on it. This can be seen by the fact that the villagers in the area are already raising an average of 5.6 animals of local-bred cattle.

The operation should be under the responsibilityof EGAT, by coordinating with relevant units. Loaning services are viable through the Agricultural Cooperative Group. The Department of Livestock may provide technical and marketing knowledge. The Royal forest- Department can be asked to cooperate. Then monitoring and evaluation work can be achieved by asking different units to cooperate. Then moni- ring and evaluation work can be achieved by another neutral unit.

7-27 In this beef cattle program, the farmers In each household should begin by raising a beef bull of genuine Brahman bred, five over 50% Brah-bred hybrid pregnant cows (2-4 months), and another five over 50% Brahman-bred hybrid heifers. Within ten years, the rate of return Is calculated to be as follows:

From the survey, it can be evaluated that the total agricultural land of the population in this area is 2,180 rai (348.8 hectare). Part of this is the land allocated by the Royal Forest Department and the other part belongs to the populatlon and is outside the forner area.

Benefit/cost ratio = 1.2 (9% interest rate) Payback period = 3.6 years Internal rate of return = 16% Average annual net benefit = 19,462 Baht

The Implementation of this program will cost an amount not exceeding 11.65 million Baht. The maximum of program members of 45 households will require 250,000 Baht each, totalling 11.25 million Baht. The remaining amount of Baht 400,000 will be for other supplementary expenses such as breeds, etc.

Living Condition Dwewlopoant

From the socio-econamic study in Area II, problems concerning the lack of basic infrastructures are still evident in the area. The population still face the shortage of water supply for their households. When the dry season comes, villagers have to buy water for use, or struggle to trqvel long distances for water. This is because the village weir is small and leaks, and so cannot store enough water for consumption throughoutthe dry period.

7-28 Thus, the improvement of water supply is the essential requirement of the villagers that can be supported by EGAT, which Is already well-equlpped.

The method seen as appropriateby the study team is the improvement of the existing village weir so that its depth and width are enlarged, and the leakage repaired. This ill double the storage capacity and wlll be able to supply the population all through the year. In addition to this, pipe laying similar to waterwork system to draw water directly from the weir to every household would satisfy the people. The amount of budget assessed for the above-mentioned program will be about three million Baht.

Tourism Promotion

It can be expected that the technology of the Project which will occur on the top of Khao Khuan Lan Mountain and other Project areas of significantnatural aesthetic values will attract a number of visitors. From a certain location of the Project area tourists will be able to view nearly all the Project's area as well as the beautiful cenery of Lam Ta Khong reservoir. In addition, when more tourism and recreation activities are establishedmore service jobs can be created as a result. This means there will be a good chance for the provincial economic growth. Results from the study reveal a lot of population-suggested tourism activities, for example, constructionof a road around the upper reservoir for visitors, a campinq ground, souvenir shops, flower gardens, forest growing. Cruising boats, water sports, and fishing sports are also suggested ln Lam Ta Rhong reservoir.

The objectives of this recommendation is to plan the improvement and developmentof the Project area so as to create good surrounding and aesthetic values,which will ln turn efficiently support tourism activities. Achievement of the stated objectives is recommendedthrough the following steps:

7-29 1) Determine the princlple concept for the develop- ment of the selected Project site, or determine the tourism-enhancingdevelopment. This can be achieved by maintaining and improving the existing aesthetic values and the ones to be created, both natural and man-made values. Tourism and recreationshould be emphasized in the plan. 2) Determine the'pattern and details of buildings and surrouxadingcharacteristics of each area In order to control the quality and beauty to con- form with human utilization. This can include a good scenic area for recreation and tourism purposes, a reception building for tourists, commercial sites, accommodation places or camping grounds, which will not lessen the aesthetic values.

7-30 SES

APHA, AWWA, and WPCF. 1985. Standard Method For the Examination of Water and Wastewater. 15th Ed., American Public Health Association, New York.

Beneson, A.S. 1981. Control of CommunicableDiseases In Man, An Official Report of American Public Health Association.

Bishop, C.E. and W.D. Toussaint. 1958. Introduction to AgriculturalEconomic Analysis. John Wiley & Sons, New York.

Brandt, R.A.M. 1974. The Non-Marine Aquatic Molluscs of Thailand. Archiv fur Molluskenkunde. 105: 1-423.

Brockelman, W.Y., Upatham, E.S., Viyanant, V., Ardsungnoen S., and Chantanawat R. 1986. Field Studies on the Transmisslon of the Human Liver Fluke, Opisthorchis viverrini, in northeast Thailand: Population Changes of the Small Intermediate Host. Inter. J. Parasit. 16: 545-552.

Drower and Zar, 1984. Field and Laboratory Methods for General Ecology. Wmn.C. Brown Company Publishers. Iowa.

Chantub, A. 1985. "HydrologicModeling Using SCS Method for Case Study of Chuleporn and Lampso Watershed", Master Thesis, Faculty of Engineering, [hon Kaen University.

COX, W.G. 1976. Laboratory Manual of General Ecology, Wm. C. Brown Company Publishers, Dubugue, Iowa.

Department of Fisheries. 1986. Rice-Fish Culture Project. International Development Research Center (IDRC).

R-1 Department of Fisheries. 1987. Northeast Fishery Project. DOF/CIDA 906/11415.

Environiental Engineering Department, Khon Kaen University. 1990. Preparatory Resettlement Studies for Low Pa Hong Project (Unit Cost Survey), September 1990, Kk%on Kaen.

ESCAP. 1985. Environmental Impact Assessment, Environmental and Development Series, Economic and Social Commis- sion for Asia and the Pacific, Bangkok, Thailand.

ESCAP. 1989. Guldline for the Preparation of National Water Plan, Water Resources Series No. 65, Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific, Bangkok, Thailand.

FAO. 1983. Land Evaluation for Rainfed Agriculture. Sail Bull. 51(17): 237.

Franklin, J.A. and Dusseaulth, N.B. 1989. Rock Engineering. McGraw-Hilt, New York.

Glles, H.R. 1971. Wildlife Management Techniques, The Wild- life Society, Washington, D.C.

GOLDEN SOFTWARE. 1989. Golden Graphics System. Version 4, Golden Software, Inc., Colorado, USA.

Impand, P., Sornmani, S., Kitikoon V. and Phatihatakorn, W. 1984. A survey of parasitic lnfectlon in human and animals at Chiew Larn Water Resources Development Project, Suratthani Province, Thailand. J. Parasit. Trop. Med. Ass. Thailand. 7: 67-75.

Interim Committee for Corrdination of Investigations of the Lower Mekhong Basin. 1979. Environmental Management and Water Resource Dbrvelopment In Nam Pong Basin of Northeast, Thai land. Bangkok.

R-2 Jaruratjamorn,P., et al. 1985. The Method of Inland Fishery Development in the Northeast. Faculty of Agriculture, Khon Kaen University.

JICA. 1991. Feasibility Study on Lam Ta Rhong Pumped Storage Project, draft final report prepared by Japan International Cooperation Agency Submitted to the Electricity Generating Authority of Thailand, Nov. 1991.

Jindarojana, J. 1988. MathematicalModel: A Sclentific Approach for Nam Pong Water Quality Management. P. 29-35. In Water Pollution Control in Asia. T. Panswad, C. Polprasert,and K. Ymamoto, eds., Pergamon Press, Oxford.

Jindarojana, J. 1989. Small Reservoir Environmental Management; Sector Report No.7 Mathematical Model, a research report (in Thai), Khan Kaen Univ., Khon Kaen.

King, B., Woodcock, M., and Dickinson, E.C. 1975. A Field Guide to the Birds of South-East Asia, South China Printing-co.,Hong Konq.

Lekakul, B., and Cronin, E.W. 1974. Bird Guide of Thailand, Kurusapa Ladprao Press, Bangkok.

Lekakul, B., and McNeely, J.A. 1977. Mammals of Thailand, Kurusapa Ladprao Press, Bangkok.

Mekong Secretariat. 1972. Sbcio-economic Aspects of Fishery Operation In the Nam Pong Reservior. The Regional Development Office, Bangkok, Thailand.

R-3 Mongkolsawat, C. 1988. An Evaluation of Thematic Napper Data for Land Resources Survey In Northeast Thailand. Proceedings of the 9gt Asian Conference on Remote Sensing Nov., 23-29 1988. Bangkok.

Nyandat, N.N. and Muchena, F.N. 1980. Land Evaluation in Kenya with Particular Emphasis on the Criteria used. FAO Word Soil Resource Report 51: 26-45.

Padungsri, N. 1986. Watershed Runoff-Responses to Spatial Variability of Land Use, Soil Type, and Topography, Master Thesis, Faculty of Engineering, Khon Kaen University.

Patamatamkul, S. 1986. Chi Basin Water Menagement Study, A report prepared by the Institute of Water Resources and Environment, Faculty of Engineering, Khon Kaen UnLversity, Sponsored by The Royal Irrigation Department, Bangkok.

Pettingill, O.S. 1945. A Laboratory and Field Manual of Ornithology, Burgess Publishing Company, Minnesota.

Ramnarong, V. 1985. Review on Groundwater Development in the Northeastern Thailand, proceeding of the Con- ference on Geology and Mineral Resources Development of the Northeast Thailand, Khon Kaen, Thailand, pp. 113-125.

Rowchal, S. 1989. Literature Review on Subsistence Aquacul- ture in Thailand's Northeast. DOF/CIDA 906(11145.

Royal Forest Department, •948. Siamese Plant Names, Bangkok.

Schilfgaarde, J.V. 1974. Drainage for Agriculture, Agronomy No.17, American Society of Agronomy, Inc., Madison.

R-ia Scholten, J.J. and Siripant. 1973. Soil and Landforms of Thailand DLD SRS - 97 32 P.

Sinsupan, S. 1980. A Water Quality Index For Rural Water Supply: A Case Study For Nam Phong Irrigated Area, AZT Thesis No. EV-80-9, Asian Institute of Techno- logy, Bangkok, Thailand.

Smith, M.D. 1962. The Practice of Silviculture, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York.

Srikhajon, M. 1988. Direction of the Study on Soil Erosion and Soil Conservation. Lecture Note prepared for The ITC-DLD Training Course on The Application of Aerial Photography In Soil Survey, Bangkok, March 1988.

Suetrong, S.et al. 1979. Socio-economic Studies in Nom Phong Basin of NortheasternThailand. Khon Kaen University Khon Kaen.

TAHAL Cons. 1980. Water Supply to the City of Korat Feasibility Study, a report prepared by TAHAL Con- sulting Engineers Ltd., Tel Aviv, Israel, Submitted to Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperative, Thailand.

Technology Ace Co. Ltd. 1985. Resettlement Plan of Kok Project, Faculty of Political Science, Chulalongkorn University, Bangkok.

Teacharoen, P., Rojanapreassuk,J. and Viboolyavatana, J. 1987. Malacological Survey at Nam Khek River, Phitsanulok Province, north of Thailand. J. Parasit. Trop. Ned. Ass. Thailand. 10: 39-42.

The Mekong Secretariat, 1982. NHa Pong Environmental Manage- ment Research Project, Working document, a project supported by the Ford Foundation,Bangkok.

R-5 The Thai-Japan LSIFP Consortium Scl A & R, SEATEC, TESCO and TCEC. 1985. Large Swamp Inland Fisheries Project Bung Borsped, Nong Han and Kwan Phayao.

U.S. Soil Conservation Service. 1972. National Engineering Handbook on Hydrology: Section 4. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.

Wishchmeler, W.H., and Smith, D.D. 1978. Predicting Rainfall Erosion Losses - Agr. Handbook 427 USDA.

R-6